Golf Patio Reno Bid FinalPROJECT MANUAL
OAK BR00K GOLF CLUB
PA丁 10 RENOVA丁 !ON
PROJECtt NO.2018‐027
09 AUGUS丁 2018
OAK BR00K GOLF CLUB
2606 YORK ROAD
OAK BR00K,IL 60523
WiLLIAMS
ARCHITECTS
lrro I I
500 Park…飾 000
1ゆ .:L師 43
P600221 1212
F…2211¨
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
OAK BR00K GOLF CLUB PATIO RENOVATION PROECT
BID PACKAGE
l. Invitation for Bidder's Proposals
2. General lnstructions to Bidders
3. Bidder's Proposal
4. Bidder's Sworn Acknowledgement
5. Bidder's Sworn Work History Statement
6. Notice of Award
7. Contract
Contractor' s Certifi cation
Attachment A: Supplemental Schedule of Conffact Terms
Attachment B: Specifications
Attachment C: List of Drawings
Attachment D: Special Project Requirements
Appendix l: Prevailing Wages
Appendix 2: Form of Performance Bond
Appendix 3: Form of Labor and Materials Bond
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
OAK BR00K GOLF CLUB PATIO RENOVATION PROECT
BID PACKAGE
INVITATION FOR BIDDER'S PROPOSALS
OWNER: Village of Oak Brook
1200 Oak Brook Road
Oak Brook, Illinois 60523
1. Invitation to Bid
Owner invites sealed Bidder's Proposals for the Work described in detail in the Contract
and generally described as follows:
Provide and install all materials needed for the renovation of the Oak Brook Golf Club Patio. The
general contractor shall provide and install all materials, unless noted otherwise. The scope of
work includes but is not necessarily limited to the following:
Expansion, excavation, selective demolition, concrete work, masonry, trellis, lighting, gas to fire
pits and related work as shown on the drawings and described herein.
The Work shall be performed at the following Work Site:
Oak Brook Golf Club 2606 York Road, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523
2. The Bid Packaee
The Bid Package consists of the following documents, all of which are by this reference
made apart of this Invitation for Bidder's Proposals as though fully set forth herein:
A. Invitation for Bidder's Proposals;
B. General Instructions to Bidders;
C. Addenda, if any are issued during the bidding process;
D. Bidder's Proposal;
E. Bidder's SwornAcknowledgement;
F. Bidder's Sworn Work History Statement;
G. Other information submitted by Bidder, if requested during the bidding process;
INVITATION
H. Notice of Award; and
I. Contract, including all of its attachments and appendices, if any.
4. Inspection and Examination
Bid Documents may be obtained in two ways:
l. Via the Intemet at www.oak-brook.org, at no charge.
2. A paper hard copy may be obtained in person from Owner's Purchasing Division,
Butler Government Center, 1200 Oak Brook Road, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523.
The Bid Package may be examined at the office of Owner as listed above. In making
copies of the Bid Package available to prospective Bidders, Owner does so only for the purpose of
obtaining Bidder's Proposals and such provision does not confer a license or grant for any other
use.
Each prospective Bidder shall, before submitting its Bidder's Proposal, carefully examine
the Bid Package. Each prospective Bidder shall inspect in detail the Work Site and the surrounding
area and shall familiaize itself with all local conditions, including subsurface, underground and
other concealed conditions, affecting the Contract, the Work and the Work Site. The Bidder whose
Bidder's Proposal is accepted will be responsible for all errors in its Bidder's Proposal including
those resulting from its failure or neglect to make a thorough examination and investigation of the
Bid Package and the conditions of the Work Site and the surrounding area.
The Contract specifications may include the Illinois Department of Transportation's
General Conditions of the Contract, "State of Illinois Standard Specifications for Road and Bridge
Construction" (SSRB); "Standard Specifications for Water and Sewer Main Construction in
Illinois" (SSWS); "ilinois Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices for Streets and Highways"
(MUTCD). The specifications also may include Owners' Village Code and Building Code.
References to any of these manuals, codes, and specifications means the latest editions effective
on the date of the bid opening.
5. Pre-Bid Meetine
Every prospective bidder is invited to attend a Pre-bid Meeting and Walk-Thru scheduled
for 10:00 A.M., Thursday, August 16, 2018, at the Oak Brook Golf Club, 2606 York Road,
Oak Broob l[inois 60523, to review the scope of the improvanents and the project
specifications. Attendance at the pre-bid meeting is strongly encouraged.
6. Bid Openine
Owner will receive sealed Bidder's Proposals for the Work until 2:00 p.m., local time,
Thursday, August 2312018, in the Samuel E. Dean Board Room, at the Butler Government
-2-
INVITATION
Center located at1200 Oak Brook Road, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523, at which time, or as soon
thereafter as possible, all Bidder's Proposals will be publicly opened and read aloud. Bidders or
their agents are invited to be present.
7. Bid Securitv. Bonds and Insurance
A. Bid Security. Each Bidder's Proposal shall be accompanied by a security deposit
of at least 10 percent of the Bidder's Price Proposal in the form of (l) a Cashier's Check or
Certified Check drawn on a solvent bank insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
and payable without condition to Owner or (2) a Bid Bond in a form satisfactory to Owner from a
surety company licensed to do business in the State of lllinois with a general rating of A minus
and a financial size category of Class X or better in Best's Insurance Guide.
B. Performance and Payment Bonds. The successful Bidder will be required to fumish
a Performance Bond and a Labor and Material Payment Bond on award of the Contract, each in
the penal sum of the full amount of the Contract Price, on forms provided by, or otherwise
acceptable to, Owner, from a surety company meeting the requirements set forth above. Each
Bidder's Proposal must be accompanied by a letter from such a surety company stating that it will
execute Bonds on forms provided by, or otherwise acceptable to, Owner, on award of the Contract
to Bidder.
C. Insurance. The successful Bidder will be required to fumish certificates of
insurance as required by Section 4.2 of the Contract on award of the Contract. Each Bidder's
Proposal must be accompanied by a letter from Bidder's insurance carrier or its agent certifuing
that said insurer has read the requirements set forth in the Contract and will issue the required
certificates and policies of insurance on award of the Contract to Bidder.
DATED: August 9,2018
Village of Oak Brook
Charlotte K. Pruss
Village Clerk
…3-
ⅥLLAGE OF OAK BR00K
OAK BR00K GOLF CLUB PATIO RENOVAT10N PROECT
BID PACKAGE
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section page
Interpretation of Documents lncluded in Bid Package ....................1
Calculation of Unit Price Proposals............ ...................2
Prevailing Wages .......................2
Taxes and Benefits............... ........................2
Permits and Licenses.............. ......................2
Preparation of Bidder's Proposal .................3
Signature Requirements............. ..................3
Bid Security............... ................4
Submission of Bidder's Proposals ...............5
Withdrawal of Bidder's Proposals ...............5
Qualification of Bidders................ ...............5
Disqualification of Bidders........... ...............6
Award of Contract ......................6
Notice of Award; Effective Date of Award............ .......7
Finalization of Contract ..-.--.......7
Failure to Execute ...............'......8
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6。
7.
8.
9。
10.
11.
12.
13.
14.
15。
16.
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
OAK BR00K GOLF CLUB PATIO RENOVATION PROECT
BID PACKAGE
GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1. Interp
A. Defined Terms. All terms capitalized in these General Instructions to Bidders and
in the other documents included in the Bid Package are defined in the documents included in the
Bid Package and shall have such defined meanings wherever used.
B. Implied Terms. If any personnel, equipment, materials, or supplies that are not
directly or indirectly set forth in the Contract are nevertheless necessary to the proper provision,
performance, and completion of the whole of the Work in accordance with the intent of the
Contract, each prospective Bidder shall understand such personnel, equipment, materials, or
supplies to be implied and shall provide for such personnel, equipment, materials, or supplies in
its Bidder's Proposal as fully as if it were particularly described.
C. Information Provided by Owner. When information pertaining to subsurface,
underground or other concealed conditions, soils analysis, borings, test pits, utility locations or
conditions, buried structures, condition of existing structures, and other preliminary investigations
is distributed with the Bid Package, or such information is otherwise made available to any
prospective Bidder by Owner, such information is distributed or made available solely for the
convenience of such prospective Bidder and is not part of the Bid Package. Owner assumes no
responsibility whatever in respect to the sufficiency or accuracy of any such information, and there
is no guaranty or warranty, either expressed or implied, that the conditions indicated are
representative of those existing throughout the Work or the Work Site, or that the conditions
indicated are representative of those existing at any particular location, or that unanticipated
conditions may not be present.
D. Addenda. No interpretation of the documents included within the Bid Package will
be made except by written addendum duly issued by Owner ("Addendum"). No interpretation not
contained in an Addendum shall be valid or have any force or effect whatever, nor entitle any
Bidder to assert any claim or demand against Owner on account thereof.
All Addenda issued prior to the opening of Bidder's Proposals shall become a part of the Bid
Package. Each prospective Bidder shall be responsible for inquiring from time to time as to the
availability of Addenda.
INSTRUCTIONS
If any prospective Bidder is in doubt as to the true meaning of any part of the Bid Package, such
prospective Bidder shall submit to Owner a written request for an interpretation thereof as far in
advance of the scheduled opening of Bidder's Proposals as possible.
Owner shall use its best efforts to issue Addenda in response to all valid, appropriate, and timely
inquiries, but accepts no responsibility for doing so. Inquiries not answered by Addenda shall be
considered invalid, inappropriate, or untimely inquiries.
2. Calculation of Unit Price Proposals
On all items for which Bidder's Proposals are to be received on a unit price basis, the
approximate quantities stated in the Schedule of Prices are Owner's estimate only for Owner's
convenience in comparing Bidder's Proposals and shall not be relied on by Prospective Bidders.
Each prospective Bidder shall, before submitting its Bidder's Proposal, make its own estimate of
the quantities of Unit Price Items required to complete the Work.
3. Prevailins Wages
In accordance with the Prevailing Wage Act, 820 ILCS 130/0.01 et seq., not less than the
prevailing rate of wages for similar work in the locality in which the Work is to be performed shall
te paid to all laborers. Specific provisions relating to the Prevailing Wage Act, and required of
the Contractor, are included in the Contract. A copy of Owner's ordinance ascertaining the
prevailing rate of wages in effect as of the date of the Invitation for Bidder's Proposals, is included
in the Bid Package. If the Illinois Department of Labor revises the prevailing rate of hourly wages
to be paid, the revised rate shall apply to the Contract.
4. Taxes and Benefits
Owner is exempt from state and local sales, use, and excise taxes. Bidder's Price Proposal
shall not include any such taxes. A letter of exemption will be provided to the successful Bidder,
if necessary. Owner will not reimburse, nor assist the successful Bidder in obtaining
reimbursement for, any state or local sales, use or excise taxes paid by the successful Bidder.
Bidder's Price Proposal shall include all other applicable federal, state, and local taxes of
every kind or nature applicable to the Work as well as all taxes, contributions, and premiums for
unemployment insurance, old age or retirement benefits, pensions, annuities or other similar
benefits.
5. Permits and Licenses
Except as otherwise expressly provided in Attachment A to the Contract, Bidder's Price
proposal shall include the cost of obtaining all permits, licenses, and other approvals and
authorizations required by law for performance of the Work. It shall be the sole responsibility of
each prospective Bidder to determine the applicable permits, licenses, and other approvals and
authoizations and no extra compensation shall be paid by Owner for the successful Bidder's
failure to include these costs in its Bidder's Proposal.
-2-
INSTRUCTIONS
6. Preparation of Bidder's Proposal
Bidder's Proposals to enter into the Contract for the Work shall be made only on the blank
Bidder's Proposal form fumished by Owner and included in the Bid Package.
The Village requests that proposals are written legibly in ink. In case of any conflict
between words and numbers, words shall prevail. [n case of any error in adding or multiplying
individual items, the prices listed for individual items shall control over any incorrect total of such
iterns. A Bidder's Proposal may be rejected if it does not contain a requested price for each and
every item named in the Bidder's Proposal form or may be interpreted as bidding "no charge" to
Owner for any item left blank.
Prospective Bidders are warned against making alterations of any kind to the Bidder's
Proposal form or to any entry thereon. Bidder's Proposals that contain omissions, conditions,
alterations, or additions not called for may be rejected or interpreted so as to be most favorable to
Owner.
Each Bidder shall securely staple into its Bidder's Proposal a copy of each Addendum
issued and shall include in the place provided therefor in the Bidder's Proposal form a listing of
all such Addenda.
Each Bidder shall complete and securely staple into its Bidder's Proposal the Bidder's
Sworn Acknowledgernent and the Bidder's Sworn Work History Staternent included in the Bid
Package, and shall staple into its Bidder's Proposal the Bid Security and the surety and insurance
commitment letters as specified in the Invitation for Bidder's Proposals.
Every Bidder submitting a Bidder's Proposal shall be conclusively deemed to have
evidenced an intention to be bound thereby whether or not the requirements for signing Bidder's
Proposals found in Section 7 of these General Instructions to Bidders are satisfied. However, any
Bidder's Proposal that fails to comply with Section 7 of these General Instructions to Bidders may
nevertheless be rej ected.
Bidder's Proposals that are not submitted on the Bidder's Proposal form furnished by
Owner or that ar" rrol prepared in accordance with these General Instructions to Bidders may be
rejected. If a deficiently prepared Bidder's Proposal is not rejected, Owner may demand correction
oiuny deficiency and award the Contract to Bidder on satisfactory compliance with these General
Instructions to Bidders.
7. SignatureRequirements
A. Bidder's Proposals. The following requirements shall be observed in the signing
of each Bidder's Proposal:
(1) Corporations. Each Bidder's Proposal submitted by a corporation shall be
signid by the President or other authorized officer of the corporation and
-3-
(2)
(3)
(4)
INSTRUCTIONS
shall also bear the attesting signature of the Secretary or Assistant Secretary
of the corporation.
Partnerships. Each Bidder's Proposal submitted by a partnership shall be
signed by all of its general partners or by an attorney-in-fact.
Individuals. Each Bidder's Proposal submitted by an individual shall be
signed by such individual or by an attorney-in-fact.
Joint Ventures. Each Bidder's Proposal submitted by a joint venture shall
be signed by each signatory of the joint venture agreonent by which such
joint venture was formed in accordance with the applicable provisions of
(l), (2), and (3) above or by an attorney-in-fact.
When requested by Owner, satisfactory evidence of the authority of the person or persons signing
on behalf of Bidder shall be furnished.
B. Other Documents. The signature requirements set forth in Subsection 7A shall
apply to all other documents in the Bid Package required to be executed by Bidder, Bidder's
sureties and Bidder's insurance representatives as well as to the Contract, the Contractor's
Certification, and all other required documentation related to the Contract.
8. Bid Securitv
A. Required Bid Security. Every Bidder's Proposal shall be accompanied by bid
security in the form of a Cashier's Check, Certified Check or Bid Bond as specified in the
Invitation for Bidder's Proposals ("Bid Security"), which Bid Security shall stand as a guaranty
that (l) Bidder will submit all additional information requested by Owner; (2) if such Bidder's
Proposal is accepted, Bidder will timely file the Bonds and the certificates and policies ofinsurance
required by the Contract; and (3) if such Bidder's Proposal is accepted, Bidder will timely execute
the Contract, the Contractor's Certification, and all other required documentation related to the
Contract.
B. Return of Bid Security. Bid Security submitted in the form of Cashier's Checks or
Certified Checks will be retumed within five days after execution of the Contract by Owner. Bid
Bonds will not be returned unless otherwise requested by Bidder.
C. Liquidated Damages. If a Bidder fails to timely submit all additional information
requested by Owner, or if the successful Bidder fails to timely and properly submit all required
Bonds, certificates and policies of insurance, or if the successful Bidder fails to timely and properly
execute the Contract, the Contractor's Certification, and all other required documentation related
to the Contract, it will be difficult and impracticable to ascertain and determine the amount of
damage that Owner will sustain by reason of any such failure. For such reason, every Bidder shall,
by submitting its Bidder's Proposal, be deemed to agree that Owner shall have the right, at its
option in the event of any such default, to retain or recover as reasonably estimated liquidated
damages, and not as a penalty, the entire amount of the Bid Security or five percent of the Bidder's
-4-
INSTRUCTIONS
Price Proposal, whichever is greater, or to exercise any and all equitable remedies it may have
against the defaulting Bidder.
9. Submission of Bidder's Proposal
One copy of each Bidder's Proposal, properly signed, together with all other required
documents, shall be enclosed in a sealed envelope or package and shall be addressed and delivered
to the place, before the time, and in the manner designated in the Invitation for Bidder's Proposals.
All Bidder's Proposals received after the time for the opening of bids specified in the Invitation
for Bidder's Proposals will be re
Each sealed envelope or package containing a Bidder's Proposal shall be identified as such
and shall be marked with the title of the Contract and Bidder's full legal name. All Addenda will
be considered part of each Bidder's Proposal whether attached or not.
10. Withdrawal of Bidder's Proposal
Any Bidder's Proposal maybe withdrawn at any time prior to the opening of any Bidder's
Proposal, provided that a request in writing, executed by Bidder in the manner specified in
Section 7 of these General Instructions to Bidders, for the withdrawal of such Bidder's Proposal
is filed with Owner prior to the opening of any Bidder's Proposal. The withdrawal of a Bidder's
Proposal prior to opening of any Bidder's Proposal will not prejudice the right of Bidder to file a
new Bidder's Proposal.
No Bidder's Proposal shall be withdrawn without the consent of Owner for a period of
60 days after the opening of any Bidder's Proposal. Any Bidder's Proposal may be withdrawn at
any time following the expiration of said 60 day period, provided that a request in writing, executed
by Bidder in the manner specified in Section 7 of these General Instructions to Bidders, for the
withdrawal of such Bidder's Proposal is filed with Owner after said 60 day period. If no such
request is filed, the date for acceptance of such Bidder's Proposal shall be deemed to be extended
until such a request is filed or until Owner executes a Contract pursuant to the Invitation for
Bidder's Proposals or until Owner affirmatively and in writing rejects such Bidder's Proposal.
11. Oualification of Bidders
A. Factors. Owner intends to award the Contract only to a Bidder that furnishes
satisfactory evidence that it has the requisite experience, ability, capital, facilities, plant,
orgatization and staffing to enable it to perform the Work successfully and promptly and to
complete the Work for the Contract Price and within the Contract Time.
B. Additional tnformation. Owner reserves the right to require from any Bidder, prior
to award of the Contract, a detailed statement regarding the business and technical organizations
and plant of Bidder that is available for the Work. Information pertaining to financial resources,
experience of personnel, contract defaults, litigation history, and pending construction projects
may also be requested.
-5-
INSTRUCTIONS
C. Final Determination. The final selection of the successful Bidder shall be made on
the basis of the amount ofthe Bidder's Price Proposals, Owner's prior experience with the Bidders,
Owner's knowledge of the Bidders' performance on other relevant projects, any additional
information submitted by Bidders to satisfu Owner that Bidders are adequately prepared to fulfiII
the Contract, and all other relevant facts or matters mentioned in the Bid Package or that Owner
may legally consider in making its determination.
12. Disqualification of Bidders
A. More Than One Bidder's Proposal. No more than one Bidder's Proposal for the
Work described in the Contract shall be considered from any single corporation, partnership,
individual or joint venture, whether under the same or different names and whether or not in
conjunction with any other corporation, partnership, individual or joint venture. Reasonable
grounds for believing that any corporation, partnership, individual or joint venture is interested in
more than one Bidder's Proposal for the Work may cause the rejection of all Bidder's Proposals
in which such corporation, partnership, individual or joint venture is interested. Nothing contained
in this Subsection 12A shall prohibit any single corporation, partnership, individual or joint
venture, whether under the same or different names and whether or not in conjunction with any
other corporation, partnership, individual or joint venture, from submitting a bid or quoting prices
to more than one Bidder for equipment, materials and supplies or labor to be furnished as a
subcontractor or supplier.
B. Collusion. If there are reasonable grounds for believing that collusion exists among
any Bidders, all Bidder's Proposals of the participants in such collusion will not be considered.
C. Default. If a Bidder is or has been in default on a contract with Owner or in the
payment of monies due Owner, its Bidder's Proposal will not be considered.
13. Award of Contract
A. Reservation of Rishts. Owner reserves the right to accept the Bidder's Proposal
that is, in its judgment, the best and most favorable to the interests of Owner and the public; to
reject ih. lo* Price Proposal; to accept any item of any Bidder's Proposal; to reject any and all
Bidder,s proposals; to aCcept and incorporate corrections, clarifications or modifications following
the opening of tn" Bidder'sProposals when to do so would not, in Owner's opinion, prejudice the
bidding process or create any improper advantage to any Bidder; and to waive irregularities and
informatities in the bidding process or in any Bidder's Proposal submitted; provided, however,
that the waiver of any prioidefect or informality shall not be considered a waiver of any future or
similar defects or informalities, and Bidders should not rely on, or anticipate, such waivers in
submitting their Bidder's Proposals.
B. Firm Offers. All Bidder's Proposals are firm offers to enter into the Contract and
no Bidder's proposals shall be deemed rejected, notwithstanding acceptance of any other Bidder's
proposal, until the Contract has been executed by both Owner and the successful Bidder or until
Owner affirmatively and in writing rejects such Bidder's Proposal.
-6-
INSTRUCTIONS
C. Time of Award. It is expected that the award of the Contract, if it is awarded, will
be made within 45 days following the opening of the Bidder's Proposals. Should administrative
difEculties be encountered after the opening of the Bidder's Proposals, including the annulment of
any award, that may delay an award or subsequent award beyond such 45 day period, Owner may
accept any Bidder's Proposal for which the date for acceptance has been extended as provided in
Section 10 of these General Instructions to Bidders in order to avoid the need for re-advertisement.
No Bidder shall be under any obligation to extend the date for acceptance of its Bidder's Proposal.
Failure of one or more of the Bidders or their sureties to extend the date for acceptance of its
Bidder's Proposal shall not prejudice the right of Owner to accept any Bidder's Proposal for which
the date for acceptance has been extended.
14. Notice of Award: Effective Date of Award
If the Contract is awarded by Owner, such award shall be effective when a Notice of Award
in the form included in the Bid Package has been delivered to the successful Bidder ("Effective
Date of Award"). Owner will prepare two copies of the Contract based on Bidder's Proposal and
will submit them to the successful Bidder with the Notice of Award.
15. Finalization of Contract
A. Finalization Date. Unless otherwise stated in the Notice of Award, the successful
Bidder shall satisfactorily complete all conditions precedent to signing the Contract before the 1Oth
day after the Effective Date of Award or within such extended period as Owner may, in the exercise
of its sole discretion, authorize in writing after issuance of the Notice of Award ("Finalization
Date").
B. Conditions Precedent to Finalization. On or before the Finalization Date, the
successful Bidder shall: (1) sign (see Section 7), date as of the Finalization Date, and submit to
Owner both copies of the Contract, the Contractor's Certification, and all other required
documentation related to the Contract on or before the Finalization Date; and (2) submit two
executed copies of all required Bonds dated as of the Finalization Date and all certificates and
policies of insurance.
Failure to timely execute or submit any of the aforesaid documents shall be grounds for the
imposition of liquidated damages as more specifically set forth in Section 8 above. Ifthe submitted
documents or any of them fail to comply with these General Instructions to Bidders or the Contract
or are not timely executed and submitted, Owner may, in its sole discretion, annul the award or
allow the successful Bidder an opportunity to correct the deficiencies.
In no event will Owner execute the Contract until any and all such deficiencies have been cured
or Owner has received adequate assurances, as determined by Owner, of complete and prompt
performance.
C. Finalization. On the Finalization Date, and provided that all documents required to
be submitted prior to or on the Finalization Date have been reviewed and determined by Owner to
be in compliance with these General Instructions to Bidders and the Contract, or assurances of
-7-
INSTRUCTIONS
complete and prompt performance satisfactory to Owner have been received, Owner shall execute
all copies of the Contract and tender one copy to the successful Bidder at the Finalization. The
successful Bidder shall tender a copy to its surety company or companies.
16. Failure to Finalize
A. Annulment of Award: Liquidated Damages. The failure or refusal of a successful
Bidder to comply with the conditions precedent to finalization or to properly finalize and execute
the Contract shall be just cause for the annulment of the award and the imposition of liquidated
damages or the exercise of equitable remedies, both as more specifically set forth in Section 8
above.
B. Subsequent Awards. On annulment of an award, Owner may accept, and award a
Contract based on, any other Bidder's Proposal as Owner, in its sole judgment, deems to be the
best or may invite new Proposals or may abandon the bidding process or the Work.
…8-
PROPOSAL
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
OAK BR00K GOLF CLUB PATIO RENOVATION PROECT
BID PACKAGE
BIDDER'S PROPOSAL
Full Nallne ofBidder ("Bidder")
Principal Office Address
Local Office Address
Contact Person Telephone
TO: Village of Oak Brook ("Owner")
1200 Oak Brook Road
Oak Brook,lL 60523
Attention: Rania Serences, Senior Purchasing Assistant
Bidder warrants and represents that Bidder has carefully examined the Work Site described below
and its environs and has reviewed and understood all documents included, referred to, or
mentionedinthissetofdocuments,inc1udingAddendaNos.-,whicharesecurely
stapled to the end of this Bidder's Proposal [if none, write'NONE"] ("Bid Package").
Bidder acknowledges and agrees that all terms capitalized in this Bidder's Proposal shall have the
meaning glven to them in the documents included in the Bid Package.
1. Work Proposal
A. Contract and Work. If this Bidder's Proposal is accepted, Bidder proposes, and agrees,
that Bidder will contract with Owner, in the form of the Contract included in the Bid Package:
(l) to provide, perform and complete at the site or sites described in the Bid Package ("Work Site")
and in the manner described and specified in the Bid Package all necessary work, labor, services,
transportation, equipment, materials, apparafus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas, electric, water, waste
disposal, information, data and other means and items necessary for the OAK BROOK GOLF
CLUB PATIO RENOVATION PROJECT which includes renovation of the existing patio as
indicated in the drawings and described herein. The general contractor shall provide and install
all materials, unless noted otherwise. Scope of work includes, but not necessarily limited to,
expansion, excavation, selective demolition, concrete work, masonry, trellis, lighting, gas to fire
pits and related work as shown on the drawings and described herein, (2) to procure and furnish
all permits,licenses and other govemmental approvals and authorizations necessary in connection
therewith except as otherwise expressly provided in Attachment A to the Contract included in the
PROPOSAL
Bid Package; (3) to procure and furnish all Bonds and all certificates and policies of insurance
specified in the Bid Package; (4) to pay all applicable federal, state and local taxes; (5) to do all
other things required of Contractor by the Contract; and (6) to provide, perform and complete all
of the foregoing in a proper and workmanlike manner and in full compliance with, and as required
by or pursuant to, the Contract; all of which is herein referred to as the "Work."
B. Manner and Time of Performance. If this Bidder's Proposal is accepted, Bidder
proposes, and agrees, that Bidder will perform the Work in the manner and time prescribed in the
Bid Package and according to the requirements of Owner pursuant thereto.
C. General. If this Bidder's Proposal is accepted, Bidder proposes, and agrees, that
Bidder will do all other things required of Bidder or Contractor, as the case may be, by the Bid
Package.
2. Contract Price ProPosal
If this Bidder's Proposal is accepted, Bidder will, except as otherwise provided in
Section 2.1 of the Contract, take in full payment for all Work and other matters set forth under
Section 1 above, including overhead and profit; taxes, contributions, and premiums; and
compensation to all subcontractors and suppliers, the compensation set forth on the following
"schedule of Prices" ("Price Proposal"), which Schedule of Prices Bidder understands and agrees
will be made a part of the Contract:
SCHEDULE OF PRICES
A. LUMP SUM CONTRACT
Provide and install all materials needed for the renovation of the Oak Brook Golf Club
Patio. For providing, performing, and completing Work, the total Contract Price of :
In words
B. BASIS FOR DETERMINING PRICES
It is expressly understood and agreed that:
l. The lump sum contract includes the following allowances per Section 012100:
A. Contingency Allowance
B. Testing Allowance
$5,000
$1,000
-10-
2.
3.
PROPOSAL
Owner is not subject to state or local sales, use and excise taxes and no such taxes are
included in this Schedule of Prices;
All other applicable federal, state, and local taxes of every kind and nature applicable to
the Work as well as all taxes, contributions, and premiums for unemployment insurance,
old age or retirernent benefits, pensions, annuities, or other similar benefits are included in
this Schedule of Prices; and
A11 costs, royalties, and fees arising from the use on, or the incorporation into, the Work of
patented equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, orinventions
are included in this Schedule of Prices.
3. Contract Time Proposal
If this Bidder's Proposal is accepted, Bidder will commence the Work not later than the
"Commencement Date" set forth in Attachment A to the Contract and will perform the Work
diligently and continuously and will complete the Work not later than the "Completion Date" set
forth in Attachment A to the Contract.
4. Firm Proposal
All prices and other terms stated in this Bidder's Proposal are firm and shall not be subject
to withdrawal, escalation, or change for a period of 60 days after the date on which any Bidder's
Proposal is opened or such extended acceptance date for Bidder's Proposals as may be established
pursuant to Sections 10 and 13 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
5. Bidder Representations
A. No Collusion. Bidder warrants and represents that the only persons, firms, or
corporations interested in this Bidder's Proposal as principals are those named in Bidder's Sworn
Acknowledgment attached hereto and that this Bidder's Proposal is made without collusion with
any other person, firm or corporation.
B. Not Barred. Bidder warrants, represents and certifies that it is not barred by law
from contracting with Owner or with any unit of state or local government.
C. Oualified. Bidder warrants and represents that Bidder has the requisite experience,
ability, capital, facilities, plant, organization and staff to enable Bidder to perform the Work
successfully and promptly and to commence and complete the Work within the Contract Price and
Contract Time Proposals set forth above. In support thereof, Bidder submits the attached Sworn
Work History Statement. tn the event Bidder is preliminarily deemed to be one of the most
favorable to the interests of Owner, Bidder hereby agrees to fumish on request, within two business
days or such longer period as may be set forth in the request, such additional information as may
be necessary to satisfy Owner that Bidder is adequately prepared to fulfiII the Contract.
4.
-11-
PROPOSAL
D. Owner's Reliance. Bidder acknowledges that Owner is relying on all warranties,
representations and statements made by Bidder in this Bidder's Proposal.
6. Suretv and Insurance
Bidder herewith tenders surety and insurance commitment letters as specified in Section 6
of the Invitation for Bidder's Proposals.
7. Bid Securitv
Bidder herewith tenders a Cashier's Check, Certified Check, or Bid Bond as specified in
Section 6 of the Invitation for Bidder's Proposals for l0 percent of Bidder's Price Proposal ("Bid
Security").
8. Owner's Remedies
Bidder acknowledges and agrees that should Bidder fail to timely submit all additional
information that is requested of it; or should Bidder, if Owner awards Bidder the Contract, fail to
timely submit all the Bonds and all the certificates and policies of insurance required of it; or
should Bidder, if Owner awards Bidder the Contract, fail to timely execute the Contract,
Contractor's Certification and all other required documentation related to the Contract, it will be
difEcult and impracticable to ascertain and determine the amount of damage that Owner will
sustain by reason of any such failure and, for such reason, Owner shall have the right, at its option
in the event of any such default by Bidder, to retain or recover as reasonably estimated liquidated
damages, and not as a penalty, the entire amount of the Bid Security or five percent of Bidder's
Price Proposal, whichever is greater, or to exercise any and all equitable remedies it may have
against Bidder.
9. Owner's Rishts
Bidder acknowledges and agrees that Owner reseryes the right to reject any and all Bidder's
Proposals, reserves the right to accept or reject any item of any Bidder's Proposal and reserves
such other rights as are set forth in Section l3 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
-12-
PROPOSAL
10. Bidder's Oblisations
In submitting this Bidder's Proposal, Bidder understands and agrees that it shall be bound
by each and every term, condition or provision contained in the Bid Package, which are by this
reference incorporated herein and made a part hereof.
DATED:
Bidder
2018
By:
Title:
Attest
By:
Title:
SEE GENERALINSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS,SECTION 7,
FOR SIGNATURE REQUIREMENTS
-13¨
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
OAK BR00K GOLF CLUB PATIO RENOVATION PROECT
BID PACKAGE
BIDDER'S SWORN ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
(`つ 響ο″θ
“
′'),being irst duly swom on oath,
deposes and states that thc undersigned Bidder is organized as indicated below and that all
statし 11lents herein lnade are rnade on behalfof such Bidder in support ofits Bidder's Proposal fbr
the above Contract and that Deponentis autho五 zed to make theln.
Deponent also deposes and states that Bidderhas carei11ly prepared,reviewed and checked
its Bidder's Proposal and that the statements contained in its Bidder's Proposal and in this
Acknowledgelnent are true and correct.
COPIPLETE APPLICABLE SECTION ONLY
1. Corporation
Bidder is a corporation that is organized and existing under the laws of the State of
that is qualified to do business in the State of Illinois, and that is operating
under the legal name of
The officers of the corporation are as follows:
TITLE NAME
President
ADDRESS
Vice President
Secretary
Treasurer
2. Partnership
Bidder is a partnership that is organized, existing and registered under the laws of the State
of -- pursuant to that certain Partnership Agreement dated as of
-.-,
that
is qrrutin"a to Ao business in the State of Illinois, and that is operating under the legal name of
-
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
The general partners ofthe partnership are as follows:
NAME ADDRESS
3. Individual
Bidder is an individual as follows:
Full name:
Residence address:
Business address:
If operating under a trade or assumed
name that name is:
4. Joint Venture
Bidder is a joint venture that is organized and existing under the laws of the State of
pursuant to that certain Joint Venture Agreement dated as of that is
qualified to do business in the State of Illinois, and that is operating under the legal name of
The signatories to the aforesaid Joint Venture Agreement are as follows:
NAME (ANd ENTITY TYPE) ADDRESS
ロ
ロ
-2-
ロ
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT
[For each sig■latory,indicate type ofentity(Corporation=“C'';Partnership=“P'';and lndividual
=“I'')and pЮ 宙de,on separate sheets,the infollllation required in Paragraph l,2,or 3 above,as
applicable]
DATED:20 。
Bidder
By:
Title:
Subscribed and Sworn to before me on
Notary Public
My commission expires:
Attest
By:
Title:
20 。
20 .
SEE GENERALINSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS,SECT10N 7,
FOR SIGNATURE REQUIREMENTS
-3-
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
OAK BR00K GOLF CLUB PATIO RENOVATION PROECT
BID PACKAGE
BIDDER'S SWORN WORK HISTORY STATEMENT
("Deponent"), being first duly swom on
oath,deposes and states that all statements lnade in this Swom Work History Statclnent are rnade
on behalfofthe undersigned Bidderin support ofits Bidder's Proposal fbr the above Contract and
that Deponentis autho五 zed to make thcln.
Deponent also deposes and states that Bidder has careilly prepared,reviewed and
checked this Sworn Work History Statelnent and thatthe statements contained in this Sworn Work
History Statelnent are true and correct.
IF NECESSARY FOR FULL DISCLOSURE,ADD SEPARATE SHEETS
JOINT VENTURES MUST SUBⅣIIT SEPARATE
SWORN WORK ⅡISTORY STATEMENTS FOR TⅡE JOINT VENTURE
AND FOR EACⅡ SIGNATORY TO TⅡE JOINT VENTURE AGREEMENT
1. Nature of Business
State the nature of Bidder's business:
2. Comnosition of Work
During the past three years, Bidder's work has consisted of:
% Federal _% As Contractor
_%As Subcontractor
-%
Subcontractors
7o Bidder's Forces
%Materials
0/OC)ther Public
%PHvate
3. Years in Bushess
State the number of years that Bidder, under its current name and organization, has been
continuously engaged in the aforesaidbusiness:
-years
WORK ⅡISTORY STATEMENT
4. Predecessor Organizations
lfBidder has been in business underits cwent name and organization forless than ive years,list
any predecessor organizations:
NAME ADDRESS YEARS
5。 Business Licenses
List all business licenses currently held by Bidder:
ISSUING AGENCY TYPE NUMBER EXPIRAT10N
6。 Related Experience
List three pr●ects mOSt Comparable to the Work∞mpleted by Bidder,or its predecessors,
in the past flve years:
PROJECT ONE PROJECT TWO PROJECT THREE
Owner Name
Owner Address
Reference
Telephone Number
Type of Work
-2-
Contractor
(If Bidder was)
(Subcontractor)
Amount ofContract
Date Completed
DATED:
Bidder
By:
Title:
Subscribed and Swom to before me on
Notary Public
My commission expires:
WORK ⅡISTORY STATEMENT
PROJECT ONE PROJECT TWO PROJECT TⅡREE
20 .
By:
Title:
20 .
SEE GENERALINSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS,SECTION 7,
FOR SIGNATURE REQUIREMENTS
…3-
TO:
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
OAK BR00K GOLF CLUB PATIO RENOVATION PROECT
BID PACKAGE
NOTICE OF AWARD
FROM: Village of Oak Brook
(``COntractor')
On
(“OWnデ ')
20__,Owner fomd to be most favorable to the interests ofOwner
the Bidder's Proposal submitted by Contractor and dated , 20-, in which
Contractor proposes to contract with Owner, in the form of the Contract included in the Bid
Package to perform the following Work: (1) to provide, perform and complete at the Work Site
and in the manner described and specified in the Bid Package all necessary work, labor, services,
transportation, equipment, materials, apparatus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas, electric, water, waste
disposal, information, data and other means and items necessary for OAK BROOK GOLF CLUB
PATIO RENOVATION PROJECT which includes renovation of the Golf Club Patio as indicated
in the drawings and described herein. The general contractor shall provide and install all materials,
unless noted otherwise. Scope of work includes, but not necessarily limited to, expansion,
excavation, selective demolition, concrete work, masonry, trellis, lighting, gas to fire pits and
related work as shown on the drawings and described herein, (2) to procure and fumish all permits,
licenses and other governmental approvals and authorizations necessary in connection therewith
except as otherwise expressly provided in Attachment A to the Contract included in the Bid
Package; (3) to procure and fumish all Bonds and all certificates and policies of insurance specified
in the Bid Package; (4) to pay all applicable federal, state and local taxes; (5) to do all other things
required of the Contractor by the Contract; and (6) to provide, perform and complete all of the
foregoing in a proper and workmanlike manner and in full compliance with, and as required by or
pursuant to, the Contract.
OWNER ACCORDINGLY AWARDS CONTRACTOR, EFFECTIVE AS OF THE DATE
OF DELIVERY OF THIS NOTICE OF AWARD, THE CONTRACT FOR SAID WORK
FOR THE LUMP SUM AND/OR UNIT PRICES, AS THE CASE MAY BE, SET FORTH
IN THE BIDDER'S PROPOSAL.
The Contract will be finalized and executed on 20 , at the above listed
office of Owner. The Contract will be executed by Owner provided that all conditions precedent
to finalization have been satisfied. Contractor must have complied with all conditions precedent
to finalization set forth in Section 15 of the General Instructions to Bidders included in the Bid
Package, on or before this date.
NOTICE OF AWARD
The failure or refusal to comply with the conditions precedent to finalization on or before the
Finalization Date or to execute the Contract on the Finalization Date shall result, at Owner's
option, in the imposition of liquidated damages and the annulment of this award, or in Owner's
exercise of any or all equitable remedies Owner may have, all as more specifically set forth in
Sections 8, 15, and 16 of the General Instructions to Bidders.
DATED:20-.
Village of Oak Brook
By:
Name
Title
#34920191 v2
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
CONTRACT FOR OAK BR00K GOLF CLUB PATIO
RENOVAT10N PROJECT
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
CONTRACT FOR OAK BR00K GOLF CLUB PATIO
RENOVATION PROECT
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Page
ARTICLE I: THE WORK ............1
1.1 Performance of the Work ...................1
1.2 Commencement and Completion Dates ...............2
1.3 Required Submittals .........2
A. Submittals Required .........2
B. Number and Format ..........2
C. Time of Submission and Owner's Review. ..........2
D. Responsibility for De1ay........ .............3
1.4 Review and Interpretation of Contract Provisions .................3
1.5 Conditions at the Work Site; Record Drawings .....................3
1.6 Technical Ability to Perform ..............4
1.7 Financial Ability to Perform ...............4
1.8 Time......... .......4
1.9 Safety at the Work Site........... ............4
1.10 Cleanliness of the Work Site and Environs... ....... 5
1.I I Damage to the Work, the Work Site, and Other Property.... .................... 5
1.12 Subcontractors and Suppliers .............5
A. Approval and Use of Subcontractors and Suppliers............. ....................5
B. Removal of Subcontractors and Suppliers............ .................6
1.13 Simultaneous Work By Others ...........6
l.l4 Occupancy Prior to Final Payment............. ..........6
1.15 Owner's Right to Terminate or Suspend Work for Convenience..............................6
A. Termination or Suspension for Convenience ............. ............6
B. Payment for Completed Work.. ..........6
ARTICLE II: CHANGES AND DELAYS. ......................7
2.1 Changes ..........7
2.2 Delays .............7
A. Extensions for Unavoidable Delays .....................7
B. No Compensation for Delays .............7
ARTICLE III: CONTRACTOR'S RESPONSIBILITY FOR DEFECTM WORK.......7
3.1 Inspection; Testing; Correction of Defects. ..........7
A. Inspection .......7
B. Re-Inspection............ ........7
C. Correction .......8
3.2 Warranty of Work.... .........8
A. Scope of Warranty............... ...............8
B. Repairs; Extension of Warranty............... ............8
C. Subcontractor and Supplier Warranties ................8
3.3 Owner's Right to Correct ...................8
ARTICLE IV: FINANCIAL ASSURANCES.......... ........8
4.1 Bonds ..............8
4.2 Insurance.. .......9
4.3 Indemnification.......... .......9
ARTICLE V: PAYMENT......... ................'.....9
5.1 Contract Price ......... ..........9
5.2 Taxes and Benefits.............. ...............9
5.3 Progress Payments.. ..........9
A. Payment in Installments .......... ...........9
B. Pay Requests............. ......10
C. Work Entire ....................10
5.4 Final Acceptance and Final Payment............ .....10
A. Notice of Completion............ ...........10
B. Punch List and Final Acceptance......... ..............10
C. Final Payment............ .....10
5.5 Liens .............11
A. Tit1e.......... ..... 11
B. Waivers of Lien ..............11
C. Removal of Liens ...........11
D. Protection of Owner Only ......... .'..... 11
5.6 Deductions ......................11
A. Owner's Right to Withhold............... .................11
B. Use of Withheld Funds .....................12
ARTICLE VI: DISPUTES AND REMEDIES................ .................12
6.1 Dispute Resolution Procedure ..........12
A. Notice of Disputes and Objections........... ..........12
B. Negotiation of Disputes and Objections........... ....................12
6.2 Contractor's Remedies............... ......12
6.3 Owner's Remedies.. ........13
6.4 Owner's Additional Remedy for Delay.. ............14
6.5 Terminations and Suspensions Deemed for Convenience......... ............14
ARTICLE VII: LEGAL RELATIONSHIPS AND REQUIREMENTS...........................14
7.1 Binding Effect ................14
7.2 Relationship of the Parties....... .........14
7.3 No Collusion/Prohibited Interests ...................... 15
7.4 Assignment................ .....15
7.5 Confidential Information............. .....15
7.6 No Waiver ......................15
7.7 No Third Party Beneficiaries..... .......16
7.8 Notices..... ..... 16
7.9 Governing Laws ........ ..... 16
7.10 Changes in Laws..... ........17
7.ll Compliance with Laws......... ............17
A. Compliance Required .....17
B. Liability for Fines, Penalties... ..........17
C. Prevailing Wage Act............ .............17
D. Required Provisions Deemed Inserted ...............18
7.I2 Compliance with Patents ..................18
A. Assumption of Costs, Royalties, and Fees .........18
B. Effect of Contractor Being Enjoined... ...............18
7.13 Time......... ..... 18
7 .14 Severability............... ...... 18
7.15 Entire Agreement ............18
7.16 Amendments............... ...................... 19
‐111-
Contractor's Certification
Attachment A: Supplemental Schedule of Contract Terms
Affachment B: Specifications
Affachment C: List of Drawings
Attachment D: Special Project Requirements
Appendix 1: Prevailing Wages
Appendix 2: Form of Performance Bond
Appendix 3: Form of Labor and Materials Bond
‐lV―
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
CONTRACT FOR OAK BR00K GOLF CLUB PATIO
RENOVATION PROECT
In consideration of the mutual promises set forth below, the Village of Oak Broob 1200
Oak Brook Road, Oak Brook, Illinois, 60523, an lllinois municipal corporation ("Owner"), and
a Corporati on (" C ontrac t o r"), make
this Contract as of
follows:
2078, (the "Effective Date") and hereby agree as
ARTICLE I: THE WORK
l.l Performance ofthe Work
Contractor,at its sole cost and expense,must provide,perfollll,and complete all of the
following,a1l ofwhich is herein referred to as the“″br″':
Labor. Equipment. Materials. and Supplies. Provide, perform, and complete, in the
manner described and specified in this Contract, all necessary work, labor, services,
transportation, equipment, materials, apparatus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas,
electric, water, waste disposal, information, data, and other means and items
necessary to accomplish the Project at the Work Site, both as defined in
Attachment A, in accordance with the specifications attached hereto as
Attachment B, the drawings identified in the list attached hereto as Attachment C,
and the Special Project Requirements attached hereto as Attachment D.
Permits. Except as otherwise provided in Attachment A, procure and furnish all
permits, licenses, and other govemmental approvals and authorizations necessary
in connection therewith.
Bonds and lnsurance. Procure and furnish all Bonds and all certificates of
insurance specified in this Contract.
Taxes. Pay all applicable federal, state, and local taxes.
Miscellaneous. Do all other things required of Contractor by this Contract,
including without limitation arranging for utility and other services needed for the
Work and for testing, including the installation of temporary utility lines, wiring,
switches, fixtures, hoses, connections, and meters, and providing sufficient sanitary
conveniences and shelters to accommodate all workers and all personnel of Owner
engaged in the Work.
3.
CONTRACT
6. Quality. Provide, perform, and complete all of the foregoing in a proper and
workmanlike manner, consistent with the highest standards of professional and
construction practices and in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant
to, this Contract, and with the greatest economy, efficiency, and expedition
consistent therewith, with only new, undamaged and first quality equipment,
materials, and supplies.
1.2 Commencement and Completion Dates
Contractor must commence the Work not later than the "Commencement Date" set forth
on Attachment A and must diligently and continuously prosecute the Work at such a rate as will
allow the Work to be fully provided, performed, and completed in full compliance with this
Contract not later than the "Completion Date" set forth in Attachment A. The time of
commencement, rate of progress, and time of completion are referred to in this Contract as the
"Contract Time."
1.3 Required Submittals
A. Submittals Required. Contractor must submit to Owner all documents, data, and
information specifically required to be submitted by Contractor under this Contract and must, in
addition, submit to Owner all such drawings, specifications, descriptive information, and
engineering documents, data, and information as may be required, or as may be requested by
Owner, to show the details of the Work, including a complete description of all equipment,
materials, and supplies to be provided under this Contract ("Required Submittals"). Such details
must include, but are not limited to, design data, structural and operating features, principal
dimensions, space required or provided, clearances required or provided, type and brand of finish,
and all similar matters, for all components of the Work.
B. Number and Format. Contractor must provide three complete sets for each
Required Submittal. All Required Submittals must be prepared on white 8-112"x11" paper.
C. Time of Submission and Owner's Review. All Required Submittals must be
provided to Owner no later than the time, if any, specified in this Contract for their submission or,
if no time for submission is specified, in sufficient time, in Owner's sole opinion, to permit Owner
to review the same prior to the commencement of the part of the Work to which they relate and
prior to the purchase of any equipment, materials, or supplies that they describe. Owner will have
the right to require such corrections as may be necessary to make such submittals conform to this
Contract. A1l such submittals will, after final processing and review with no exception noted by
Owner, become a part of this Contract. No Work related to any submittal may be performed by
Contractor until Owner has completed review of such submittal with no exception noted. Owner's
review and stamping of any Required Submittal will be for the sole purpose of examining the
general management, design, and details of the proposed Work, does not relieve Contractor of the
entire responsibility for the performance of the Work in full compliance with, and as required by
or pursuant to this Contract, and may not be regarded as any assumption of risk or liability by
Owner.
‐2-
CONTRACT
D. Responsibilit), for Delav. Contractor is responsible for any delay in the Work due
to delay in providing Required Submittals conforming to this Contract.
1.4 Review and Interpretation of Contract Provisions
Contractor represents and warrants that it has carefully reviewed this Contract, including
all of its Attachments, and the drawings identified in Attachment C, all of which are by this
reference incorporated into and made a part of this Contract. Contractor must, at no increase in
the Contract Price, provide workmanship, equipment, materials, and supplies that fully conform
to this Contract. Whenever any equipment, materials or supplies are specified or described in this
Contract by using the name or other identifying feature of a proprietary product or the name or
other identifinng feature of a particular manufacturer or vendor, the specific item mentioned is
understood as establishing the type, function and quality desired. Other manufacturers' or
vendors' products may be accepted, provided that the products proposed are equivalent in
substance and function to those named as determined by Owner in its sole and absolute discretion.
Contractor must promptly notifu Owner of any discrepancy, error, omission, ambiguity, or
conflict among any of the provisions of this Contract before proceeding with any Work affected
thereby. If Contractor fails to give such notice to Owner, then the subsequent decision of Owner
as to which provision of this Contract governs is final, and any corrective work required does not
entitle Contractor to any damages, to any compensation in excess of the Contract Price, or to any
delay or extension of the Contract Time.
When the equipment, materials, or supplies fumished by Contractor cannot be installed as
specified in this Contract, Contractor must, without any increase in the Contract Price, make all
modifications required to properly install the equipment, materials, or supplies. Any such
modification is subject to the prior review and consent of Owner.
1.5 Conditions at the Work Site: Record Drawinss
Contractor represents and warrants that it has had a sufficient opportunity to conduct a
thorough investigation of the Work Site and the surrounding area and has completed such
investigation to its satisfaction. Contractor will have no claim for damages, for compensation in
excess of the Contract Price, or for a delay or extension ofthe Contract Time based upon conditions
found at, or in the vicinity of, the Work Site. When information pertaining to subsurface,
underground or other concealed conditions, soils analysis, borings, test pits, utility locations or
conditions, buried structures, condition of existing structures, and other investigations is or has
been provided by Owner, or is or has been otherwise made available to Contractor by Owner, such
information is or has been provided or made available solely for the convenience of Contractor
and is not part of this Contract. Owner assumes no responsibility whatever in respect to the
sufficiency or accuracy of such information, and there is no guaranty or warranty, either expressed
or implied, that the conditions indicated are representative of those existing throughout the Work
or the Work Site, or that the conditions indicated are representative of those existing at any
particular location, or that the conditions indicated may not change, or that unanticipated
conditions may not be present.
CONTRACT
Contractor is solely responsible for locating all existing underground installations by
prospecting no later than two workdays prior to any scheduled excavation or trenching, whichever
is earlier. Contractor must check all dimensions, elevations, and quantities indicated in this
Contract within the same time period as set forth above for prospecting underground installations.
Contractor must lay out the Work in accordance with this Contract and must establish and maintain
such locations, lines and levels. Wherever pre-existing work is encountered, Contractor must
verify and be responsible for dimensions and location of such pre-existing work. Contractor must
notifu Owner of any discrepancy between the dimensions, elevations and quantities indicated in
this Contract and the conditions of the Work Site or any other errors, omissions or discrepancies
which Contract may discover during such inspections. Full instructions will be fumished by
Owner should such error, omission, or discrepancy be discovered, and Contractor must carry out
such instructions as if originally specified and without any increase in Contract Price.
Before Final Acceptance of the Work, Contractor must submit to Owner two sets of
Drawings of Record, unless a greater number is specified elsewhere in this Contract, indicating all
field deviations from Attachment B or the drawings identified in Attachment C.
1.6 Technical Abilitv to Perform
Contractor represents and warrants that it is sufficiently experienced and competent, and
has the necessary capital, facilities, plant, organization, and staff, to provide, perform and complete
the Work in fulI compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract.
1.7 Financial Abilitv to Perform
Contractor represents and warrants that it is financially solvent, and Contractor has the
financial resources necessary to provide, perform and complete the Work in full compliance with,
and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract.
Tillle
Contractor represents and warrants that it is ready, willing, able and prepared to begin the
Work on the Commencement Date and that the Contract Time is sufficient time to permit
completion of the Work in full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract
for the Contract Price, all with due regard to all natural and man-made conditions that may affect
the Work or the Work Site and all difficulties, hindrances, and delays that may be incident to the
Work.
1.9 Safetv at the Work Site
Contractor is solely and completely responsible for providing and maintaining safe
conditions at the Work Site, including the safety of all persons and property during performance
of the Work. This requirement applies continuously and is not limited to normal working hours.
Contractor must take all safety precautions as necessary to comply with all applicable laws and to
prevent injury to persons and damage to property.
1.8
‐4‐
CONTRACT
Contractor must conduct all of its operations without intemrption or interference with
vehicular and pedestrian traffic on public and private rights-of-way, unless it has obtained permits
therefor from the proper authorities. If any public or private right-of-way are rendered unsafe by
Contractor's operations, Contractor must make such repairs or provide such temporary ways or
guards as are acceptable to the proper authorities.
1.10 Cleanliness of the Work Site and Environs
Contractor must keep the Work Site and adjacent areas clean at all times during
performance of the Work and must, upon completion of the Work, leave the Work Site and
adjacent areas in a clean and orderly condition.
1.11 Damage to the Work. the Work Site. and Other Propertv
The Work and everything pertaining thereto is provided, performed, completed, and
maintained at the sole risk and cost of Contractor from the Commencement Date until Final
Payment. Contractor is fully responsible for the protection of all public and private property and
all persons. Without limiting the foregoing, Contractor must, at its own cost and expense, provide
all permanent and temporary shoring, anchoring and bracing required by the nature of the Work
in order to make all parts absolutely stable and rigid, even when such shoring, anchoring and
bracing is not explicitly specified, and support and protect all buildings, bridges, roadways,
conduits, wires, water pipes, gas pipes, sewers, pavements, curbs, sidewalks, fixfures and
landscaping of all kinds and all other public or private property that may be encountered or
endangered in providing, performing and completing the Work. Contractor will have no claim
against Owner because of any damage or loss to the Work or to Contractor's equipment, materials,
or supplies from any cause whatsoever, including damage or loss due to simultaneous work by
others. Contractor must, promptly and without charge to Owner, repair or replace, to the
satisfaction of Owner, any damage done to, and any loss suffered by, the Work and any damage
done to, and any loss suffered by, the Work Site or other property as a result of the Work.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract, Contractor's obligations under this Section
exist without regard to, and may not be construed to be waived by, the availability or unavailability
of any insurance, either of Owner or Contractor, to indemnify, hold harmless, or reimburse
Contractor for the cost of any repair or replacement work required by this Section.
l.l2 Subcontractors and Suppliers
A. Approval and Use of Subcontractors and Suppliers. Contractor must perform the
Work with its own personnel and under the management, supervision, and control of its own
organization unless otherwise approved by Owner in writing. All subcontractors, suppliers, and
subcontracts used by Contractor must be acceptable to, and approved in advance by, Owner.
Owner's approval of any subcontractor, supplier, and subcontract does not relieve Contractor of
full responsibility and liability for the provision, performance, and completion of the Work in full
compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract. All Work performed under any
subcontract is subject to all of the provisions of this Contract in the same manner as if performed
by employees of Contractor. Every reference in this Contract to "Contractor" is deerned also to
…5‐
CONTRACT
refer to all subcontractors and suppliers of Contractor. Every subcontract must include a provision
binding the subcontractor or supplier to all provisions of this Contract.
B. Removal of Subcontractors and Suppliers. If any subcontractor or supplier fails to
perform the part of the Work undertaken by it in a manner satisfactory to Owner, Contractor must
immediately upon notice from Owner terminate such subcontractor or supplier. Contractor will
have no claim for damages, for compensation in excess of the Contract Price, or for a delay or
extension of the Contract Time as a result of any such termination.
1.13 Simultaneous Work Bv Others
Owner has the right to perform or have performed such other work as Owner may desire
in, about, or near the Work Site during the performance of the Work by Contractor. Contractor
must make every reasonable effort to perform the Work in such manner as to enable both the Work
and such other work to be completed without hindrance or interference from each other.
Contractor must afford Owner and other contractors reasonable opportunity for the execution of
such other work and must properly coordinate the Work with such other work.
l.l4 Occupancv Prior to Final Pavment
Owner will have the right, at its election, to occupy, use, or place in service any part of the
Work prior to Final Payment. Such occupancy, use, or placement in service must be conducted in
such manner as not to damage any of the Work or to unreasonably interfere with the progress of
the Work. No such occupancy, use, or placement in service may be construed as an acceptance of
any of the Work or a release or satisfaction of Contractor's duty to insure and protect the Work,
nor may it, unless conducted in an unreasonable manner, be considered as an interference with
Contractor's provision, performance, or completion of the Work.
1.15 Owner's Risht to Terminate or Suspend Work for Convenience
A. Termination or Suspension for Convenience. Owner has the right, for its
convenience, to terminate or suspend the Work in whole or in part at any time by written notice to
Contractor. Every such notice must state the extent and effective date of such termination or
suspension. On such effective date, Contractor must, as and to the extent directed, stop Work
under this Contract, cease all placement of further orders or subcontracts, terminate or suspend
Work under existing orders and subcontracts, cancel any outstanding orders or subcontracts that
may be cancelled, and take any action necessary to protect any property in its possession in which
Owner has or may acquire any interest and to dispose of such property in such manner as may be
directed by Owner.
B. Payment for Completed Work. In the event of any termination pursuant to
Subsection l.l5A above, Owner must pay Contractor (1) such direct costs, excluding overhead, as
Contractor has paid or incurred for all Work done in compliance with, and as required by or
pursuant to, this Contract up to the effective date of termination together with ten percent of such
costs for overhead and profit; and (2) such other costs pertaining to the Work, exclusive of
overhead and profit, as Contractor may have reasonably and necessarily incurred as the result of
‐6‐
CONTRACT
such termination. Any such payment may be offset by any prior payment or payments and is
subject to Owner's rights to withhold and deduct as provided in this Contract.
ARTICLE II: CHANGES AND DELAYS
2.1 Chanses
Owner has the right, by written order executed by Owner, to make changes in the Contract,
the Work, the Work Site, and the Contract Time ("Change Order"). If any Change Order causes
an increase or decrease in the amount of the Work, an equitable adjustment in the Contract Price
or Contract Time maybe made. All claims by Contractor for an equitable adjustment in either the
Contract Price or the Contract Time must be made within two business days following receipt of
such Change Order, and may, if not made prior to such time, be conclusively deemed to have been
waived. No decrease in the amount of the Work caused by any Change Order will entitle
Contractor to make any claim for damages, anticipated profits, or other compensation.
2.2 Delavs
A. Extensions for Unavoidable Delays. For any delay that may result from causes that
could not be avoided or controlled by Contractor, Contractor must, upon timely written
application, be entitled to issuance of a Change Order providing for an extension of the Contract
Time for a period of time equal to the delay resulting from such unavoidable cause. No extension
of the Contract Time will be allowed for any other delay in completion of the Work.
B. No Compensation for Delays. No payment, compensation, damages, or adjustment
of any kind, other than the extension of the Contract Time provided in Subsection 2.2A above,
may be made to, or claimed by, Contractor because of hindrances or delays from any cause in the
corrmencement, prosecution, or completion of the Work, whether caused by Owner or any other
party and whether avoidable or unavoidable.
ARTICLE III: CONTRACTOR,S RESPONSIBILITY FOR
DEFECTIVE WORK
3.1 Inspection: Testins: Correction of Defects
A. Inspection. Until Final Pa5rment, all parts ofthe Work are subject to inspection and
testing by Owner or its designated representatives. Contractor must furnish, at its own expense,
all reasonable access, assistance, and facilities required by Owner for such inspection and testing.
B. Re-Inspection. Re-inspection and re-testing of any Work maybe ordered by Owner
at any time, and, if so ordered, any covered or closed Work must be uncovered or opened by
Contractor. If the Work is found to be in full compliance with this Contract, then Ownermust pay
the cost of uncovering, opening, re-inspecting, or re-testing, as the case may be. If such Work is
not in fulI compliance with this Contract, then Contractor must pay such cost.
-7-
CONTRACT
C. Correction. Until Final Payment, Contractor must, promptly and without charge,
repair, correct, or replace all or any part of the Work that is defective, damaged, flawed, or
unsuitable or that in any way fails to conform strictly to the requirements of this Contract.
3.2 Warranty of Work
A. Scope of Warranty. Contractor warrants that the Work and all of its components
will be free from defects and flaws in design, workmanship, and materials; must strictly conform
to the requirements of this Contract; and will be fit, sufficient, and suitable for the purposes
expressed in, or reasonably inferred from, this Contract. The warranty herein expressed is in
addition to any other warranties expressed in this Contract, or expressed or implied by law, which
are hereby reserved unto Owner.
B. Repairs: Extension of Warrantv. Contractor, promptly and without charge, must
correct any failure to fulfill the above warranty that may be discovered or develop at any time
within one year after Final Payment or such longer period as may be prescribed in Attachment B
or Attachment D to this Contract or by law. The above warranty may be extended automatically
to cover all repaired and replacement parts and labor provided or performed under such warranty
and Contractor's obligation to correct Work may be extended for a period of one year from the
date of such repair or replacement. The time period established in this Subsection 3.2B relates
only to the specific obligation of Contractor to correct Work and may not be construed to establish
a period of limitation with respect to other obligations that Contractor has under this Contract.
C. Subcontractor and Supplier Warranties. Whenever Attachment B or Attachment D
requires a subcontractor or supplier to provide a guaranty or warranty, Contractor is solely
responsible for obtaining said guaranty or warranty in form satisfactory to Owner and assigning
said warranty or guaranty to Owner. Acceptance of any assigned waranties or guaranties by
Owner is a precondition to Final Payment and does not relieve Contractor of any of its guaranty
or warranty obligations under this Contract.
3.3 Owner's Right to Correct
If, within two business days after Owner gives Contractor notice of any defect, damage,
flaw, unsuitability, nonconformity, or failure to meet warranty subject to correction by Contractor
pursuant to Section 3.1 or Section 3.2 of this Contract, Contractor neglects to make, or undertake
with due diligence to make, the necessary corrections, then Owner is entitled to make, either with
its own forces or with contract forces, the corrections and to recover from Contractor all resulting
costs, expenses, losses, or damages, including attorneys' fees and administrative expenses.
ARTICLE IV: FINANCIAL ASSURANCES
4.1 Bonds
Contemporaneous with Contractor's execution of this Contract, Contractor must provide a
Performance Bond and a Labor and Material Payment Bond, on forms provided by, or otherwise
acceptable to, Owner, from a surety company licensed to do business in the State of Illinois with
CONTRACT
a general rating of A and a financial size category of Class X or better in Best's lnsurance Guide,
each in the penal sum of the Contract Price ("Bonds"). Contractor, at all times while providing,
performing, or completing the Work, including, without limitation, at all times while correcting
any failure to meet warranty pursuant to Section 3.2 of this Contract, must maintain and keep in
force, at Contractor's expense, the Bonds required hereunder.
4.2 Insurance
Contractor hereby agrees and will, at its expense, carry insurance pursuant to the terms,
conditions, and coverages set forth in Attachment A.
4.3 Indemnification
Contractor hereby agrees to and will indemnify and save harmless Owner and all of it
elected ofEcials, officers, employees, attorneys, agents, and representatives against any and all
lawsuits, claims, demands, damages, liabilities, losses, and expenses, including affomeys' fees and
administrative expenses, that may arise, or be alleged to have arisen, out of or in connection with
Contractor's performance of, or failure to perform, the Work or any part thereof, whether or not
due or claimed to be due in whole or in part to the active, passive, or concurent negligence or fault
of Contractor, except to the extent caused solely by the negligence of Owner.
ARTICLE V: PAYMENT
5.1 Contract Price
Owner must pay to Contractor, in accordance with and subject to the terms and conditions
set forth in this Article V and Attachment A, and Contractor must accept in full satisfaction for
providing, performing, and completing the Work, the amount or amounts set forth in Attachment A
(the "Contract Price"), subject to any additions, deductions, or withholdings provided for in this
Contract.
5.2 Taxes and Benefits
Owner is exernpt from and will not be responsible to pay, or reimburse Contractor for, any
state or local sales, use, or excise taxes. The Contract Price includes all other applicable federal,
state, and local taxes of every kind and nature applicable to the Work as well as all taxes,
conhibutions, and prerniums for unemployment insurance, old age or retirement benefits,
pensions, annuities, or other similar benefits. All claim or right to claim additional compensation
by reason of the payment of any such tax, contribution, or premium is hereby waived and released
by Contractor.
5.3 Proqress Pavments
A. Payment in Installments. The Contract Price must be paid in monthly installments
in the manner set forth in Attachment A ("Progress Payments"\.
‐9‐
CONTRACT
B. Pav Requests. The Village of Oak Brook authorizes the payment of invoices on
the second and fourth Tuesday of the month. For consideration on one of these dates, payment
request must be received no later than fourteen (14) days prior to the second or fourth Tuesday of
the month. Each Pay Request must include (a) Contractor's certification of the value of, and partial
or final waivers of lien covering, all Work for which payment is then requested and
(b) Contractor's certification that all prior Progress Payments have been properly applied to the
payment or reimbursement of the costs with respect to which they were paid.
C. Work Entire. This Contract and the Work are entire and the Work as a whole is of
the essence of this Contract. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract, each and every
part of this Contract and of the Work are interdependent and common to one another and to
Owner's obligation to pay all or any part of the Contract Price or any other consideration for the
Work. Any and all Progress Payments made pursuant to this Article are provided merely for the
convenience ofContractor and for no other purpose.
5.4 Final Acceptance and Final Pavment
A. Notice of Completion. When the Work has been completed and is ready in all
respects for acceptance by Owner, Contractor must noti$ Owner and request a final inspection
("Notice of Completion"). Contractor's Notice of Completion must be given sufficiently in
advance of the Completion Date to allow for scheduling of the final inspection and for completion
or correction before the Completion Date of any items identified by such inspection as being
defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, incomplete, or otherwise not in full
compliance with, or as required by or pursuant to, this Contract ("Punch List WorH').
B. Punch List and Final Acceptance. The Work may be finally accepted when, and
only when, the whole and all parts thereof have been completed to the satisfaction of Owner in full
compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, this Contract. Upon receipt of Contractor's
Notice of Completion, Owner must make a review of the Work and notiff Contractor in writing
of all Punch List Work, if any, to be completed or corrected. Following Contractor's completion
or correction of all Punch List Work, Owner must make another review of the Work and prepare
and deliver to Contractor either a written notice of additional Punch List Work to be completed or
corrected or a written notice of final acceptance of the Work ("Final Acceptance").
C. Final Payment. As soon as practicable after Final Acceptance, Contractor must
submit to Owner a properly completed final Pay Request in the form provided by Owner ("Final
Pay Requesf"). Owner must pay to Contractor the balance of the Contract Price, after deducting
therefrom all charges against Contractor as provided for in this Contract ("Final Payment"). Final
Payment must be made not later than 60 days after Owner approves the Final Pay Request. The
acceptance by Contractor of Final Payment will operate as a full and complete release of Owner
of and from any and all lawsuits, claims, demands, damages, liabilities, losses, and expenses of,
by, or to Contractor for anything done, fumished for, arising out of, relating to, or in connection
with the Work or for or on account of any act or neglect of Owner arising out of, relating to, or in
connection with the Work.
‐10-
CONTRACT
5.5 Liens
A. Title. Nothing in this Contract may be construed as vesting in Contractor any right
of property in any equipment, materials, supplies, and other items provided under this Contract
after they have been installed in, incorporated into, attached to, or affixed to, the Work or the Work
Site. All such equipment, materials, supplies, and other iterns will, upon being so installed,
incorporated, attached or affixed, become the property of Owner, but such title will not release
Contractor from its duty to insure and protect the Work in accordance with the requirements of
this Contract.
B. Waivers of Lien. Contractor must, from time to time at Owner's request and in any
event prior to Final Payment, furnish to Owner such receipts, releases, affidavits, certificates, and
other evidence as may be necessary to establish, to the reasonable satisfaction of Owner, that no
lien against the Work or the public funds held by Owner exists in favor of any person whatsoever
for or by reason of any equipment, material, supplies, or other item furnished, labor performed, or
other thing done in connection with the Work or this Contract ("Lien") and that no right to file any
Lien exists in favor of any person whatsoever.
C. Removal of Liens. If at any time any notice of any Lien is filed, then Contractor
must, promptly and without charge, discharge, remove, or otherwise dispose of such Lien. Until
such discharge, removal, or disposition, Owner will have the right to retain from any money
payable hereunder an amount that Owner, in its sole judgment, deems necessary to satisfii such
Lien and to pay the costs and expenses, including attorneys' fees and administrative expenses, of
any actions brought in connection therewith or by reason thereof.
D. Protection of Owner Only. This Section does not operate to relieve Contractor's
surety or sureties from any of their obligations under the Bonds, nor may it be deemed to vest any
right, interest, or entitlement in any subcontractor or supplier. Owner's retention of funds pursuant
to this Section is deemed solely for the protection of its own interests pending removal of such
Liens by Contractor, and Owner will have no obligation to apply such funds to such removal but
may, nevertheless, do so where Owner's interests would thereby be served.
5.6 Deductions
A. Owner's Right to Withhold. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Contract
and without prejudice to any of Owner's other rights or remedies, Owner will have the right at any
time or times, whether before or after approval of any Pay Request, to deduct and withhold from
any Progress or Final Payment that may be or become due under this Contract such amount as may
reasonably appear necessary to compensate Owner for any actual or prospective loss due to:
(l) Work that is defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, or incomplete;
(2) damage for which Contractor is liable under this Contract; (3) state or local sales, use, or excise
taxes from which Owner is exempt; (4) Liens or claims of Lien regardless of merit; (5) claims of
subcontractors, suppliers, or other persons regardless of merit; (6) delay in the progress or
completion of the Work; (7) inability of Contractor to complete the Work; (8) failure of Contractor
to properly complete or document any Pay Request; (9) any other failure of Contractor to perform
any of its obligations under this Contract; or (10) the cost to Owner, including attorneys' fees and
‐11‐
CONTRACT
administrative costs, of correcting any of the aforesaid matters or exercising any one or more of
Owner's remedies set forth in Section 6.3 of this Contract.
B. Use of Withheld Funds. Owner is entitled to retain any and all amounts withheld
pursuant to Subsection 5.6A above until Contractor has either performed the obligations in
question or fumished security for such performance satisfactory to Owner. Owner is entitled to
apply any money withheld or any other money due Contractor under this Contract to reimburse
itself for any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, liabilities, suits, judgments, awards,
attomeys' fees and administrative expenses incurred, suffered, or sustained by Owner and
chargeable to Contractor under this Contract.
ARTICLE VI: DISPUTES AND REMEDIES
6.1 Dispute Resolution Procedure
A. Notice of Disputes and Objections. If Contractor disputes or objects to any
requirement, direction, instruction, interpretation, determination, or decision of Owner, Contractor
may notifu Owner in writing of its dispute or objection and of the amount of any equitable
adjustment to the Contract Price or Contract Time to which Contractor claims it will be entitled as
a result thereof; provided, however, that Contractor must, nevertheless, proceed without delay to
perform the Work as required, directed, instructed, interpreted, determined, or decided by Owner,
without regard to such dispute or objection. Unless Contractor so notifies Owner within two
business days after receipt of such requirement, direction, instruction, interpretation,
determination, or decision, Contractor is conclusively deemed to have waived all such disputes or
objections and all claims based thereon.
B. Negotiation of Disputes and Objections. To avoid and settle without litigation any
such dispute or objection, Owner and Contractor agree to engage in good faith negotiations.
Within three business days after Owner's receipt of Contractor's written notice of dispute or
objection, a conference between Owner and Contractor will be held to resolve the dispute. Within
three business days after the end of the conference, Owner must render its final decision, in writing,
to Contractor. If Contractor objects to the final decision of Owner, then it must, within three
business days, give Owner notice thereof and, in such notice, must state its final demand for
settlement of the dispute. Unless Contractor so notifies Owner, Contractor will be conclusively
deemed (1)to have agreed to and accepted Owner's final decision and (2)to have waived all
claims based on such final decision.
6.2 Contractor's Remedies
If Owner fails or refuses to satisff a final demand made by Contractor pursuant to
Section 6.1 of this Contract, or to otherwise resolve the dispute which is the subject of such demand
to the satisfaction of Contractor, within 10 days after receipt of such demand, then Contractor will
be entitled to pursue such remedies, not inconsistent with the provisions of this Contract, as it may
have in law or equity.
-12-
CONTRACT
6.3 Owner's Remedies
If it should appear at any time prior to Final Payment that Contractor has failed or refused
to prosecute, or has delayed in the prosecution of, the Work with diligence at a rate that assures
completion of the Work in full compliance with the requirements of this Contract on or before the
Completion Date, or has attempted to assign this Contract or Contractor's rights under this
Contract, either in whole or in part, or has falsely made any representation or warranty in this
Contract, or has otherwise failed, refused, or delayed to perform or satisfy any other requirement
of this Contract or has failed to pay its debts as they come due ("Event of Default"), and has failed
to cure any such Event of Default within five business days after Contractor's receipt of wriffen
notice of such Event of Default, then Owner will have the right, at its election and without
prejudice to any other remedies provided by law or equity, to pursue any one or more of the
following remedies:
1. Owner may require Contractor, within such reasonable time as may be fixed by
Owner, to complete or correct all or any part of the Work that is defective, damaged,
flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming, or incomplete; to remove from the Work Site
any such Work; to accelerate all or any part of the Work; and to take any or all other
action necessary to bring Contractor and the Work into strict compliance with this
Contract.
Owner may perform or have performed all Work necessary for the accomplishment
of the results stated in Paragraph I above and withhold or recover from Contractor
all the cost and expense, including attorneys' fees and administrative costs, incurred
by Owner in connection therewith.
Owner may accept the defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming,
incomplete, or dilatory Work or part thereof and make an equitable reduction in the
Contract Price.
Owner may terminate this Contract without liability for further payment of amounts
due or to become due under this Contract.
Owner may, without terminating this Contract, terminate Contractor's rights under
this Contract and, for the purpose of completing or correcting the Work, evict
Contractor and take possession of all equipment, materials, supplies, tools,
appliances, plans, specifications, schedules, manuals, drawings, and other papers
relating to the Work, whether at the Work Site or elsewhere, and either complete or
correct the Work with its own forces or contracted forces, all at Contractor's
expense.
Upon any termination of this Contract or of Contractor's rights under this Contract,
and at Owner's option exercised in writing, any or all subcontracts and supplier
contracts of Contractor will be deemed to be assigned to Owner without any further
action being required, but Owner may not thereby assume any obligation for
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
-13‐
CONTRACT
payrnents due under such subcontracts and supplier contracts for any Work
provided or performed prior to such assignment.
7. Owner may withhold from any Progress Payment or Final Payment, whether or not
previously approved, or may recover from Contractor, any and all costs, including
attomeys' fees and administrative expenses, incurred by Owner as the result of any
Event of Default or as a result of actions taken by Owner in response to any Event
of Default.
8. Owner may recover any damages suffered by Owner.
6.4 Owner's Additional Remedv for Delav
If the Work is not completed by Contractor, in full compliance with, and as required by or
pursuant to, this Contract, within the Contract Time as such time may be extended by Change
Order, then Owner may invoke its remedies under Section 6.3 of this Contract or may, in the
exercise of its sole and absolute discretion, permit Contractor to complete the Work but charge to
Contractor, and deduct from any Progress or Final Payments, whether or not previously approved,
administrative expenses and costs for each day completion of the Work is delayed beyond the
Completion Date, computed on the basis of the "Per Diem Administrative Charge" set forth in
Attachment A, as well as any additional damages caused by such delay.
6.5 Terminations and Suspensions Deemed for Convenience
Any termination or suspension of Contractor's rights under this Contract for an alleged
default that is ultimately held unjustified will automatically be deemed to be a termination or
suspension for the convenience of Owner under Section 1.15 of this Contract.
ARTICLE VII: LEGAL RELATIONSHIPS
AND REQUIREMENTS
7.1 Bindine Effect
This Contract is binding on Owner and Contractor and on their respective heirs, executors,
administrators, personal representatives, and permitted successors and assigns. Every reference in
this Contract to a party is deemed to be a reference to the authorized officers, employees, agents,
and representatives of such party.
7.2 Relationship of the Parties
Contractor will act as an independent contractor in providing and performing the Work.
Nothing in, nor done pursuant to, this Contract may be construed (l) to create the relationship of
principal and agent, partners, or joint venturers between Owner and Contractor or (2) except as
provided in Paragraph 6.3(6) above, to create any relationship between Owner and any
subcontractor or supplier of Contractor.
‐14‐
CONTRACT
7.3 NoCollusion/Prohibitedlnterests
Contractor hereby represents that the only persons, firms, or corporations interested in this
Contract as principals are those disclosed to Owner prior to the execution of this Contract, and that
this Contract is made without collusion with any other person, firm, or corporation. If at any time
it is found that Contractor has, in procuring this Contract, colluded with any other person, firm, or
corporation, then Contractor will be liable to Owner for all loss or damage that Owner may suffer
thereby, and this Contract will, at Owner's option, be null and void.
Contractor hereby represents and warrants that neither Contractor nor any person affiliated
with Conhactor or that has an economic interest in Contractor or that has or will have an interest
in the Work or will participate, in any manner whatsoever, in the Work is acting, directly or
indirectly, for or on behalf of any person, Broup, entity or nation named by the United States
Treasury Department as a Specially Designated National and Blocked Person, or for or on behalf
of any person, goup, entity or nation designated in Presidential Executive Order 13224 as a person
who commits, threatens to commit, or supports terrorism, and neither Contractor nor any person
affiliated with Contractor or that has an economic interest in Contractor or that has or will have an
interest in the Work or will participate, in any manner whatsoever, in the Work is, directly or
indirectly, engaged in, or facilitating, the Work on behalf of any such person, group, entity or
nation.
7.4 Assisnment
Contractor may not (1) assign this Contract in whole or in part, (2) assign any of
Contactor's rights or obligations under this Contract, or (3) assign any payment due or to become
due under this Contract without the prior express written approval of Owner, which approval may
be withheld in the sole and unfettered discretion of Owner; provided, however, that Owner's prior
written approval will not be required for assignments of accounts, as defined in the Illinois
Commercial Code, if to do so would violate Section 9-318 of the Illinois Commercial Code, 810
ILCS 5/9-318. Owner may assign this Contract, in whole or in part, or any or all of its rights or
obligations under this Contract, without the consent of Contractor.
7.5 Confidentiallnformation
All information supplied by Owner to Contractor for or in connection with this Contract or
the Work must be held confidential by Contractor and may not, without the prior express written
consent of Owner, be used for any pu{pose other than performance of the Work.
7.6 No Waiver
No examination, inspection, investigation, test, measurement, review, determination,
decision, certificate, or approval by Owner, nor any order by Owner for the payment of money,
nor any payment for, or use, occupancy, possession, or acceptance of, the whole or any part of the
Work by Owner, nor any extension of time granted by Owner, nor any delay by Owner in
exercising any right under this Contract, nor any other act or omission of Owner may constitute or
be deemed to be an acceptance of any defective, damaged, flawed, unsuitable, nonconforming or
CONTRACT
incomplete Work, equipment, materials, or supplies, nor operate to waive or otherwise diminish
the effect of any warranty or representation made by Contractor; or of any requirement or provision
of this Contract; or of any remedy, power, or right of Owner.
7.7 No Third Partv Beneficiaries
No claim as a third party beneficiary under this Contract by any person, firm, or corporation
other than Contractor may be made or be valid against Owner.
7.8 Notices
All notices required or permitted to be glven under this Contract must be in writing and are
deemed received by the addressee thereof when delivered in person on a business day at the address
set forth below or on the third business day after being deposited in any main or branch United
States post office, for delivery at the address set forth below by properly addressed, postage
prepaid, certified or registered mail, return receipt requested.
Notices and communications to Owner must be addressed to, and delivered at, the
following address:
Village of Oak Brook
1200 Oak Brook Road
Oak Brook, Illinois 60523
Attention: Sean Creed, Golf Club Manager/Superintendent
Notices and communications to Contractor must be addressed to, and delivered at, the
following address:
The foregoing may not be deerned to preclude the use of other non-oral means of
notification or to invalidate any notice properly given by any such other non-oral means.
By notice complying with the requirements of this Section, Owner and Contractor each
have the right to change the address or addressee or both for all future notices to it, but no notice
of a change of address is effective until actually received.
7.9 Governing Laws
This Contract and the rights of Owner and Contractor under this Contract will be
interpreted according to the internal laws, but not the conflict of laws rules, of the State of Illinois;
venue for any action related to this Contract will be in the Circuit Court of DuPage County, Illinois.
‐16‐
CONTRACT
7.1,0 Chanses in Laws
Unless otherwise explicitly provided in this Contract, any reference to laws includes such
laws as they may be amended or modified from time to time.
7.ll Compliance with Laws
A. Compliance Required. Contractor must give all notices, pay all fees, and take all
other action that may be necessary to ensure that the Work is provided, performed, and completed
in accordance with all required governmental permits, licenses or other approvals and
authorizations that may be required in connection with providing, performing, and completing the
Work, and with all applicable statutes, ordinances, rules, and regulations, including without
limitation the lllinois Prevailing Wage Act, 820 ILCS 130/0.01 et seq. (see Subsection C of this
Section) (a copy of the prevailing rate of wages ascertained by the Illinois Department of Labor,
in effect as of the date of this Contract, has been attached as an Appendix to this Contract; if the
Illinois Department of Labor revises the prevailing rate of hourly wages to be paid, the revised rate
applies to this Contract); any other applicable prevailing wage laws; the Fair Labor Standards Act;
any statutes regarding qualification to do business; any statutes requiring preference to laborers of
specified classes; the Illinois Steel Products Procurernent Act, 30 ILCS 56511 et seq.; any statutes
prohibiting discrimination because of, or requiring affirmative action based on, race, creed, color,
national origin, age, sex, or other prohibited classification, including, without limitation, the
Americans with Disabilities Act of t990, 42 U.S.C. $$ 12101 et seq., the Illinois Human Rights
Act,775 ILCS 5/l-l0l et seq., and the Public Works Discrimination Act, 775 ILCS 10/0.01 et
seq.; and any statutes regarding safety or the performance of the Work, including the Illinois
Underground Utility Facilities Damage Prevention Act, 220 ILCS 50ll et seq., and the
Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970,29 U.S.C. $$ 651 et seq.
B. Liability for Fines. Penalties. Contractor is solely liable for any fines or civil
penalties that are imposed by any govemmental or quasi-governmental agency or body that may
arise, or be alleged to have arisen, out of or in connection with Contractor's, or its subcontractors'
or suppliers', performance of, or failure to perform, the Work or any part thereof.
C. Prevailine Wage Act. Contractor and each subcontractor, in order to comply with
the Prevailing Wage Act, 820 ILCS 130/0.01 et seq. (the "Act"), must submit to the Village a
certified payroll on a monthly basis, in accordance with Section 5 of the Act. The certified payroll
must consist of a complete copy of those records required to be made and kept by the Act. The
certified payroll must be accompanied by a statement signed by the contractor or subcontractor
that certifies that (1) such records are true and accurate, (2) the hourly rate paid is not less than the
general prevailing rate of hourly wages required by the Act, and (3) the contractor or subcontractor
is aware that filing a certified payroll that he or she knows to be false is a Class B misdemeanor.
Contractor may rely on the certification of a subcontractor, provided that Contractor does not
knowingly rely on a subcontractor's false certification. On two business days' notice, Contractor
and each subcontractor must make available for inspection the records required to be made and
kept by the Act (i) to the Village and its officers and agents and to the Director of the Illinois
Department of Labor and his or her deputies and agents and (ii) at all reasonable hours at a location
within the State.
‐17-
CONTRACT
D. Required Provisions Deemed lnserted. Every provision of law required by law to
be inserted into this Contract is deemed to be inserted herein.
7.12 Compliance with Patents
A. Assumption of Costs. Royalties. and Fees. Contractor will pay or cause to be paid
all costs, royalties, and fees arising from the use on, or the incorporation into, the Work, of patented
equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or inventions.
B. Effect of Contractor Being Enjoined. Should Contractor be enjoined from
furnishing or using any equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or
inventions supplied or required to be supplied or used under this Contract, Contractor must
promptly offer substitute equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices, processes, or
inventions in lieu thereof, of equal efficiency, quality, suitability, and market value, for review by
Owner. If Owner should disapprove the offered substitutes and should elect, in lieu of a
substitution, to have supplied, and to retain and use, any such equipment, materials, supplies, tools,
appliances, devices, processes, or inventions as may by this Contract be required to be supplied,
Contractor must pay such royalties and secure such valid licenses as may be requisite and
necessary for Owner to use such equipment, materials, supplies, tools, appliances, devices,
processes, or inventions without being disturbed or in any way interfered with by any proceeding
in law or equity on account thereof. Should Contractor neglect or refuse to make any approved
substitution promptly, or to pay such royalties and secure such licenses as may be necessary, then
Owner will have the right to make such substitution, or Owner may pay such royalties and secure
such licenses and charge the cost thereof against any money due Contractor from Owner or recover
the amount thereof from Contractor and its surety or sureties notwithstanding that Final Payn'rent
may have been made.
7.13 Time
The Contract Time is of the essence of this Contract. Except where otherwise stated,
references in this Contract to days is construed to refer to calendar days.
7,14 Severabilitv
The provisions of this Contract will be interpreted when possible to sustain their legality
and enforceability as a whole. tn the event any provision of this Contract is held invalid, illegal,
or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction, in whole or in part, neither the validity of
the remaining part of such provision, nor the validity of any other provisions of this Contract will
be in any way affected thereby.
7.15 Entire Agreement
This Contract sets forth the entire agreement of Owner and Contractor with respect to the
accomplishment of the Work and the pa5rment of the Contract Price therefor, and there are no other
-1 8-
CONTRACT
understandings or agreelnents,oral or wHtten,bel、reen Owner and Contractor with respectto the
Work and the compensation therefor.
7.16 Alllendlllents
No modiflcation,addition,deletion,revision,alteration or other change to this Contract is
effcctive unless and until such change is reduced to writing and executed and delivered by(Dwner
and Contractor.
[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]
…19-
CONTRACT
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Owner and Contractor have caused this Contract to be executed
by their properly authorized representatives in two original counterparts as of the Effective Date.
VILLAGE OF OAK BROOK
By:
Name:
Title:
Attest:
By:
Name:
Title:
CONTRACTOR
By:
Name:
Title:
Attest:
By:
Name:
Title:
‐20-
CONTRACTOR'S CERTIFICATION
STATE OF ILLINOIS
COUNTY OF
CONTRACTOR' S CERTIFICATION
ty r*o- on oum, a"por". *a rtut"r tnut utl trtr:!:f,"'#f"";*iT,?
of Contractor, that this deponent is authorized to make thern, and that the statements contained
herein are true and correct.
Contractor deposes, states, and certifies that Contractor is not barred from contracting
with a unit of state or local government as a result of (i) a violation of either Section 33E-3 or
Section 338-4 of Article 33E of the Criminal Code of 196l,720ILCS 5/33E-l et!gg.; or (ii) a
violation of the USA Patriot Act of 2001, 107 Public Law 56 (October 26,2001) (the"Patriot
Act") or other statutes, orders, rules, and regulations of the United States govemment and its
various executive departments, agencies and offices related to the subject matter of the Patriot
Act, including, but not limited to, Executive Order 13224 effective September 24,2001.
DATED:20 .
CONTRACTOR
By:
Name:
Title:
Attest:
By:
Nalne:
Title:
Subscribed and Swom to before me on 20 .
My Commission expires:
Notary Public
(SEAL))) SS)
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
OAK BR00K GOLF CLUB PATIO RENOVATION PROЛ CT
ATTACHMENT A
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF CONTRACT TERMS
[Check applicable boxes and insert required information.J
1. Proiect:
Renovation of the Golf Club Patio as indicated in the drawings and described herein.
The general contractor shall provide and install all materials, unless noted otherwise.
Scope of work includes, but not necessarily limited to, expansion, excavation, selective
demolition, concrete work, masonry, trellis, lighting, gas to fire pits and related work as
shown on the drawings and described herein.
2. Work Site:
Oak Brook Golf Club, 2606 York Road, Oak Brook, Illinois 60523.
3. Permits. Licenses. Approvals. and Authorizations:
Contractor must obtain all required governmental permits, licenses, approvals, and
authorizations. Village permit fees will be waived.
4. @:
October 1,2018
5. Completion Date:
Substantial Completion by November 23,2018. The Completion Date will be subject
to equitable adjustment if the Commencement Date is delayed pursuant to Subsection
2.2A of the Contract.
6. Insurance Coverage:
Certificates of lnsurance shall be presented to Owner within fifteen (15) days after the
receipt by the Contractor of the Notice of Award and the unexecuted contact, it being
understood and agreed that the Owner will not approve and execute the Contract until
acceptable insurance certificates are received and approved by Owner.
Each contractor performing any work pursuant to a contract with Owner and each permittee
ATTACHMENT A
working under a permit as required pursuant to the provisions of Title 1 of Chapter 8 of the
Code of Ordinances of the Village of Oak Brook (hereinafter referred to as "Insured") shall
be required to carry such insurance as specified herein. Such contractor and permittee shall
procure and maintain for the duration of the contract or permit insurance against claims for
injuries to persons or damages to property which may arise from or in connection with the
performance of the work under the contract or permit, eitherby the contactor, permittee, or
their agents, representatives, employees or subcontractors.
A contractor or permittee shall maintain insurance wittr limits no less than:
A. General Liability - $2,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence for bodily injury
personal injury and property damage, provided that when the estimated cost of the
work in question does not exceed $25,000, the required limit shall be $1,000,000;
B. Automobile Liability (if applicable) - $1,000,000 combined single limit per accident
for bodily injury and property damage;
C. Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability - Worker's Compensation limits as
required by the Labor Code of the State of Illinois and Employer's Liability limits of
$ 1,000,000 per accident.
Any deductibles or self-insured retention must be declared to and approved by Owner. At
the option of Owner, either the insurer shall reduce or eliminate such deductible or self-
insured retention as respect to Owner, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers; or
the Insured shall procure a bond guaranteeing payment of losses and related investigations,
claim administration and defense expenses to the extent of such deductible or self-insured
retention.
The policies shall contain, or be endorsed to contain, the following provisions:
D. General Liability and Automobile Liability Coverage -
(l) The Owner, its officers, officials, employees and volunteers are to be covered
as additional insureds as respects: liability arising out of activities performed
by or on behalf of the Insured; premises owned, occupied or used by the
lnsured. The coverage shall contain no special limitations on the scope of
protection afforded to the Owner, its officers, officials, employees, volunteers,
or agents.
(2) The Lrsured's insurance coverage shall be primary insurance as respect to the
Owner, its officers, ofEcials, ernployees, volunteers and agents. Anyinsurance
or self-insurance maintained by the Owner, its officers, officials, employees,
volunteers or agents shall be in excess of the lnsured's insurance and shall not
contribute with it.
(3) Any failure to comply with reporting provisions of the policies shall not affect
…2¨
ATTACHMENT A
coverage provided to the Owner, its officers, ofEcials, employees, volunteers
or agents.
(4) The Insured's insurance shall apply separately to each covered party against
whom claim is made or suit is brought except with respect to the limits of the
insurer's liability.
E. Worker's Compensation and Employer's Liability Coverage
The policy shall waive all rights of subrogation against the Owner, its officers,
officials, employees, volunteers and agents for losses arising from work
performed by the insured for the Owner.
Each insurance policy shall be endorsed to state that coverage shall not be suspended,
voided, canceled by either party, reduced in coverage or in limits except after thirty (30)
days prior written notice by certified mail has been given to Owner. Each insurance policy
shall name the Owner, its officers, officials and employees, volunteers and agents as
Additional lnsureds. lnsurance is to be placed with insurers with a Best's rating of no less
than A: VII.
Each Insured shall fumish the Owner with certificates of insurance and with original
endorsements effecting coverage required by this provision. The certificate and
endorsements for each insurance policy are to be signed by a person authorized by that
insurer to bind coverage on its behalf. The certificates and e,ndorsements are to be on forms
approved by the Owner and shall be subject to approval by the Village Attorney before
work commences. The Owner reserves the right to require complete, certified copies of
all required insurance policies, at any time.
Each insured shall include all subcontractors as insureds under its policies or shall fumish
separate certificates and endorsements for each subcontractor. All coverages for
subcontractors shall be subject to all of the requirements stated herein.
trD Builders Risk Insurance. This insurance must be written in completed value
form, must protect Contractor and Owner against "all risks" of direct physical
loss to buildings, structures, equipment, and materials to be used in providing,
performing, ffid completing the Work, including without limitation fire
extended coverage, vandalism and malicious mischief, sprinkler leakage, flood,
earth movement and collapse, and must be designed for the circumstances that
may affect the Work.
This insurance must be written with limits not less than the insurable value of
the Work at completion. The insurable value must include the aggregate value
of Owner-furnished equipment and materials to be constructed or installed by
Contractor.
‐3‐
E.
ATTACHMENT A
This insurance must include coverage while equipment or materials are in
warehouses, during installation, during testing, and after the Work is completed,
but prior to Final Payment. This insurance must include coverage while Owner
is occupying all or any part of the Work prior to Final Payment without the need
for the insurance company's consent.
Owner's and Contractor's Protective Liability Insurance. Contractor, at its sole
cost and expense, must purchase this lnsurance in the name of Owner with a
combined single limit for bodily injury and property damage of not less than
$1,000,000.
Umbrella Policy. The required coverage may be in the form of an umbrella
policy above $2,000,000 primary coverage. All umbrella policies must provide
excess coverage over underlying insurance on a following-form basis so that,
when any loss covered by the primary policy exceeds the limits under the
primary policy, the excess or umbrella policy becomes effective to cover that
loss.
Deductible. Each policy must have a deductible or self-insured retention of not
more than $
Owner as Additional Insured. Owner must be named as an Additional Insured
on the following policies:
Williams Architects
The Additional Insured endorsement must identitr owner as follows:
The Village of Oak Brook and its boards, commissions, committees, authorities,
employees, agencies, officers, voluntary associations, and other units operating
under the jurisdiction and within the appointment of its budget.
Other Parties as Additional Insureds. In addition to Owner, the following parties
must be named as additional insured on the following policies:
F.
□G。
XH.XAdditional lnsured
Williams Architects
‐4-
Policv or Policies
7.
ATTACHMENT A
Contract Price:
SCHEDULE OF PRICES
A. LUMP SUM CONTRACT
1. Provide and install all materials needed for the renovation of the patio at the Golf
Club Patio as indicated in the drawings and described herein. For providing,
performing, and completing Work, the total Contract Price of :
$
In words
The lump sum contract includes the following allowances per Section 012100:
A. Contingency Allowance
B. Testing Allowance
8. Progress Pavments:
$5,000
$1,000
A.General. Owner must pay to Contractor 90 percent of the Value of Work,
determined in the manner set forth below, installed and complete in place up to
the day before the Pay Request, less the aggregate of all previous Progress
Pa5rments. The total amount of Progress Payments made prior to Final
Acceptance by Owner may not exceed 90 percent of the Contract Price.
Value of Work. The Value of the Work will be determined as follows:
Lump Sum Items. For all Work to be paid on a lump sum basis,
Contractor must, not later than 10 days after execution of the Contract
and before submitting its first Pay Request, submit to Owner a schedule
showing the value of each component part of such Work in form and
with substantiating data acceptable to Owner ("Breakdown Schedule").
The sum of the items listed in the Breakdown Schedule must equal the
amount or amounts set forth in the Schedule of Prices for Lump Sum
Work. An unbalanced Breakdown Schedule providing for overpayment
of Contractor on component parts of the Work to be performed first will
not be accepted. The Breakdown Schedule must be revised and
resubmitted until acceptable to Owner. No payment may be made for
any lump sum item until Contractor has submitted, and Owner has
approved, an acceptable Breakdown Schedule.
Owner may require that the approved Breakdown Schedule be revised
based on developments occurring during the provision and performance
of the Work. If Contractor fails to submit a revised Breakdown Schedule
B.
‐5-
ATTACIIMENT A
that is acceptable to Owner, Owner will have the right either to suspend
Progress and Final Payments for Lump Sum Work or to make such
Payments based on Owner's determination of the value of the Work
completed.
(2) Unit Price Items. For all Work to be paid on a unit price basis, the value
of such Work will be determined by Owner on the basis of the actual
number of acceptable units of Unit Price Items installed and complete in
place, multiplied by the applicable Unit Price set forth in the Schedule
of Prices. The actual number of acceptable units installed and complete
in place will be measured on the basis described in Attachment B to the
Contract or, in the absence of such description, on the basis determined
by Owner. The number of units of Unit Price Iterns stated in the
Schedule of Prices are Owner's estimate only and may not be used in
establishing the Progress or Final Payments due Contractor. The
Contract Price will be adjusted to reflect the actual number of acceptable
units of Unit Price Iterns installed and complete in place upon Final
Acceptance.
C. Application of Payments. All Progress and Final Payments made by Owner to
Contractor will be applied to the payment or reimbursement of the costs with
respect to which they were paid and will not be applied to or used for any pre-
existing or unrelated debt between Contractor and Owner or between Contractor
and any third party.
9. Per Diem Administrative Charee:
$500 per day.
10. Standard Specifications:
The Contract also includes Owner's Village Code and Building Codes.
References to any of these codes means the latest editions effective on the date of the bid
opening.
See Attachment D for any special project requirements.
‐6-
ATTACⅡMENT B
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
OAK BR00K GOLF CLUB PATIO RENOVATION PROJECT
ATTACHⅣIENT B
SPECIFICATIONS
Oak Brook Golf(〕lub Pa∥o Renovatton′Prolect No 2018-027
TABLE OF CONTENTS
DiViSiON O―B:DDING REQU:REMENTS AND CONTRACT FORMS
003119… EXISTING CONDIT:ON INFORMAT10N…………… ………………………………………………1DiViSiON l―GENERAL REQU:REMENTS
011000 ¨ SUMMARY……………………………… ………………… ……………………… …………………… 3
012100 ¨ ALLOWANCES…………… … …… … … … … ………… … ……… …… … ……… … ………3013100 ¨ PRO」ECT MANAGEMENT AND C00RDINAT10N……………………………… ……………5014000 ¨QUALITY REQUIREMENTS_………… …………… … ……… … … ……… …… ………… …5015000 ¨ TEMPORARY FACLITIES AND CONTROLS…………… …… … … … …… … …… … 5
016000 ¨ PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS… … ……… …… ………………… … ……… … … … ………4017300 EXECUT10N …………… … ……… … … … … … … ……… …………… ……… …… …… ……6017700 _CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES…………… ………………………………………………… …………5017839 ……PRO」ECT RECORD DOCUMENTS… ……… …… ………………… …………………… … … …4017900 _DEMONSTRAT10N AND TRAINING…………………………………………………………………5DIⅥS10N 02-EXiSTING COND:T10NS
024119 ……SELECTIVE DEMOLIT:ON……………………………… ………………………………………………7DiViSiON 03-CONCRETE
033000 CAST―IN―PLACE CONCRETE… ……… … … ……… … ……………… ………………………16
035350 ¨¨CEMENTIT10US STAMPABLE OVERLAY¨…………… … …… ……… … …… … …… 6
DiVISiON 04-MASONRY
042000 ¨¨UNIT MASONRY……………………… ……………… ……………………………………………………1304431313 ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER… … … …………… … … …¨ …… 7
DIⅥS10N 05-METALS
055213 _¨PIPE AND TUBE RAlLINGS… …………… …… …… … …… ……… ………………………………7DiV:S:ON 10-SPEC:ALTlES
105300 ¨ PERGOLAS……………………………………………………………………… ……………… ………… 4
D:ViSiON 23-HEATING,VENT:LATING,AND A:R CONIDT:ONlNG
231123 ¨¨FAC:LITY NATURAL―GAS PIPING… …… ………………… … … …… … ………………………11
TOC‐1
Oak Brook Golf Club PaJo Renova∥ on/Prolect No 2018‐027
D:ViS10N 26-ELECTRiCAL
260500 COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL…………260519 …LOW―VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES……… … …5260526 …GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260529 ¨HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS_………… ……… … …4260533 ……RACEVVAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260553……JDENTIFICAT10N FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS………… … … …………… ………… ………4260923 LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES3
262726 WiRING DEVICES ………………………… … … … … ……………… ……… … …………… … 3265619 LED EXTER10R LIGHTING………… ……… … ……… …… …
TOC-2
Oak Brook Golf Club Pa∥o Renovation/Prolect No 2018‐027
DOCUMENT 003119
EX:STING CONDIT10N INFORMAT:ON
ll EXISTINC CONDlT10N INFORMAT10N
A This Document with ns referenced atachments is part of the Procurement and Contracing
Requrements for Prolect They provide Owners infOmajOn for Bidders'convenience and are intended
to supplement rather than serve in∥eu ofthe Bidders'own investigations They are made ava∥able for
Bidders'convenience and inforlnation,but are nOt a warranty of existing conditions This Document and
its altachments are not part ofthe Contract Documents
END OF DOCUMENT
EXISTING CONDIT10N INFORMAT10N
003119-1
Oak Brook Golf CIub Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018427
SECT10N 011000
SUMMARY
PART 1 . GENERAL
1,1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 0'l Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section lncludes:
1. Projectinformation.
2. Work covered by Contract Documents.
3. Work by Owner.
4. Work under separate contracts.
5. Owner-fumishedproducts.
6. Access to site.
7. Site coordination.
8. Work restrictions.
9. Specification and drawing conventions.
B. RelatedRequirements:
1. Section 0'15000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls" for limitations and procedures goveming
temporary use of Owner's facilities.
.I.3 WORK COVERED BY CONTMCT OOCUMENTS
A. The Work of Project is defined by the Contract Documents and consists of the following:
1. Patio Renovation and Expansion.
Excavation, selective demolition, concrete work, masonry, trellis, lighting, gas to fire pits and
related work.
B. Type of Contract:
1. Project will be constructed under a single prime contract.
SUMMARY
011000-1
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
1.4 WORK UNDER SEPARATE CONTMCTS
A. General: Cooperate fully with separate contractors so work on those contracts may be canied out
smoothly, without interfering with or delaying work under this Contract or other contracts. Coordinate the
Work of this Contract with work performed under separate contracts.
1.5 ACCESS TO SITE
A. General: Contractor shall have limited use of Project site for construction operations as indicated on
Drawings by the Contract limits and as indicated by requirements of this Section.
B. Use of Site: Limit use of Project site to areas within the Contract limits indicated. Do not disturb portions
of Project site beyond areas in which the Work is indicated.
1. Driveways, Walkways and Entrances: Keep driveways, parking, loading areas, and entrances
serving premises clear and available to Owner, Owne/s employees, and emergency vehicles at
most times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials.
a. Schedule deliveries to minimize use of driveways and entrances by construction
operations.
b. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and
equipment on-site.
2. Mobilization Plan and Construction Access: Use a portion of the existing parking lot to be
coordinated by Owner. Protect all existing lawn, landscaping, buildings, flatwork, fencing, and
building. Repair if damaged.
C. Condition of Existing Site: Maintain portions of existing site affected by construction operations in proper
condilion throughout construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Repair
lawn areas with sod.
1.6 SITE COORDINATION
A. Owner will occupy the building during entire construction period. Cooperate with Owner during
construction operations to minimize conflicts and facilitate Owner safety and usage. Perform the Work
so as not to interfere with Owner's operations. Maintain existing exits unless otherwise indicated.
1. Maintain access to existing walkways, and other adjacent occupied or used facilities. Do noi close
or obstruct walkways, or other occupied or used facilities without written permission from Owner
and authorities having jurisdiction.
2. Provide not less than 72 hours' notice to Owner of activities that will affect Ownefs operations.
1 .7 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
A. Remove off site all demolished portions of the work:
,I.8 WORK RESTRICTIONS
A. Work Restrictions, General: Comply with restrictions on construction operations.
1. Comply with limitations on use of public streets and with other requirements of authorities having
jurisdiction.
SUMMARY
01 1000 - 2
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
B. On-Site Work Hours: Limit work in the existing building to normal business working hours Monday
through Friday, unless otherwise indicated:
1. Comply with all governing authority regulations.
Existing Utility lnterruptions: Do not interrupt utilities serving facilities occupied by Owner or others
unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after providing temporary utility services
according to requirements indicated:
1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed utility interruptions.
2. Obtain Owner's wriften permission before proceeding with utility interruptions.
Noise, Vibration, and Odors: Coordinate operations that may result in high levels of noise and vibration,
odors, or other disruption to Owner occupancy with Owner.
1. Notify Owner not less than two days in advance of proposed disruptive operations.
2. Obtain Owner's writlen permission before proceeding with disruptive operations.
Controlled Substances: Use of tobacco products and other controlled substances within the existing
building and on Project site is not permitted.
SPECIFICATION AND DRAWING CONVENTIONS
Specification Content: The Specifications use certain conventions for the style of language and the
intended meaning of certain terms, words, and phrases when used in particular situations. These
conventions are as follows:
1. lmperative mood and streamlined language are generally used in the Specifications. The words
"shall," "shall be," or "shall comply with," depending on lhe context, are implied where a colon (:)
is used within a sentence or phrase.
2. Specification requirements are to be performed by Contractor unless specifically stated
otherwise.
Division 0l General Requirements: Requirements of Sections in Division 01 apply to the Work of all
Sections in the Specifications.
Drawing Coordination: Requirements for materials and products idenlified on Drawings are described in
detail in the Specifications. One or more of the following are used on Drawings to identify materials and
products:
1. Terminology: Materials and products are identilied by the typical generic terms used in the
individual Specifications Sections.
PART 2‐PRODUCTS(Not Used)
PART 3-EXECUT10N(Not Used)
END OF SECT10N
SUMMARY
011000-3CDE19CB
Oak Brook Golf Club Pa∥o Renova∥on′Prolect No 2018-027
SECT:ON 012100
ALLOWANCES
PART l―GENERAL
ll RELATED DOCUMENTS
A Drawings and general provisions ofthe Contract,including General and Supplementary Condtions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section
12 SUMMARY
A Section includes administrative and procedural requirements goveming a∥owances
B Types of a∥owances include the fo∥ow ng:
l Contingency a∥owances
2 Testing and inspecting a∥owances
C Related Requirements:
l Section 012200・ Unl Pnces"fOr procedures for using unl pHces,including attuStment of quanity
a∥owances when app∥cable
2 Section 014000・ Qualily Requirements"for procedures governing the use of a∥owances fo「neld
testing by an independenttesting agency
13 SELECT10N AND PURCHASE
A At the ear∥est practical date after award of the Contract, advise Architect of the date when inal
selection, or purchase and delivery, of each product or system described by an a∥owance must be
completed by the Ownerto avoid delaying the VVork
B At Architecrs request, obtain proposals for each a∥owance for use in making inal selections :nclude
recommendations that are relevantto performing the VVork
C Purchase products and systems selected by Architect from the designated supp∥er
14 ACT10N SUBMITTALS
A Submit proposals fo「purchase of products or systems included in a∥owances in the forn specined fOr
Change Orders
15 1NFORMAT10NAL SUBMITTALS
A Submit invoices o「delivery s∥ps to show actual quantities of materials delivered to the site for use in
fu11∥ment of each a∥owance
B Submit tirne sheets and other documentation to show iabo「time and cost for insta∥ation of a∥owance
items thatinclude insta∥ation as part ofthe a∥owance
C Coordinate and process submittals for a∥owance items in same manner as for other portions of the
Work
16 C00RDINAT10N
A Coo「dinate a∥owance items with other portions of the work Furnish template as required to coordinate
insta∥ation
ALLOWANCES
012100-1
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
,1.7
CONTINGENCYALLOWANCES
A. Use the contingency allowance only as directed by Architect for Owner's purposes and only by Change
Orders that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance.
B. Contractor's overhead, profit, and related costs for products and equipment ordered by Owner under the
contingency allowance are included in the allowance and are not part of the Contract Sum. These costs
include delivery, installation, taxes, insurance, equipment rental, and similar costs.
C. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will include Contractor's
related costs and reasonable overhead and profit.
D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to Owner by
Change Order.
.I.8 TESTING AND INSPECTING ALLOWANCES
A. Testing and inspecting allowances include the cost of engaging testing agencies, actual tests and
inspections, and reporting results.
B. The allowance does not include incidental labor required to assist the testing agency or costs for
retesting if previous tests and inspections result in failure. The cost for incidental labor to assist the
testing agency shall be included in the Contract Sum.
C. Costs of testing and inspection services not required by the Contract Documents are not included in the
allowance.
D. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the testing and inspecting allowance to Owner
by Change Order.
1.9 ADJUSTMENT OF ALLOWANCES
A. Allowance Adjustment: To adjust allowance amounts, prepare a Change Order proposal based on the
difference between purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by final measurement of work-in-
place where applicable. lf applicable, include reasonable allowances for cutting losses, tolerances,
mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar margins.
1. lnclude installation costs in purchase amount only where indicated as part of the allowance.
2. lf requested, prepare explanation and documentation to substantiate distribution of overhead
costs and other markups.
3. Submit substantiation of a change in scope of Work, if any, claimed in Change Orders related to
unit-cost allowances.
4. Owner reserves the right to establish the quantity of work-in-place by independent quantity
survey, measure, or count.
B. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in scope or nature of the allowance described in
the Contract Documents, whether for the purchase order amount or Contractor's handling, labor,
installation, overhead, and profl t.
1. Do not include Contractor's or subcontractor's indirect expense in the Change Order cost amount
unless it is clearly shown that the nature or exlent of Work has changed from what could have
been foreseen from information in the Contract Documents.
2. No change to Contractoas indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower-priced
materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3 . EXECUTION
3.'1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly on delivery for damage or defects. Return
damaged or defective products to manufacturer for replacement.
ALLOWANCES
0'12100 - 2
Oak Brook Gor Club Pa∥。Renovalon/Prolect No 2018‐027
32 PREPARAT10N
A Coordinate matettals and their insta∥ation for each a∥owance with related materials and insta∥ations to
ensure that each a∥owance item is completely integrated and interfaced ⅥЛth related wo「 k
33 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES
A A:lowance No l: Contingency A∥owance: include a contingency a∥owance of $5,000 00 for use
according to Owners wrlten instructions
B Allowance No 2: Testing and lnspection A∥ owance: include the sum of Sl,000 00 for testing and
inspections to be provided by Owner's writen consent
END OF SECT:ON
ALLOヽ ハノANCES
012100‐3
Oak Brook Gor Club Pa∥o Renova籠 on/Prolect No 2018-027
SECT:ON 013100
PRO」ECT MANAGEMENT AND C00RD:NAT:ON
PART l―GENERAL
ll RELATED DOCUMENTS
A DraⅥЛngs and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 SpecincatiOn Sections,apply to this Section
12 SUMMARY
A Secuon includes administra,ve provisions fo「coordinaung cOnstrucuOn Opera∥ ons on Prolectinctuding,
but not∥ mited to,the fo∥owlng:
l General coordination procedures
2 Coordina∥on drawings
3 RFls
4 Prolect meelngs
B Each contracto「 sha∥ participate in coordination requirements Certain areas of responsib∥ity are
assigned to a specinc contractor
C Related Requirements:
l Section 017300 "Execution" for procedures for coordinating general insta∥ation and ield―
engineering services,including establishment of benchmarks and cont「ol points
2 Section 017700・ Closeout Procedures"fo「coordinating oloseout of the Contract
3 Section 019113"General Commissioning Requirements・ fo「coordinating the VVo「k vMth Owner's
Commissioning Autho百 ty
13 DEFINIT10NS
A BIM:Bu∥ding lnforrnalon Mode∥ng
B RFI:Request for informa籠 on Requestfrom Archnect,。「Contractor seeking infoma籠 on required by or
clarincatiOns Ofthe Contract Documents
14 1NFORMAT10NAL SUBMITTALS
A Subcontract List Prepare a w“tten summary idenufying individuals o「lrms proposed for each portion of
the VVork, including those who are to furnish products or equipment fab"cated to a special design
lnclude the fo∥owing information in tabular form:
4 Name, address, telephone number, and ema∥ address of entity perforrning subcontract o「
supplying products
2 Number and title of related Speciflcation Section(s)。。Vered by subcontract
3 Draw ng number and detallreferences,as appropriate,covered by subcontract
B KOy Personnel Names:Within 1 5 days of starting construction operations,submit a∥st of key personnel
assignments, including supe∥ntendent and other personnel in attendance at Prolect site ldentify
individuals and their duties and responsib∥ities: ∥st addresses and ce∥ ular telephone numbers and e―
ma∥ addresses Provide names, addresses, and telephone numbers of individuals assigned as
anernates in the absence ofindividuals assigned to Prolect
15 GENERAL COORDINAT10N PROCEDURES
A Coordlnationi Coordinate construction operations included in different Sections of the SpecincatiOns to
ensure efFicient and orderly insta∥ation of each part of the VVork Coordinate construction operations
included in different Sections that depend on each other for proper insta∥ation, connection, and
operation
PRO」ECT MANAGEMENT AND C00RDINAT10N
013100-1
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
B. Prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining special procedures required for
coordination. lnclude such items as required notices, reports, and list of attendees at meetings.
1. Prepare similar memoranda for Owner and separate contractors if coordination of their Work is
required.
C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required administrative procedures with
other construction activities to avoid conflicts and to ensure orderly progress of the Work. Such
administrative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
1. Preparation of Contractor's construction schedule.
2. Preparation of the schedule of values.
3. lnstallation and removal of temporary facilities and controls.
4. Delivery and processing of submiftals.
5. Progress meetings.6. Preinstallationconferences.
7. Project closeout activities.
8. Startup and adjustment of systems.
1.6 COORDINATIONDRAWINGS
A. Coordination Drawings, General: Prepare coordination drawings according to requirements in individual
Sections, and additionally where installation is not completely indicated on Shop Drawings, lvhere
limited space availability necessitates coordination, or if coordination is required to facilitate integration
of products and materials fabricated or installed by more than one entity.
1. Content: Project-specific information, drawn accurately to a scale large enough to indicate and
resolve conflicts. Do not base coordination drawings on standard printed data. lnclude the
following information, as applicable:
a. Use applicable Drawings as a basis for preparation of coordination drawings. Prepare
seclions, elevations, and details as needed to describe relationship of various systems and
components.
b. Coordinate the addition of trade-specific information to coordination drawingsin a sequence
that best provides for coordination of the information and resolution of conflicts between
installed components before submitting for review.
c. lndicate required installation sequences.
d. lndicate dimensions shown on Drawings. Specifically note dimensions that appear to be in
conflict with submitted equipment and minimum clearance requirements. Provide
alternative sketches to Architect indicating proposed resolution of such conflicts. Minor
dimension changes and di{ficult installations will not be considered changes to the
Contract.
1.7 REQUEST FOR INFORMATION (RFI)
A. General: lmmediately on discovery of the need for additional information, clarification, or interpretation
of the Contract Documents, Contractor shall prepare and submit an RFI in the form specified.
1. Architect will return without response those RFls submitted to Architect by other entities
controlled by Contractor.
2. Coordinate and submit RFls in a prompt manner so as to avoid delays in Contractor's work or
work of subcontractors.
B. Conlent of the RFI: lnclude a detailed, legible description of item needing information or interpretation
C. Architect's Action: Architect will review each RFl, determine action required, and respond. Allow five
working days for Architect's response for each RFl. RFls received after 1:00 p.m. will be considered as
received the following working day.
'l. Architect's action may include a request for additional information, in which case Architect's time
for response will date from time of receipt by Architect or Construction Manager of additional
information.
PRO」ECT MANAGEMENT AND C00RDINAT10N
013100-2
Oak Brook Golf Club Palo Renovation/Prolect No 2018‐027
18 PRO」ECT MEETINGS
General: Schedule and conduct meetings and conferences at Project site unless otherwise indicated.
1. Attendees: lnform participants and others involved, and individuals lvhose presence is required,
of date and time of each meeting. Notify Owner and Architect of scheduled meeting dates and
times a minimum of 10 working days prior to meeting.
2. Agenda: Prepare the meeting agenda. Distribute the agenda to all invited attendees.
3. Minutes: Record significant discussions and agreements achieved. Distribute the meeting
minutes to everyone concerned, including Owner and Architect, within three days of the meeting.
B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule and conduct a preconstruction conference before starting
construction, at a time convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 15 days after execution of
the Agreement.
1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and
its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the
conference. Participants at the conference shall be familiar with Project and authorized to
conclude matters relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Discuss items of significance thal could affect progress, including the following:
a. Responsibilitiesandpersonnelassignments.b- Tentativeconstructionschedule.
c. Critical work sequencing and long lead items.
d. Designation of key personnel and their duties.
e. Lines of communications.
f. Procedures for processing field decisions and Change Orders.
g. Procedures for RFls.
h. Procedures for testing and inspecting.
i. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment.j. Distribution ofthe Contract Documents.
k. Submittalprocedures.
L Preparation of Record Documents.
Use of the premises.
Work restrictions.
Working hours.
Owner's occupancy requirements.
Responsibility for temporary facilities and controls.
Parking availability.
Office, work, and storage areas.
Equipment deliveries and priorities.
u. First aid.v. Security.w. Progress cleaning.
3. Minutes: Record and distribute meeling minutes.
C. Project Closeout Conference: Schedule and conduct a project closeout conference, at a time
convenient to Owner and Architect, but no later than 30 days prior to the scheduled date of Substantial
Completion.
1. Conduct the conference to review requirements and responsibilities related to Project closeout.
2. Attendees: Authorized representatives of Owner, Architect, and their consultants; Contractor and
its superintendent; major subcontractors; suppliers; and other concerned parties shall attend the
meeting. Participants at the meeting shall be familiar with Project and authorized to conclude
matters relating to the Work.
3. Agenda: Discuss items of significance that could affect or delay Project closeout, including the
following:
a. Preparation of Record Documents.
PRO」ECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINAT:ON
013100‐ 3mnO
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
b. Procedures required prior to inspection for Substantial Completion and for final inspection
for acceptance.
c. Submittal of witten warranties.
d. Requirements for preparing operations and maintenance data.
e. Requirements for demonstration and training.
f. Preparation of Contractor's punch list.g. Procedures for processing Applications for Payment at Substantial Completion and for final
payment.
h. Submittalprocedures.i. Coordination of separate contracts.j. Owner's partial occupancy requirements.
k. lnstallation of Ownefs furniture, fixtures, and equipment.
l. Responsibility for removing temporary facilities and controls.
4. Minutes: Record and distribute meeting minutes.
D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at biweekly intervals or as deemed appropriate based
on construction progress.
1. Coordinate dates of meetings with preparation of payment requests.
2. Attendees: Owner and Architect, shall be represented at these meetings. All participants at the
meeting shall be familiar Wth Project and authorized to conclude mafters relating to the Work.
3. Agenda: Review and conect or approve minutes of previous progress meeting. Review other
items of significance that could affect progress. lnclude topics for discussion as appropriate to
status of Project.
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine
whether each activity is on time, ahead of schedule, or behind schedule, in relation to
Contractor's construction schedule. Determine how construction behind schedule will be
expedited; secure commitments from parties involved to do so. Discuss whether schedule
revisions are required to ensure that current and subsequent activities will be completed
within the Contract Time.
1) Review schedule for next period.
b. Review present and future needs of each entity present, including the following:
1) lnterfacerequirements.
2) Sequence of operations.3) Status of submittals.
4) Deliveries.5) Off-sitefabrication.
6) Access.7) Site use.
8) Temporary facilities and controls.
9) Progress cleaning.10) Quality and work standards.
I 1) Status of correction of deficient items.
12) Fieldobservations.
13) Status of RFls.
14) Status of Proposal Requests.15) Pending changes.16) Status of Change Orders.
171 Pending claims and disputes.
18) oocumentation of information for payment requests.
4. Minutes: Record and distribute the meeting minutes to each party present and to parties requiring
information.
PRO」ECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINAT10N
013100‐ 4
Oak Brook Golf CIub Pajo Renovalon/Prolect No 2018-027
a Schedule Updating: Revise Contractors cOnstruction schedule after each progress
meeting where revisions to the schedule have been made or recognized !ssue revised
schedule concurrently with the report of each meeting
PART 2‐PRODUCTS(Not Used)
PART 3-EXECUT10N(Not Used)
END OF SECT10N
PRO」ECT MANAGEMENT AND C00RDINAT10N
013100-5
Oak Brook Golf Club Pa∥ o Renova∥on′Prolect No 2018-027
sEcTl0N 0'14000
QUALIW REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions ofthe Contract, including Generaland Supplementary Conditions and other
Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for quality assurance and quality control.
B. Testing and inspecting services are required to verify compliance with requirements specified or indicated.
These seNices do not relieve Contractor of responsibility for compliance with the Contract Document
requirements.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Ouality-Assurance Services: Activities, actions, and procedures performed before and during execution of
the Work to guard against defects and deficiencies and substantiate that proposed construction will comply
with requirements.
B. Ouality-Control Services: Tests, inspections, procedures, and related actions during and after execution of
the Work to evaluate that actual products incorporated into the Work and completed construction comply
with requirements. Services do not include contract enforcement activities performed by Architect.
C. Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies that are constructed on-site. Mockups are constructed to verify
selections made under Sample submittals; to demonstrate aesthetic effects and, where indicated, qualities
of materials and execution; to review coordination, testing, or operation; to show interface between dissimilar
materials; and to demonstrate compliance with specified installation tolerances. Mockups are not Samples.
Unless otherwise indicated, approved mockups establish the standard by lvhich the Work will be judged.
1. Laboratory Mockups: Full-size physical assemblies constructed at testing facility to verify
performance characteristics.2. lntegrated Exterior Mockups: Mockups of the exterior envelope erected separately from the building
but on Project site, consisting of multiple products, assemblies, and subassemblies.
3. Mockups: Mockups complete with furnishings and equipment.
D. Preconstruction Testing: Tests and inspections performed specifically for Project before products and
materials are incorporated into the Work, to verify performance or compliance with specified criteria.
E. Product Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed by an NRTL, an NVLAP, or a testing agency
qualified to conduct product testing and acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, to establish product
performance and compliance with specified requirements.
F. Source Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed at the source, e.9., plant, mill,
factory, or shop.
G. Field Quality-Control Testing: Tests and inspections that are performed on-site for installation of the Work
and for completed Work.
H. Testing Agency: An entity engaged to perform specific tests, inspections, or both. Testing laboratory shall
mean the same as testing agency.
l. lnstaller/Applicator/Erector: Contractor or another entity engaged by Contractor as an employee,
Subcontractor, or Sub-subcontractor, to perform a particular construction operation, including installation,
erection, application, and sim ilar operations.
1. Use of trade-specific terminology in referring to a trade or entity does not require that certain
construction activities be performed by accredited or unionized individuals, or that requirements
specified apply exclusively to specific trade(s).
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000-1
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
J. Experienced: When used with an entity or individual, "experienced" means having successfully com pleted a
minimum of five previous projects similar in nature, size, and extent to this Project; being familiarwith special
requirements indicated; and having complied with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1.4 INFORI\4ATIONALSUBMITTALS
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: For testing agencies specified in "Quality Assurance" Article to demonstrate
their capabilities and experience. lnclude proof of qualifications in the form of a recent report on the
inspection of the testing agency by a recognized authority.
1.5 REPORTS AND DOCUMENTS
A. Test and lnspection Reports: Prepare and submit certified written reports specified in other Sections.
lnclude the following:
1. Date of issue.
2. Project title and number.
3. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.
4. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
5. Names of individuals making tests and inspections.
6. Description of the Work and test and inspection method.
7. ldentification of product and Specification Section.
8. Complete test or inspection data.
9. Test and inspection results and an interpretation of test results.
10. Record of temperature and weather conditions at time of sample taking and testing and inspecting.
11. Comments or professional opinion on wtrether tested or inspected Work complies with the Contract
Document requirements.12. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
13. Recommendations on retesting and re-inspecting.
B. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For Owner's records, submit copies of permits, licenses, certifications,
inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices, receipts for fee payments, judgments,
correspondence, records, and similar documents, esiablished for compliance with standards and regulations
bearing on performance of the Work.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. General: Oualifications paragraphs in this article establish the minimum qualification levels required;
individual Specification Sections specify additional requirements.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing products or systems similar to those
indicated for this Project and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient
production capacity to produce required units.
C. Fabricator Qualifications: Afirm experienced in producing products similarto those indicated for this Project
and with a record of successful in-service performance, as well as sufficient production capacity to produce
required units.
D. lnstaller Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in installing, erecting, or assembling work similar in
material, design, and extent to that indicated forthis Project, whose work has resulted in construction with a
record of successful in-service performance.
E. Professional Engineer Qualifications: A professional engineer who is legally qualified to practice in
jurisdiction where Project is located and who is experienced in providing engineering services of the kind
indicated. Engineering services are defined as those performed for installations ofthe system, assembly, or
product that are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this ProJect.
F. Specialists: Certain Specification Sections require that specific construction activities shall be performed by
entities who are recognized experts in those operations. Specialists shall satisfy qualification requirements
indicated and shall be engaged for the activities indicated.
1. Requirements of aulhorities having jurisdiction shall supersede requirements for specialists.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000-2
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
G. Testing Agency Qualifications: An NRTL, an NVLAP, or an independent agency with the experience and
capability to conduct testing and inspecting indicated, as documented according to ASTM E 329; and with
additional qualifications specilled in individual Sections; and, where required by authorities having
jurisdiction, that is acceptable to authorities.
'1. NRTL: A nationally recognized testing laboratory according to 29 CFR 1910.7.
2. NVLAP: A testing agency accredited according to NIST'S NationalVoluntary Laboratory Accreditation
Program.
H. Manufactureds Technical Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer who
is trained and approved by manufacturer to observe and inspect installation of manufacture/s products that
are similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.
l. Factory-Authorized Service Representative Qualifications: An authorized representative of manufacturer
who is trained and approved by manufacturer to inspect installation of manufactureis products that are
similar in material, design, and extent to those indicated for this Project.
J. Preconstruction Testing: Where testing agency is indicated to perform preconstruction testing for
compliance with specified requirements for performance and test methods, comply with the following:
1. Contractor responsibilities include the following:
a. Provide test specimens representative of proposed products and construction.
b. Submit specimens in a timely manner with sufficient time for testing and analyzing results to
prevent delaying the Work.
c. Provide sizes and configurations of test assemblies, mockups, and laboratory mockups to
adequately demonstrate capability of products to comply with performance requirements.
d. Build site-assembled test assemblies and mockups using installers who will perform same
tasks for Project.
e. Build laboratory mockups at testing facility using personnel, products, and methods of
construction indicated for the completed Work.
f. When testing is complete, remove test specimens, assemblies, and mockups; do not reuse
products on Project.
2. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Submit a certified written report of each test, inspection, and similar
quality-assurance service to Architect with copy to Contractor. lnterpret tests and inspections and
state in each report whether tested and inspected work complies with or deviates from the Contract
Documents.
K. Mockups: Before installing portions of the Work requiring mockups, build mockups for each form of
construction and finish required to comply with the following requirements, using materials indicated for the
completed Work:
1. Build mockups in location and of size indicated or, if not indicated, as directed by Architect.
2. Notify Architect seven days in advance of dates and times when mockups will be constructed.
3. Employ supervisory personnel who will oversee mockup construction. Employ workers that will be
employed during the conslruction at Project.
4. Demonstrate the proposed range of aesthetic effects and workmanship.
5. Obtain Architect's approval of mockups before starting work, fabrication, or construction.
a. Allow seven days for initial review and each re-review of each mockup.
6. Maintain mockups during construction in an undisturbed condition as a standard for judging the
comPleted Work.
7. Demolish and remove mockups when directed unless otherwise indicated.
L. lntegrated Exterior Mockups: Construct integrated exterior mockup according to approved Shop Drawings.
Coordinate installation of exterior envelope materials and products for which mockups are required in
individual Specification Sections, along with supporting materials.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000‐3
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Pro.iect No. 2018-027
1.7 OUALITY CONTROL
A. Contractor Responsibilities: Tesls and inspections are Contractor's responsibility. Perform additional
quality-control activities required to verify that the Work complies with requirements, whether specified or
not.
1. Unless otheruvise indicated, provide quality-control services specifled and those required by
authorities having jurisdiction. Perform quality-control services required of Contractor by authorities
having jurisdiction, whether specifled or not.
2. Where services are indicated as Contractois responsibility, engage a qualified testing agency to
perform these quality-control services.
a. Contractor shall not employ same entity engaged by Owner, unless agreed to in writing by
Owner.
3. Notify testing agencies at least 24 hours in advance of time when Work that requires testing or
inspecting will be performed.
4. Where quality-control services are indicated as Contractor's responsibility, submit a certified written
report, in duplicate, of each quality-control service.5. Testing and inspecting requested by Contractor and not required by the Contract Documents are
Contractof s responsibility.
6. Submit additional copies ofeach written report directly to authorities having jurisdiction, when theyso
direct.
B. Retesting/Re-inspecting: Regardless of whether original tests or inspections were Contractor's
responsibility, provide quality-control services, including retesting and re-inspecting, for construction that
replaced Work that failed to comply with the Contract Documents.
C. Testing Agency Responsibilities: Cooperate with Architect and Contractor in performance of duties. Provide
qualified personnel to perform required tests and inspections.
1 . Notify Architect and Contractor promptly of irregularities or deficiencies observed in the Work during
performance of its services.
2. Determine the location from which test sampieswillbe taken and in which in-situ tests are conducted.
3. Conduct and interpret lests and inspections and state in each report whether tested and inspected
work complies with or deviates from requirements.
4. Submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each test, inspection, and similar quality{ontrol
service through Contractor.
5. Do not release, revoke, alter, or increase the Contract Document requirements or approve or accept
any porlion of the Work.
6. Do not perform any duties of Contractor.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS (Not Used)
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 ACCEPTABLE TESTING AGENCIES
A. N/A.
3,2 TEST AND INSPECTION LOG
A. Test and lnspection Log: Prepare a record of tests and inspections. lnclude the following:
1. Date test or inspection was conducted.
2. Description of the Work tested or inspected.
3. Date test or inspection results were transmitted to Architect.
4. ldentification of testing agency or special inspector conducting test or inspection.
B. Maintain log at Project site. Post changes and revisions as lhey occur. Provide access to test and
inspection log for Architect's reference during normal working hours.
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000-4
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
3.3 REPAIR ANO PROTECTION
A. General: On completion of testing, inspecting, sample taking, and similar services, repair damaged
conslruction and restore substrates and finishes.
1. Provide materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Specification Sections
or matching existing substrates and finishes. Restore patched areas and extend restoration into
adjoining areas with durable seams that are as invisible as possible. Comply with the Contract
Document requirements for cutting and patching in Section 017300 "Execution."
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities.
C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for
quality-control services.
END OF SECTION
QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
014000-5
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
sEcTtoN 015000
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes requirements for temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection
facilities.
B. RelatedRequirements:
1 . Section 01 '1000 "Summary" for work restrictions and limitations on utility interruptions.
1 .3 USE CHARGES
A. General: lnstallation and removal of and use charges for temporary facilities shall be included in the
Contract Sum unless otherwise indicated. Allow other entities to use temporary services and facilities
without cost, including, but not limited to Owner, Architect, testing agencies, and authorities having
jurisdiction.
B. Sewer Service: Owner will pay sewer-service use charges for sewer usage by all entities for
construction operations.
C. Water Service: Owner will pay water-service use charges for water used by all entities for construction
operations.
D. Electric Power Service: Owner will pay electric-power-service use charges for electricity used by all
entities for construction operations.
E. Water and Sewer Service from Existing System: Water from Owneis existing waler system is available
for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of
services as required for construction operations.
F. Electric Power Service from Existing System: Electric power from Owner's existing system is available
for use without metering and without payment of use charges. Provide connections and extensions of
services as required for construction operations.
1.4 INFORMATIONALSUBMITTALS
A. Site Plan: Show temporary facilities, utility hookups, staging areas, and parking areas for construction
personnel.
B. Erosion- and Sedimentation-Control Plan: Show compliance with requiremenls of EPA Construction
General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent.
C. Fire-Safety Program: Show compliance with requirements of NFPA 241 and authorities having
jurisdiction. lndicate Contractor personnel responsible for management of fire-prevention program.
D. Moisture-Protection Plan: Describe procedures and controls for protecting materials and construction
from water absorption and damage.
1. Describe delivery, handling, and storage provisions for materials subject to water absorption or
water damage.2. lndicate procedures for discarding water{amaged materials, protocols for mitigating water
intrusion into completed Work, and replacing water-damaged Work.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
015000-1
Oak Brook Gor CIub Pa∥。Renova∥on/Prolect No 2018‐027
15 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Electnc service: Comply with NECA,NEMA,and UL standards and regulattons for temporary elect百c
seⅣice :nsta∥service to comply with NFPA 70
B Tests and inspections: Arrange for authon∥es having iunsdicJOn to test and inspect each temporary
u∥∥ty before use Obtain required certincatiOns and permits
C Accessible Temporary Egress: Comply with applcable provisions in the U S Archnectural &
Transportalon Barners cOmpliance Board's ADA―ABA Accessib∥ly Cuide∥nes and lCC/ANS:Al17 1
16 PRO」 ECT CONDIT10NS
A TempOrary use of Permanent Fac∥iJes: Engage lnstaller of each permanent service to assume
responsib∥ity for operation,maintenance,and protection of each permanent service during its use as a
construction fac∥ity before Owners acceptance,regardless of previously assigned responsib∥ities
PART 2‐PRODUCTS
21 MATERIALS
A Chain―Link FencingI Minimum 21nch(50-mm),0148■nch―(38-mm―)thiCk,galvanized―steel,chainlink
fabHc fencing:mlnimum 6 feet(18m)high With galvanized‐steel pipe pOsts:minimum 2‐3/81nch―(60-
mm―)OD∥ne posts and 2‐7′81nch‐(73-mm―)OD oorner and pu∥posts,with l‐5′8■nch‐(42‐mm‐)OD
top ra∥sB Portable Chain‐Link Fencing: Minlmum 21nch(50‐mm),0 1481nch‐(38‐mm―)thiCk,9alvanized‐steel,
chainJink fab∥c fenc ngi minimum 6 feet(18m)high With galvanized―steel pipe postsi minimum 2-3/8‐
inch―(60-mm―)OD∥ne posts and 2-7′ 81nch―(73-mm―)OD corner and pu∥posts,with l-5/8■nch―(42‐
mm―)OD top and botom ralis
C Wood Enclosure Fence: PIソ ″ood,6 feet(18m)high,framed wnh fOur 2-by41nch(50-by-100-mm)
rails,with preservaive―treated wood posts spaced not more than 3 feet(24m)apan
22 TEMPORARY FACILITIES
A Field Ofrces, General: Prefabricated or mobile units with serviceable nnishes, temperature controls,
and foundations adequate for normalloading
23 EQUIPMENT
A Fire Extinguishers: Portable,UL rated;IⅥ th class and extinguishing agent as required by locations and
classes of fire exposures
PART 3‐EXECUT10N
31 1NSTALLAT10N,GENERAL
A Locate fac∥mes where they w∥serve Prolect adequately and resuk in minimum lnterFerence with
perfonlnance ofthe Work Relocate and modify fac∥∥es as required by progress ofthe Work
l Locate faci∥∥es to∥ml site disturbance as specined in sec∥On 011000"Summary"
B Provide each fac∥ity ready for use when needed to avoid delay Do not remove unt∥fac∥ities are no
longer needed or are replaced by autho「zed use of completed perrnanentfac∥itles
32 TEMPORARY UTILITγ lNSTALLAT10N
A General: :nsta∥temporary servlce or connect to existing service
l Arrange with ul∥ty company,Owner,and exislng users for ume when service can be interupted,
if necessary,to make connections fortemporary services
B Sewers and Drainage: Provide tempOrary uJ∥∥es to remove efFluentlaⅥイu∥yTEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
015000-2
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
1. Connect temporary sewers to municipal system as directed by authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Water Service: lnstall water service and distribution piping in sizes and pressures adequate for
construction.
D. Water Service: Connect to Ownels existing water service facilities. Clean and maintain water service
facilities in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these facilities to
condition existing before initial use.
E. Sanitary Facilities: Provide temporary toilets, wash facilities, and drinking water for use of construction
personnel. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for type, number, location,
operation, and maintenance of fixtures and facilities.
1. Toilets: Use of Owneis existing toilet facilities will be permitted, as long as facilities are cleaned
and maintained in a condition acceptable to Owner. At Substantial Completion, restore these
facilities to condition existing before initial use.
F. Heating: Provide temporary heating required by construction activities for curing or drying of completed
installations or for protecting installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high
humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations or elements
being installed.
G. Electric Power Service: Connect to Owner's existing electric power service. Maintain equipment in a
condition acceptable to Owner.
3.3 SUPPORTFACILITIESINSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with the following:
1. Provide construction for temporary offices, shops, and sheds located within construction area or
within 30 feet (9 m) of building lines that is noncombustible according to ASTM E 136. Comply
with NFPA 241 .2. Maintain support facilities until Architect schedules Substantial Completion inspection. Remove
before Substantial Completion. Personnel remaining after Substantial Completion will be
permitted io use permanent facilities, under conditions acceptable to Owner.
B. Temporary Roads and Paved Areas: Construct and maintain temporary roads and paved areas
adequate for construction operations.
1. Provide dust-control treatment that is nonpolluting and nontracking. Reapply treatment as
required to minimize dust.
C. Traffic Controls: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Protect exisiing site improvements to remain including curbs, pavement, and utilities.
2. Maintain access for fire-fighting equipment and access to lire hydrants.
D. Parking: Use designated areas of Owner's existing parking areas for construction personnel. Restore to
original condition.
E. Dewatering Facilities and Drains: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Maintain
Project site, excavations, and construction free of water.
1. Dispose of rainwater in a lawful manner that will not result in flooding Project or adjoining
properties or endanger permanent Work or temporary facilities.
2. Remove snow and ice as required to minimize accumulations.
F. Project Signs: Provide Project signs as indicated. Unauthorized signs are not permitted.
1. ldentification Signs: Provide Project identification signs as indicated on Drawings.
2. Temporary Signs: Provide other signs as indicated and as required to inform public and
individuals seeking entrance to Project.
a. Provide temporary, directional signs for construction personnel and visitors.
3. Maintain and touchup signs so they are legible at all times.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
015000-3
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
G. Waste Disposal Facilities: Provide waste-collection containers in sizes adequate to handle waste from
construction operations. Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Comply with
progress cleaning requirements in Section 017300 "Execution."
3,4 SECURITY AND PROTECTION FACILITIES INSTALLATION
A. Protection of Existing Facilities: Protect existing vegetation, equipment, structures, utilities, and other
improvements at Project site and on adjacent properties, except those indicated to be removed or
altered. Repair damage to existing facilities.
B. Environmental Protection: Provide protection, operate temporary facilities, and conduct construction as
required to comply with environmental regulations and that minimize possible air, waterway, and subsoil
contamination or pollution or other undesirable effects.
1. Comply with work restrictions specified in Section 0'11000 "Summary."
C. Temporary Erosion and Sedimentation Control: Comply with requirements of 2003 EPA Construction
General Permit or authorities having jurisdiction, whichever is more stringent Provide measures to
prevent soil erosion and discharge of soil-bearing water runoff and airborne dust to undisturbed areas
and to adjacent properties and walkways, according to erosion- and sedimentation-control Drawings.
1. Verify that flows of water redirected from construction areas or generated by construction activity
do not enter or cross tree- or plant- protection zones.2. lnspect, repair, and maintain erosion- and sedimentation-control measures during construction
until permanent vegetation has been established.
3. Clean, repair, and restore adjoining properties and roads affected by erosion and sedimentation
from Project site during the course of Project.
4. Remove erosion and sedimentation controls and restore and stabilize areas disturbed during
removal.
D. Stormwater Control: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction. Provide barriers in
and around excavations and subgrade construction to prevent flooding by runoff of stormwater from
heavy rains.
E. Tree and Plant Protection: lnstall temporary fencing located as indicated or outside the drip line of trees
to protect vegetation from damage from construction operations. Protect tree root systems from
damage, flooding, and erosion.
F. Site Enclosure Fence: Before construction operations begin, furnish and install site enclosure fence in a
manner that will prevent people and animals from easily entering site except by entrance gates.
1. Extent of Fence: As required to enclose entire Project site or portion determined sufflcient to
accommodate construction operations.2. Maintain security by limiting number of keys and restricting distribution to authorized
personnel. Furnish one set of keys to Owner,
G. Security Enclosure and Lockup: lnstall temporary enclosure around partially completed areas of
construction. Provide lockable entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism, theft, and
similar violations of security. Lock entrances at end of each work day.
H. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction for
erecting structurally adequate barricades, including warning signs and lighting.
l. Temporary Egress: Maintain temporary egress from existing occupied facilities as indicated and as
required by authorities having jurisdiction.
J. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction, in progress and
completed, from exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Provide
temporary weathertight enclosure for building exterior.
3.5 OPERATION, TERMINATION, AND REMOVAL
A. Supervision: Enforce strict discipline in use of temporary facilities. To minimize waste and abuse, limit
availability of temporary facililies to essential and intended uses.
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
015000 - 4
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
B. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in good operating condition until removal.
1. lvlaintain operation of temporary enclosures, heating, cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and
similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required to achieve indicated results and to avoid
possibility of damage.
C. Temporary Facility Changeover: Do not change over from using temporary security and protection
facilities to permanent faciliiies until Substantial Completion.
D. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when need for its service has ended, when
it has been replaced by authorized use of a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion.
Complete or, if necessary, restore permanent construction that may have been delayed because of
interference with temporary facility. Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace
construction that cannot be satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and facilities that constitute temporary facilities are property of Contractor. Owner
reserves right to take possession of Project identification signs.
2. Remove temporary roads and paved areas nol intended for or acceptable for integration into
permanent construction. Where area is intended for landscape development, remove soil and
aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil. Remove materials
contaminated with road oil, asphalt and other petrochemical compounds, and other substances
that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair or replace street paving, curbs, and
sidewalks at temporary entrances, as required by authorities having jurisdiction.
3. At Substantial Completion, repair, renovate, and clean permanent facilities used during
construction period. Comply with final cleaning requirements specified in Section 017700
"Closeout Procedures."
END OF SECT10N
TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS
015000‐ 5
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
sEcTtoN 016000
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Speciflcation Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for selection of products for use in Project;
product delivery, storage, and handling; manufacturers' standard warranties on products; special
warranties; and comparable products.
B. RelatedRequirements:
1 . Section 012100 "Allowances" for products selected under an allowance.
2. Section 012300 "Altemates" for products selected under an alternate.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Products: ltems obtained for incorporating into the Work, whether purchased for Project or taken from
previously purchased stock. The term "product" includes the terms "material," "equipment," "syslem,"
and terms of similar intent.
1. Named Products: ltems identified by manufacturer's product name, including make or model
number or other designation shown or listed in manufacturer's published product Iiterature, that is
cunent as of date of the Contract Documents.
2. New Products: ltems that have not previously been incorporated into another project or facility.
Products salvaged or recycled from other projects are not considered new products.
3. Comparable Product: Product that is demonstrated and approved through submittal process to
have the indicated qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service performance, physical
properties, appearance, and other characteristics that equal or exceed those of specified product.
B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification: A specification in which a specific manufacturer's product is
named and accompanied by the words "basis-of-design product," including make or model number or
other designation, to establish the significant qualities related to type, function, dimension, in-service
performance, physical propedes, appearance, and other characteristics for purposes of evaluating
comparable products of additional manufacturers named in the specification.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Comparable Product Requests: Submit request for consideration of each comparable product. ldentify
product or fabrication or installation method to be replaced. lnclude Specification Seclion number and
title and Drawing numbers and titles.
1. lnclude data to indicate compliance with the requirements specified in "Comparable Products"
Article.2. Architect's Action: lf necessary, Architect will request additional information or documentation for
evaluation within one week of receipt of a comparable product request. Architect will notify
Contractor of approval or rejection of proposed comparable product request within 15 days of
receipt of request, or seven days of receipt of additional information or documentation, whichever
is later.
a. Form of Approval: As specified in Section 013300 "Submiftal Procedures."
b. Use product specified if Architect does not issue a decision on use of a comparable
product request within time allocated.
B. Basis-of-Design Product Specification Submittal: Comply with requirements in Section 013300
"Submittal Procedures." Show compliance with requirements.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
016000-1
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
.1.5 OUALITY ASSUMNCE
A. Compatibility of Options: lf Contractor is given option of selecting between two or more products for use
on Project, select product compatible with products previously selected, even if previously selected
products were also options.
1. Each contractor is responsible for providing products and construction methods compatible with
products and construction methods of other contractors.
2. lf a dispute arises between conlractors over concurrently selectable but incompatible products,
Architect will determine which products shall be used.
1.6 PRODUCT DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store, and handle products using means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration,
and loss, including theft and vandalism. Comply with manufacturer's w tten instructions.
B. Delivery and Handling:
1. Schedule delivery to minimize long{erm storage at Project site and to prevent overcrowding of
construction spaces.
2. Coordinate delivery with installation time to ensure minimum holding time for items that are
flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other losses.
3. Deliver products to Project site in an undamaged condition in manufacturer's original sealed
container or other packaging system, complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing,
unpacking, protecting, and installing.
4. lnspect products on delivery to determine compliance with the Contract Documents and to
determine that products are undamaged and properly protected.
C. Storage:
1. Store products to allow for inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.
2. Store materials in a manner that will not endanger Project structure.
3. Store products that are subject to damage by the elements, under cover in a weathertight
enclosure above ground, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation.
4. Protect foam plastic from exposure to sunlight, except to extent necessary for period of
installation and concealment.
5. Comply with product manufacturer's written instructions for temperature, humidity, ventilation, and
weather-protection requirements for storage.
6. Protect stored products from damage and liquids from freezing.
7. Provide a secure location and enclosure at Project site for storage of materials and equipment by
Owner's construction forces. Coordinate location with Owner.
1.7 PRODUCT WARRANTIES
A. Warranties specified in other Sections shall be in addition to, and run concurrent with, other warranties
required by the Contract Oocuments. Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties
do not relieve Contractor of obligations under requirements of the Contract Documents.
1. Manufacturer's Wananly: Written warranty furnished by individual manufacturer for a particular
product and specifically endorsed by manufacturer to Owner.
2. Special Warranty: Written warranty required by the Contract Oocuments to provide specific rights
for Owner.
B. Special Warranties: Prepare a written document that contains appropriate terms and identification,
ready for execution.
1. Manufacturer's Standard Form: Modified to include Project-specific information and properly
executed.2. Specified Form: When specified forms are included with the Speciflcations, prepare a written
document using indicated form properly executed.
3. See other Sections for specific content requirements and particular requirements for submitting
special warranties.
C. Submittal Time: Comply with requirements in Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures."
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
016000 - 2
Oak Brook Gor C ub Pa」。Renova∥onノ Prolect No 2018-027
PART 2-PRODUCTS
PRODUCT SELECT10N PROCEDURES
Ceneral Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, are
undamaged and,unless othenvise lndicated,are new att me ofinsta∥at on
Provide products complete with accessories, trim, ,inish, fasteners, and other items needed for a
complete installation and indicated use and effect.
Standard Products: lf available, and unless custom products or nonstandard options are
specified, provide standard products of types that have been produced and used successfully in
similar situations on other projects.
Owner reserves the right to limit selection to products with warranties not in conflict with
requirements of the Contract Documents.
Where products are accompanied by the term "as selected," Architect will make selection.
Descriptive, performance, and reference standard requirements in the Specifications establish
salient characteristics of products.
Or Equal: For products specified by name and accompanied by the term "or equal," or "or
approved equal," or "or approved," comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article to
obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.BProduct Selection Procedures:4Product: Where Specifications name a single manufacturer and product, provide the named
product that complies with requirements. Comparable products or substitutions for Contractor's
convenience will not be considered.
Manufacturer/Source: Where Speciflcations name a single manufacturer or source, provide a
product by the named manufacturer or source that complies with requirements. Comparable
products or substitutions for Contractofs convenience will not be considered.
Products:
a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both manufacturers and
products, provide one of the products listed that complies with requirements. Comparable
products or substitutions for Contractofs convenience will not be considered.b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of names of both available
manufacturers and products, provide one of the products listed, or an unnamed product,
that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products"
Article for consideration of an unnamed product.
Manufacturers:
a. Restricted List: Where Specifications include a list of manufacturers' names, provide a
product by one of the manufacturers listed that complies with requirements. Comparable
products or substitutions for Contractois convenience will not be considered.b. Nonrestricted List: Where Specifications include a list of available manufacturers, provide
a product by one of the manufacturers listed, or a product by an unnamed manufacturer,
that complies with requirements. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products"
Article for consideration of an unnamed manufacturer's product.
Basis-of-Design Product: Where Specifications name a product, or refer to a product indicated
on Drawings, and include a list of manufacturers, provide the specified or indicated product or a
comparable product by one of the other named manufacturers. Drawings and Specifications
indicate sizes, profiles, dimensions, and other characteristics that are based on the product
named. Comply with requirements in "Comparable Products" Article for consideration of an
unnamed product by one of the other named manufacturers.
Visual Matching Specification: Where Specifications require "match Architect's sample", provide a
product that complies with requirements and matches Architect's sample. Architect's decision will be
final on whether a proposed product matches.
1. lf no product available within specified category matches and complies with other specified
requirements, comply with requirements in Section 012500 "Substitution Procedures" for proposal
of product.
PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS
016000 - 31C
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
O. Visual Selection Specification: Where Specifications include the phrase "as selected by Architect from
manufacturer's full range" or similar phrase, select a product that complies with requirements. Architect
will select color, gloss, pattern, density, or texture from manufacturer's product line that includes both
standard and premium items.
2.2 COMPARABLE PRODUCTS
A. Conditions for Consideration: Architect will consider Contractor's request for comparable product when
the following conditions are satisfied. lf the following conditions are not satisfied, Architect may return
requests without action, except to record noncompliance with these requirements:
'1. Evidence that the proposed product does not require revisions to the Contract Documents, that it
is consistent with the Contract Documents and will produce the indicated results, and that it is
compatible with other portions of the Work.
Oetailed comparison of significant qualities of proposed product with those named in the
Specifications. Significant qualities include attributes such as performance, weight, size,
durability, visual effect, and specific features and requirements indicaled.
Evidence that proposed product provides specified warranty.
List of similar installations for completed projects with project names and addresses and names
and addresses of architects and owners, if requested.
Samples, if requested.
PART 3-EXECUT10N(Not Used)
END OF SECT10N
PRODUCT REQUlREMENTS
016000‐ 4
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
SECT:ON 017300
EXECuT10N
PART l―GENERAL
ll RELATED DOCUMENTS
A DraⅥAngs and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specincation Sections,apply to this Section
12 SUMMARY
A Section lncludes general administrative and procedural requirements governing execution of the Wok
including,but not∥mited to,the fo∥owing:
l Construction layout
2 Field engineering and surveying
3 1nsta∥ation ofthe Work
4 Cutting and patching
5 Coordination of Owner‐insta∥ed products
6 Progress cleaning
7 Starting and adluslng
8 Protection ofinsta∥ed construction
B Related Requirements:
l SecJon 011000・ Summary"for∥mns on use Of Prolect dte
2 SecJon 017700"Closeout Procedures"for submiting nna prOperty survey wlh Prolect Record
Documents, recording Of owner―accepted deviations from indicated ∥nes and levels, and inal
cleaning
13 DEFINIT10NS
A Cuttlng: Removal ofin―place constructlon necessary to permitinsta∥ation or performance of other work
B Patching: Fiting and repair wclrk required to restore construction to original conditions after insta∥ation
of other work
14 1NFORMAT10NAL SUBMITTALS
A Qua∥lcation Datal For professional engineer
B Certincates: subml certificate signed by professional engineer certify ng that locaJon and eleva∥on of
improvements comply、Mth requirements
C Landn∥ Receipts: Submit copy of receipts issued by a landl∥fac∥ity, Hcensed to accept hazardous
matenals,fo「hazardous waste disposal
PART 2-PRODUCTS
21 MATER:ALS
A Cenerali Comply with requlrements specined in Other Seclons
B In―Place Materials: Use materials for patching identical to in―place mateHals For exposed surfaces,
use materials that visua∥y matchin―place adiaCent sulfaces to the fu∥est extent possible
4 1f identical materials are unava∥able or cannot be used, use materials that,when insta∥ed,wi∥
provide a match acceptable to Architect for the visual and functional pe!forrnance of in―place
materials
EXECUT10N
017300‐1
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3,1 EXAMINATION
A. Existing Conditions: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction
indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning sitework, investigate and verify the
existence and location of underground utilities, mechanical and electrical systems, and other
construction affecting the Work.
1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary
sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; underground electrical services, and other utilities.
2. Furnish location data for work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving
Project site.
B. Examination and Acceptance of Conditions: Before proceeding with each component of the Work,
examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with lnstaller or Applicator present where indicated, for
compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
Record observations.
1. Examine roughing-in for mechanical and electrical systems to verify actual locations of
connections before equipment and fixture installation.
2. Examine walls, floors, and roofs for suitable conditions where products and systems are to be
installed.
3. Verify compatibility with and suitability of substrates, including compatibility with existing finishes
or primers.
C. Written Report: Where a written report listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work is
required by other Sections, include the following:
1. Description of the Work.
2. List of detrimental conditions, including substrates.
3. List of unacceptable installation tolerances.
4. Recommendedcorrections.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected. Proceeding with the
Work indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Existing Utility lnformation: Fumish information to local utility that is necessary to adjust, move, or
relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or
affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work propedy. Recheck
measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other
construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabricalion.
Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.
C. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on
Drawings.
D. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: lmmediately on discovery of the need for
clarification of the Contract Documents caused by differing fleld conditions outside the control of
Contractor, submit a request for information to Architect according to requirements in Section 013100
"Project Management and Coordination."
3.3 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
A. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in
relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. lf discrepancies are discovered, notify
Architect promptly.
B. General: Engage a professional engineer to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.
EXECUT10N
017300‐2
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and
elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.
2. Establish limits on use of Project site.
3. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required
dimensions.
4. lnform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.
5. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses.
6. Notify Architect when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances.
7. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by
authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Site lmprovements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil
placement, utility slopes, and rim and inverl elevations.
D. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building
foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work.
Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and
piers from two or more locations.
E. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control work. Record deviations from required lines and levels.
lnclude beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each
survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by
Architect.
3.4 FIELD ENGINEERING
A. ldentiflcation: Owner will identify existing benchmarks, control points, and property corners.
B, Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points
before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during
construction operations.
1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of
Architect. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the
need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to Architect before proceeding.
2. Replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base
replacements on the original survey control points.
C. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on Project site,
referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for
type and size of benchmark.
1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Oocuments.
2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary
reference points sufficient to locate the Work.3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its
original condition.
D. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other work requiring
field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and
elevations of construction and sitework.
E. Final Property Survey: Engage a professional engineer to prepare a final property survey showing
significant features (real property) for ProJect. lnclude on the survey a certification, signed by
professional engineer, that principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accurately
positioned as shown on the survey.
1. Show boundary lines, monuments, streets, site improvements and utilities, existing improvements
and significant vegetation, adjoining properties, acreage, grade contours, and the distance and
bearing from a site corner to a legal point.
2. Recording: At Substantial Completion, have the final property survey recorded by or with
authorities having jurisdiction as the official "property survey."
EXECUT10N
017300-3
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
3.5 INSTALLATION
A. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in conect alignment and elevation,
as indicated.
1. Make vertical work plumb and make horizontal work level.
2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and
ease of removal for replacement.
3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas unless otherwise indicated.
B. Comply with manufactureis writlen instructions and recommendations for installing products in
applications indicated.
C. lnstall products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain
conditions required for product performance until Substantial Completion.
D. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading
in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.
E. Sequence the Work and allow adequate clearances to accommodate movement of construction items
on site and placement in permanent locations.
F. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels.
G. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory
prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions
are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.
H. Attachment: Provide blocking and attachment plates and anchors and fasteners of adequate size and
number to securely anchor each component in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions
of the Work. Where size and type of aftachments are not indicated, verify size and type required for
load conditions.
l. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, anange
joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.
J. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not considered
hazardous.
3.6 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and Patching, General: Employ skilled workers to perform cutting and patching. Proceed with
cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time, and complete without delay.
1. Cut in-place construction to provide for installation of other componenls or performance of other
construction, and subsequently patch as required to restore surfaces to their original condition.
B. Existing Wananties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during
installation or cutting and patching operations, by methods and with materials so as not to void existing
warranties.
C. Temporary Support: Provide temporary support of work to be cut.
D. Protection: Protect in-place construction during cutting and patching to prevent damage. Provide
protection from adverse weather conditions for portions of Project that might be exposed during cutting
and patching operations.
E. Existing Utility Services and lvlechanical/Electrical Systems: Where existing services/systems are
required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, bypass such services/systems before cutting to
prevent interruption to occupied areas.
F. Cutting: Cut in-place construction by sawing, drilling, breaking, chipping, grinding, and similar
operations, including excavation, using methods least likely to damage elements retained or ad.ioining
construction. lf possible, review proposed procedures with original lnstaller; comply with original
lnstaller's written recommendations.
EXECUT10N
017300-4
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
1. ln general, use hand or small power tools designed for sawing and grinding, not hammering and
chopping. Cut holes and slots neatly to minimum size required, and with minimum disturbance of
adjacent surfaces. Temporarily cover openings when not in use.
2. Finished Surfaces: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces.
3. Concrete and Masonry: Cut using a cufting machine, such as an abrasive saw or a diamond-core
drill.
4. Excavating and Backfilling: Comply with requirements in applicable Sections where required by
cutting and patching operations.
5. Mechanical and Electrical Services: Cut off pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed.
Cap, valve, or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit to prevent entrance of moisture
or other foreign matter after cutting.
6. Proceed with patching after construction operations requiring cufting are complete.
G. Patching: Patch construction by filling, repairing, refinishing, closing up, and similar operations following
performance of other work. Patch with durable seams that are as invisible as practicable. Provide
materials and comply with installation requirements specified in other Sections, where applicable.
1. lnspection: Where feasible, test and inspect patched areas after completion to demonstrate
physical integrity of installation.
2. Exposed Finishes: Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and extend finish restoration into
retained adjoining construction in a manner that will minimize evidence of patching and
refinishing.
a. Clean piping, conduit, and similar features before applying paint or other finishing
materials.
b. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.
3. Floors and Walls: Where walls or partitions that are removed extend one finished area into
another, patch and repair floor and wall surfaces in the new space. Provide an even surface of
uniform finish, color, texture, and appearance. Remove in-place floor and wall coverings and
replace with new materials, if necessary, to achieve uniform color and appearance.
a. Where patching occurs in a painted surface, prepare substrate and apply primer and
intermediate paint coats appropriate for substrate over the patch, and apply linal paint coat
over entire unbroken surface containing the patch. Provide additional coats until patch
blends with ad.iacent surfaces.
4. Ceilings: Patch, repair, or rehang in-place ceilings as necessary to provide an even-plane
surface of uniform appearance.
5. Exterior Building Enclosure: Patch components in a manner that restores enclosure to a
weathertight condition and ensures thermal and moisture integrity of building enclosure.
H. Cleaning: Clean areas and spaces wtlere cutting and patching are performed. Remove paint, mortar,
oils, pufty, and similar materials from adjacent finished surfaces.
3.7 OWNER.INSTALLED PRODUCTS
A. Site Access: Provide access to Project site for Owner's construction personnel.
B. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by Owner's
construction personnel.
3,8 PROGRESS CLEANING
A. General: Clean Project site and work areas daily, including common areas. Enforce requirements
strictly. Oispose of materials lawfully.
1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris.
2. Do not hold waste materials more than seven days during normal weather or three days if the
temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C).
3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark
containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations.
a. Use containers intended for holding waste materials of type to be stored.
EXECUTION
017300 - 5
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 201.8-027
4. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where Contractor and other contractors are
working concurrently.
B. Site: Maintain Project site free of waste materials and debris.
C. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper
execution of the Work.
1. Remove liquid spills promptly.
2. Where dust would impair proper execulion of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work
area, as appropriate.
D. lnstalled Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to wriften instructions of
manufaclurer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended.
lf specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to
health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.
E. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
F. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure
freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
G. Waste Disposal: Oo not bury or burn waste materials on-site. Do not wash waste materials down
sewers or into waterways. Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 015000 'Temporary
Facilities and Controls." Section 017419 "Construction Waste Management and Disposal."
H. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials
already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or
deterioration at Substantial Completion.
l. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequenlly as necessary through the
remainder of the construction period. Ad.iust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability
without damaging effects.
J. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction,
completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious
exposure during the construction period.
3.9 STARTING AND ADJUSTING
A. Coordinate startup and adjusting of equipment and operating components with requirements in
Section 0191'13 "General Commissioning Requirements."
B. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Remove malfunctioning units,
replace with new units, and retest.
C. Adjust equipment for proper operation. Adjust operating components for proper operation without
binding.
D. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties.
Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
E. Manufactureis Field Service: Comply with qualification requirements in Section 014000 "Quality
Requirements."
3.10 PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or
deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
B. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions for temperature and relative humidity.
END OF SECTION
EXECUT10N
017300‐ 6
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
SECT:ON 017700
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
PART l―GENERAL
ll RELATED DOCUMENTS
A DraⅥЛngs and general provisions of the Contract,including Ceneral and Supplementary conditions and
other Dlvision 01 SpecincatiOn Sections,apply to this Section
12 SUMMARY
A Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for contract closeout, including, but not
∥mited to,the fo∥owing:
l Substanlal Complelon procedures
2 Final completion procedures
3 Warranles
4 Final cleaning
5 Repar ofthe vVork
B Related Requirements:
l secuOn o17300"Execulon"for progress cleaning of Prolect sle
2 Section 017823 ・ Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual
requirements
3 SecJon 017839 "Prolect Record Documents・ for subm ting record Drawings, record
Specincations,and record Product Data
4 Section 01 7900"Demonstralon and Training"for requirements forinstructing Owners personnel
13 ACT10N SUBMITTALS
A Product Data:For cleaning agents
B Contractors Llst oflncomplete ltems:inilal submittal at Substanual Comple∥on
C Certined List of lncomplete ltems:Final submittal at Final Complelon
14 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A Certincates Of Release:From authoHues having iu百 SdiC∥on
B Certincate Of:nsurance:For continuing coverage
C Field Report:For pest controlinspection
15 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS
A Schedule of Maintenance Material ltems: For malntenance material submltlal items specified ln other
Sections
16 SUBSTANTIAL COMPLET10N PROCEDURES
A Contractors List of lncomplete ltems:Prepare and submn a nst Ofitems to be completed and co「rected
(COntractOrs punch∥st),indiCalng the va ue of each nem On the∥st and reasons why the Wok is
incomplete
B Submittals Prior to Substan∥al Complelon: Complete the fo∥owing a minimum of 10 days prior to
requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion List items below that are
lncomplete attime of request
l Certincates Of Release:Obtain and subml releases from autho1les having junsd cJOn perrrlitting
Owner unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and ut∥ities lnclude occupancy
permits,operating certincates,and sim∥ar releases
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
017700-1
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
2. Submit closeout submittals specified in other Division 01 Sections, including project record
documents, operation and maintenance manuals, final completion construction photographic
documentalion, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record
information.
3. Submit closeout submittals specified in individual Sections, including specific warranties,
workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar
documents.
4. Submit maintenance material submittals specified in individual Sections, including tools, spare
parts, extra materials, and similar items, and deliver to location designated by Architect. Label
with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.
a. Schedule of Maintenance Material ltems: Prepare and submit schedule of maintenance
material submittal items, including name and quantity of each item and name and number
of related Specification Section. Obtain Architect's signature for receipt of submittals.
5. Submittesuadjusubalancerecords.
6. Submit sustainable design submittals required in Section 018113.13 "Sustainable Design
Requirements - LEED for New Construction and Major Renovations," Section 018113.16
"Sustainable Design Requirements - LEED for Commercial lnteriors," Section 018'113.19
"Sustainable Design Requirements - LEED for Core and Shell Development," and
Section 0181 13.23 "Sustainable Design Requirements - LEED for Schools" and in individual
Sections.
7. Submit changeover information related to Owner's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance.
C. Procedures Prior to Substantial Completion: Complete the following a minimum of 10 days prior to
requesting inspection for determining date of Substantial Completion. List items below that are
incomplete at time of request.
1. Advise Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
2. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to Owner. Advise Owner's personnel
of changeover in security provisions.
3. Complete startup and testing of systems and equipment.
4. Perform preventive maintenance on equipment used prior to Substantial Completion.
5. lnstruct Owner's personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products, equipment,
and systems. Submit demonstration and training video recordings specified in Section 0'17900
"Demonstration and Training."
6. Advise Owner of changeover in heat and other utilities.
7. Participate with Owner in conducting inspection and walkthrough with local emergency
resPonders.
8. Terminate and remove lemporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, construction
tools, and similar elements.
9. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touchup painting.
10. Touch up and otheMise repair and restore maned exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.
D. lnspection: Submit a written request for inspection to determine Substantial Completion a minimum of
10 days prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of
request, Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfulfilled requirements.
Architect will prepare the Certificate of Substantial Completion after inspection or will notify Conlracior of
items, either on Contractor's list or additional items identified by Architect, that must be completed or
corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identified in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed or conected.
2. Results of completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final completion.
1 ,7 FINAL COMPLETION PROCEDURES
A. Submittals Prior to Final Completion: Before requesting final inspection for determining final completion,
complete the following:
1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to Section 012900 "Payment Procedures."
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
017700-2
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
2. Certified List of lncomplete ltems: Submit certified copy of Architect's Substantial Completion
inspection list of items to be completed or corrected (punch list), endorsed and dated by Architect.
Certified copy of the list shall state that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for
acceptance.
3. Certificate of lnsurance: Submit evidence of final, continuing insurance coverage complying with
insurance requirements.
4. Submit pest-control final inspection report.
B. lnspection: Submit a written request for final inspection to determine acceptance a minimum of 10 days
prior to date the work will be completed and ready for final inspection and tests. On receipt of request,
Architect will either proceed with inspection or notify Contractor of unfullilled requirements. Architect will
prepare a final Certificate for Payment after inspection or will notify Contractor of construction that must
be completed or corrected before certificate will be issued.
1. Reinspection: Request reinspection when the Work identifled in previous inspections as
incomplete is completed or corrected.
1.8 LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST)
A. Organization of List: lnclude name and identification of each space and area affected by construction
operations for incomplete items and items needing correction including, if necessary, areas disturbed by
Contractor that are outside the limits of construction.
1. Organize list of spaces in sequential order.
2. Organize items applying to each space by major element, including categories for ceiling,
individual walls, floors, equipment, and building systems.
3. lnclude the following information at the top of each page:
Project name.
Date.
Name of Architect
Name of Contractor.
Page number.
4. Submit list of incomplete items in the following format:
a. MS Excel electronic file. Architect will return annotated file.
b. PDF electronic tile. Architect will return annotated file.
c. Three paper copies. Architect will return two copies.
1.9 SUBMITTAL OF PROJECT WARMNTIES
A. Time of Submittal: Submit wriften warranties on request of Architect for designated portions of the Work
where commencement of warranlies other than date of Substantial Completion is indicated, or when
delay in submittal of warranties might limit Owner's rights under warranty.
B. Partial Occupancy: Submit properly executed warranties within 15 days of completion of designated
portions of the Work that are completed and occupied or used by Owner during construction period by
separate agreement with Contractor.
C. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence based on the table of contents of Project
Manual.
1. Bind warranlies and bonds in heavy-duty, three-ring, vinyl-covered, loose-leaf binders, thickness
as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-1/2-by-1 1-inch paper.
2. Provide heavy paper dividers with plastic-covered tabs for each separate warranty. Mark tab to
identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the product or installation,
including the name of the product and the name, address, and telephone number of lnstaller.
3. ldentify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title 'WARRANTIESJ Pro.iect
name, and name of Contractor.
4. Warranty Electronic File: Scan warranties and bonds and assemble complete warranty and bond
submittal package into a single indexed electronic PDF file with links enabling navigation to each
item. Provide bookmarked table of contents at beginning of document.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
017700-3
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
D. Provide additional copies of each waranty to include in operation and maintenance manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2,1 MATERIALS
A. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the
surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or
that might damage finished surfaces.
1. Use cleaning products that comply with Green Seal's GS-37, or if GS-37 is not applicable, use
products that comply with the California Code of Regulations maximum allowable VOC levels.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FINAL CLEANING
A. General: Perform final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local
laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations.
B. Cleaning: Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface
or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program.
Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting inspection for certification of
Substantial Completion for entire Project or for a designated portion of Project:
a. Clean Project site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities,
including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign
substances.b. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign
deposits.
c. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-lextured surface.
d. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus materialfrom Project site.
e. Remove snow and ice to provide safe access to building.
f. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of
stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Avoid disturbing natural weathering of exterior
surfaces. Restore reflective surfaces to their original condition.
g. Remove debris and surface dust from limited access spaces, including roofs, plenums,
shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics, and similar spaces
h. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces.
i. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; clean according
to manufacturer's recommendations if visible soil or stains remain.j. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows. Remove
glazing compounds and other noticeable, vision-obscuring materials. Polish mirrors and
glass, taking care not to scratch surfaces.
k. Remove labels that are not permanent.
l. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment. Remove
excess lubrjcation, paint and mortar droppings, and other foreign substances.
m. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting
from water exposure.
n. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters. Clean exposed surfaces of
diffusers, registers, and grills.
o. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction or
that display contamination with particulate matter on inspection.
'l) Clean HVAC system in compliance with NAOCA Standard 1992-0'1. Provide written
report on completion of cleaning.
p. Clean light flxtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency.q. Leave Project clean and ready for occupancy.
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
017700 - 4
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
C. Pest Control: Comply with pest control requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and
Controls." Prepare written report.
D. Construction Waste Disposal: Comply with waste disposal requirements in Section 015000 "Temporary
Facilities and Controls."
3.2 REPAIR OF THE WORK
A. Complete repair and restoration operations before requesting inspection for determination of Substantial
Completion.
B. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Repairing includes replacing defective parts,
refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating
equipment. Where damaged or worn items cannot be repaired or restored, provide replacements.
Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired. Restore damaged construction
and permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.
1. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass, reflective surfaces, and other
damaged transparent materials.
2. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred or exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace
flnishes and surfaces that that already show evidence of repair or restoration.
a. Do not paint over "UL" and other required labels and identification, including mechanical
and electrical nameplates. Remove paint applied to required labels and identification.
3. Replace parts subject to operating conditions during construction that may impede operation or
reduce longevity.
4. Replace burned-out bulbs, bulbs noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy
starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures.
END OF SECTION
CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES
017700‐ 5
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
sEcTloN 017839
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
PART 1 - GENEML
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for project record documents, including the
following:
1. Record Drawings.2. RecordSpecifications.3. Record Product Data.
4. Miscellaneousrecordsubmittals.
B. RelatedRequirements:
1. Section 011200 "Multiple Contract Summary" for coordinating project record documents covering
the Work of multiple contracts.
2. Section 0'17300 "Execution" for final property survey.
3. Section 017700 "Closeout Procedures" for general closeout procedures.
4. Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data" for operation and maintenance manual
requirements.
,I.3 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A. Record Drawings: Comply with the following:
1. Number of Copies: Submitone set(s) of marked-up record prints.
2. Number of Copies: Submit copies of record Drawings as follows:
a. lnitial Submiftal:
1) Submit one paper-copy set(s) of marked-up record prints.
2) Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and one of file prints.
3) Submit record digital data files and one set(s) of plots.
4\ Architect will indicate whether general scope of changes, additional information
recorded, and quality of drafting are acceptable.
b. Final Submiftal:
1) Submit three paper-copy set(s) of marked-up record prints.
2l Submit PDF electronic files of scanned record prints and three set(s) of prints.
3) Print each drawing, whether or not changes and additional information were
recorded.
c. Final Submittal:
1) Submit one paper-copy set(s) of marked-up record prints.
2\ Submit record digital data files and three set(s) of record digital data file plots.
3) Plot each drawing file, whether or not changes and additional information were
recorded.
B. Record Specifications: Submit one paper copy of Project's Specifications, including addenda and
contract modifi cations.
C. Record Product Data: Submit one paper copy of each submittal.
1. Where record Product Data are required as parl of operation and maintenance manuals, submit
duplicate marked-up Product Data as a component of manual.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
0'17839 - 1
Oak Brook Golf Club Palio Renovation / Prolect No. 2018-027
D. Miscellaneous Record Submittals: See other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record-keeping
requirements and submittals in connection with various construction activities. Submit one paper copy
of each submittal.
E. Reports: Submit written report weekly indicating items incorporated into pro.lect record documents
concurrent with progress of the Work, including revisions, concealed conditions, field changes, product
selections, and other notations incorporated.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Record Prints: Maintain one set of maked-up paper copies of the Contract Drawings and Shop
Drawings, incorporating new and revised drawings as modilications are issued.
1. Preparation: Mark record prints to show the actual installation where installation varies from that
shown originally. Require individual or entity who obtained record data, whether individual or
entity is lnstaller, subcontractor, or similar entity, to provide information for preparation of
conesponding marked-up record prints.
a. Give particular attention to information on concealed elements that would be difficult to
identify or measure and record later.
b. Accurately record information in an acceptable drawing technique.
c. Record data as soon as possible after obtaining it.
d, Record and check the markup before enclosing concealed installations.
e. Cross-reference record prints to corresponding archive photographic documentation.
2. Content: Types of items requiring marking include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Dimensional changes to Drawings.
b. Revisions to details shown on Drawings.
c. Depths of foundations below first floor.
d. Locations and depths of underground utilities.
e. Revisions to routing of piping and conduits.
f. Revisions to electrical circuitry.
g. Actual equipment locations.
h. Duct size and routing.i. Locations of concealed intemal utilities.j. Changes made by Change Order or Construction Change Directive.
k. Changes made following Architect's written orders.
l. Details not on the original Contract Drawings.
m. Field records for variable and concealed conditions.
n. Record information on the Work that is shown only schematically.
3. Mark the Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings completely and accurately. Use personnel
proficient at recording graphic information in production of marked-up record prints.
4. Mark record sets with erasable, red-colored pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between
changes for different categories of the Work at same location.
5. Mark important additional information that was either shown schematically or omitted from original
Drawings.6. Note Construction Change Directive numbers, alternate numbers, Change Order numbers, and
similar identifi cation, where applicable.
B. Record Digital Data Files: lmmediately before inspection for Certificate of Substantial Completion,
review maiked-up record prints wlth Architect. When authorized, prepare a full set of corrected digital
data files of the Contract Drawings, as follows:
1. Format: Same digital data software program, version, and operating system as the original
Contract Drawings.
2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file.
3. lncorporate changes and additional information previously marked on record prints. Delete,
redraw, and add details and notations where applicable.
PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
017839 - 2
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
4. Refer instances of uncertainty to Architect for resolution.
5. Architect will furnish Contractor one set of digital data flles of the Contract Drawings for use in
recording information.
a. See Section 0'13300 "Submiftal Procedures" for requirements related to use of Architect's
digital data flles.
b. Architect will provide data file layer information. Record makups in separate layers.
C. Ne\,vly Prepared Record Drawings: Prepare new Drawings instead of preparing record Drawings wtrere
Architect determines that neither the original Contract Drawings nor Shop Drawings are suitable to show
actual installation.
1. New Drawings may be required when a Change Order is issued as a result of accepting an
alternate, substitution, or other modification.
2. Consult Architect for proper scale and scope of detailing and notations required to record the
actual physical installation and its relation to other construction. lntegrate newly prepared record
Drawings into record Drawing sets; comply with procedures for formatting, organizing, copying,
binding, and submitting.
D. Format: ldentify and date each record Drawing; include the designation 'PROJECT RECORD
DRAWING' in a prominent location.
1. Record Prints: Organize record prinls and newly prepared record Drawings into manageable
sets. Bind each set with durable paper cover sheets. lnclude identification on cover sheets.2. Format: Annotated PDF electronic file.
3. Record Digital Data Files: Organize digital data information into separate electronic files that
correspond to each sheet of the Contract Drawings. Name each file with the sheet identification.
lnclude identilication in each digital data file.
4. ldentification: As follows:
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Designation 'PROJECT RECORD DRAWINGS.'
d. Name of Architect.
e. Name of Contractor.
2.2 RECORD SPECIFICATIONS
A. Preparation: Mark Specifications to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from
that indicated in Specifications, addenda, and contract modifications.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be
readily identified and recorded later.
2. Mark copy with the proprietary name and model number of products, materials, and equipment
furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.
3. Record the name of manufacturer, supplier, lnstaller, and other information necessary to provide
a record of selections made.
4. For each principal product, indicate whether record Product Data has been submitted in operation
and mainlenance manuals instead of submitted as record Product Data.
5. Note related Change Orders, record Product Data, and record Drawings where applicable.
2.3 RECORD PRODUCT DATA
A. Preparation: Mark Product Data to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies
substantially from that indicated in Product Data submittal.
1. Give particular attention to information on concealed products and installations that cannot be
readily identified and recorded later.
2. lnclude significant changes in the product delivered to Project site and changes in manufacturer's
written instructions for installation.3. Note related Change Orders, record Specifications, and record Drawings where applicable.
PRO」ECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
017839‐3
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
2.4 MISCELLANEOUSRECORDSUBMITTALS
A. Assemble miscellaneous records required by other Specification Sections for miscellaneous record
keeping and submittal in connection with actual performance of the Work. Bind or file miscellaneous
records and identify each, ready for continued use and reference.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 RECORDING AND MAINTENANCE
A. Recording: Maintain one copy of each submittal during the construction period for project record
document purposes. Post changes and revisions to project record documents as they occur; do not
wait until end of Project.
B. Maintenance of Record Documents and Samples: Store record documents and Samples in the field
office apart from the Contract Documents used for construction. Do not use project record documents
for construction purposes. Maintain record documents in good order and in a clean, dry, legible
condition, protected from deterioration and loss. Provide access to project record documents for
Architect's reference during normal working hours.
END OF SECT10N
PRO」ECT RECORD DOCUMENTS
017839-4
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
sEcTtoN 017900
DEII,IONSTRATION AND TRAINING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
other Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes administrative and procedural requirements for instructing Owner's personnel,
including the following:
1. Demonstration of operation of systems, subsystems, and equipment.
2. Training in operation and maintenance of systems, subsystems, and equipment.
3. Demonstration and training video recordings.
B. Allowances: Fumish demonstration and training instruction time under the Demonstration and Training
Allowance as specified in Section 012100 "Allowances."
C. Unit Price for lnstruction Time: Length of instruction time will be measured by actual time spent
performing demonstration and training in required location. No payment will be made for time sPent
assembling educational materials, setting up, or cleaning up. See requirements in Section 012200 "Unit
Prices."
1.3 INFORMATIONALSUBMITTALS
A. lnstruction Program: Submit outline of instructional program for demonstration and training, including a
list of training modules and a schedule of proposed dates, times, length of instruction time, and
instructors' names for each training module. lnclude leaming objective and outline for each training
module.
1. lndicate proposed training modules using manufacturer-produced demonstration and training
video recordings for systems, equipment, and products in lieu of video recording of live
instructional module.
B. Attendance Record: For each training module, submit list of participants and length of instruction time.
C. Evaluations: For each participant and for each training module, submit results and documentation of
performance-based test.
1.4 CLOSEOUTSUBMITTALS
A. Demonstration and Training Video Recordings: Submit two copies within seven days of end of each
training module.
1 . ldentification: On each copy, provide an applied label with the following information:
a. Name of Project.
b. Name and address of videographer.
c. Name of Architect.
d. Name of Construction Manager.
e. Name of Contractor.
f. Date of video recording.
2. Transcript: Prepared and bound in format matching operation and maintenance manuals. Mark
appropriate identification on front and spine of each binder. lnclude a cover sheet with same
label information as the corresponding video recording. lnclude name of Project and date of
video recording on each page.
DEMONSTRAT10N AND TRAINING
017900‐1
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-0?7
3. Transcript: Prepared in PDF electronic format. lnclude a cover sheet with same label information
as the corresponding video recording and a table of contents with links to conesponding training
components. lnclude name of Project and date of video recording on each page.
4. At completion of training, submit complete training manual(s) for Owner's use.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Facilitator Qualifications: A firm or individual experienced in training or educating maintenance
personnel in a training program similar in content and extent to that indicated for this Project, and whose
work has resulted in training or education with a record of successful learning performance.
B. lnstructor Qualifications: A factory-authorized service representative, complying with requirements in
Section O14OO0 "Quality Requirements," experienced in operation and maintenance procedures and
training.
C. Videographer Qualifications: A professional videographer who is experienced photographing
demonstration and training events similar to those required.
D. Preinstruction Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Section 013100 "Project Management and Coordination." Review methods and procedures related to
demonstration and training including, but not limited to, the following:
lnspect and discuss locations and other facilities required for instruction.
Review and finalize instruction schedule and verify availability of educational materials,
instructors' personnel, audiovisual equipment, and facilities needed to avoid delays.
3. Review required content of instruction.
4. Fot instruction that must occur outside, review weather and forecasted weather conditions and
procedures to follow if conditions are unfavorable.
1.6 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate instruction schedule with Owner's operations. Adjust schedule as required to minimize
disrupting Owner's operations and to ensure availability of Owne/s personnel.
B. Coordinate instructors, including providing notification of dates, times, length of instruction time, and
course content.
C. Coordinate content of training modules with content of approved emergency, operation,
maintenance manuals. Do not submit instruction program until operation and maintenance data
been reviewed and approved by Architect.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
2.1 INSTRUCTION PROGMM
A. Program Structure: Develop an instruction program that includes individual training modules for each
system and for equipment not part of a system, as required by individual Specitlcation Sections.
B. Training Modules: Develop a leaming objective and teaching outline for each module. lnclude a
description of specific skills and knowledge that participant is expected to master. For each module,
include instruction for the following as applicable to the system, equipment, or component:
1. Basis of System Design, Operational Requirements, and Criteria: lnclude the following:
a. System, subsystem, and equipment descriptions.
b. Performance and design criteria if Contractor is delegated design responsibility.
Operating standards.
Regulatory requirements.
Equipment function.
Operating characteristics.
Limiting conditions.
Performance curves.
2, Documentation: Review the following items in detail:
DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING
017900-2
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
a. Emergency manuals.
b. Operations manuals.
c. Maintenancemanuals.
d. Project record documents.
e. ldentificationsystems.
f. Wananties and bonds.g. Maintenance service agreements and similar continuing commitments.
3. Emergencies: lnclude the following, as applicable:
a. lnstructions on meaning of warnings, trouble indications, and error messages.
b. lnstructions on stopping.c. Shutdown instructions for each type of emergency.
d. Operating instructions for conditions outside of normal operating limits.
e. Sequences for electric or eleclronic systems.f. Special operating instructions and procedures.
4. Operations: lnclude the following, as applicable:
a. Startup Procedures.b. Equipment or system break-in procedures.
c. Routine and normal operating instructions.
d. Regulation and control procedures.
e. Control sequences.
f. Safety procedures.g. lnstructions on stopping.h. Normal shutdown instructions.
i. Operating procedures for emergencies.j. Operating procedures for system, subsystem, or equipment failure.
k. Seasonal and weekend operating instructions.
l. Required sequences for electric or electronic systems.
m. Special operating instructions and procedures.
5. Adjustments: lnclude the following:
a. Alignments.
b. Checkingadjustments.
c. Noise and vibration adjustments.
d. Economy and efficiency adjustments.
6. Troubleshooting: lnclude the following:
a. Diagnosticinstructions.
b. Test and inspection procedures.
7. Maintenance: lnclude the following:
a. lnspectionprocedures.
b. Types of cleaning agents to be used and methods of cleaning.
c. List of cleaning agents and methods of cleaning detrimental to product.
d. Procedures for routine cleaning
e. Procedures for preventive maintenance.f. Procedures for routine maintenance.g. lnstruction on use of special tools.
L Repairs: lnclude the following:
a. Diagnosisinstructions.b. Repairinstructions.
c. Disassembly; component removal, repair, and replacement; and reassembly instructions.
d. lnstructions for identifying parts and componenls.
e. Review of spare parts needed for operation and maintenance.
DEMONSTRAT10N AND TRAINING
017900-3
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
PART 3 . EXECUTION
3.1 PREPAMTION
A. Assemble educational materials necessary for instruction, including documentation and training module.
Assemble training modules into a training manual organized in coordination with requirements in
Section 017823 "Operation and Maintenance Data."
B. Set up instructional equipment at instruction location.
3.2 INSTRUCTION
A. Facilitator: Engage a qualilied facilitator to prepare instruction program and training modules, to
coordinate instructors, and to coordinate between Contractor and Owner for number of participants,
instruction times, and location.
B. Engage qualified instructors to instruct Owner's personnel to adjust, operate, and maintain systems,
subsystems, and equipment not part of a system.
1. Architect will fumish an instructor to describe basis of system design, operational requirements,
criteria, and regulatory requirements.
2. Owner will furnish an instructor to describe Owner's operational philosophy.
3. Owner will furnish Contractor with names and positions of participants.
C. Scheduling: Provide instruction at mutually agreed on times. For equipment that requires seasonal
operation, provide similar instruction at start of each season.
1. Schedule training with Owner, through Architect, with at least seven days' advance notice.
D. Training Localion and Reference Material: Conduct training on-site in the completed and fully
operational facility using the actual equipment in-place. Conduct training using final operation and
maintenance data submittals.
E. Evaluation: At conclusion of each training module, assess and document each participant's mastery of
module by use of performance-based test.
3.3 OEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING VIDEO RECORDINGS
A. General: Engage a qualified commercial videographer to record demonstration and training video
recordings. Record each training module separately. lnclude classroom instructions and
demonstrations, board diagrams, and other visual aids, but not student practice.
1. At beginning of each training module, record each chart containing learning objective and lesson
outline.
B. Video: Provide minimum 640 x 480 video resolution converted to, on electronic media.
1. Electronic Media: Read-only format compact disc acceptable to Owner, with commercial-grade
graphic label.
2. File Hierarchy: Organize folder structure and file locations according to project manual table of
contents. Provide complete screen-based menu.
3. File Names: Utilize file names based upon name of equipment generally described in video
segment, as identified in Project specifications.
4. Contractor and lnstaller Contact File: Using appropriate software, create a file for inclusion on the
Equipment Demonstration and Training DVO that describes the following for each Contractor
involved on the Project, arranged according to Project table of contents:
a. Name of Contractor/lnstaller.
b. Business address.
c. Business phone number.
d. Point of contact.e. E-mail address.
C. Recording: Mount camera on tripod before starting recording, unless otherwise necessary to
adequately cover area of demonstration and training. Display continuous running time.
DEMONSTMTION AND TRAINING
017900 - 4
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
1 . Film training session(s) in segments not to exceed 15 minutes.
a. Produce segments to present a single significant piece of equipment per segment.
b. Organize segments with multiple pieces of equipment to follow order of Project Manual
table of contents.
c. Where a training session on a particular piece of equipment exceeds '15 minutes, stop
filming and pause training session. Begin training session again upon commencement of
new filming segment.
D. Light Levels: Verify light levels are adequate to properly light equipment. Verify equipment markings
are clearly visible prior to recording.
1. Furnish additional portable lighting as required.
E. Narration: Describe scenes on video recording by audio narration by microphone while video recording
is recorded. lnclude description of items being viewed
F. Transcript: Provide a transcript of the narration. Display images and running time captured from
videotape opposite the conesponding narration segment.
G. preproduced Video Recordings: Provide video recordings used as a component of training modules in
same format as recordings of live training.
END OF SECTION
DEMONSTRAT10N AND TRAINING
017900‐5
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
SECT10N 024119
SELECTIVE DEMOLiT:ON
PART 1 - GENEML
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section lncludes:
1. Demolition and removal of selected portions of building or structure.
2. Demolition and removal of selected site elements.
3. Salvage of existing items to be reused or recycled.
B. RelatedRequirements:
1. Section011000 "Summary" for restrictions on use of the premises, Owner-occupancy
requirements, and phasing requirements.
2. Section 017300 "Execution" for cutting and patching procedures.
.I.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Remove: Detach items from existing construction and dispose of them off-site unless indicated to be
salvaged or reinstalled.
B. Remove and Salvage: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage, and
deliver to Owner ready for reuse.
C. Remove and Reinstall: Detach items from existing construction, in a manner to prevent damage,
prepare for reuse, and reinstall where indicated.
D. Existing to Remain: Leave existing items that are not to be removed and that are nol otherwise
indicated to be salvaged or reinstalled.
E. Dismanfle: To remove by disassembling or detaching an item from a surface, using gentle methods and
equipment to prevent dimage to the item and surfaces; disposing of items unless indicated to be
salvaged or reinstalled.
1.4 MATERIALSOWNERSHIP
A. Unless otherwise indicated, demolition waste becomes property of Contractor'
B. Historic items, relics, antiques, and similar objects including, but not limited to, cornerstones and their
contents, commemorative plaques and tablets, and other items of interest or value to Owner that may
be uncovered during demolition remain the property of Owner.
SELECTIVE DEMOLIT10N
024119‐1
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
'1. Carefully salvage in a manner to prevent damage and promptly return to Owner.
1 .5 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Predemolition Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1. lnspect and discuss condition of construction to be selectively demolished.2. Review structural load limitations of existing structure.
3. Review and finalize selective demolition schedule and verify availability of materials, demolition
personnel, equipment, and facilities needed to make progress and avoid delays.
4. Review requirements of work performed by other trades that rely on substrates exposed by
selective demolition operations.
5. Review areas where existing construction is to remain and requires protection.
1.6 INFORMATIONALSUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For refrigerant recovery technician.
B. Schedule of Selective Demolition Activities: lndicate the following:
1. Detailed sequence of selective demolition and removal work, with starting and ending dates for
each activity. Ensure Owner's on-site operations are unintenupted.
2. lnterruption of utility services. lndicate how long utility services will be intenupted.
3. Coordination for shutoff, capping, and continuation of utility services.
4. Use of elevator and stairs.
5. Coordination of Owner's continuing occupancy of portions of existing building and of Owner's
partial occupancy of completed Work.
C. Predemolition Photographs or Video: Show existing conditions of adjoining construction, including finish
surfaces, that might be misconstrued as damage caused by demolition operations. Comply with
Section 013233 "Photographic Documentation." Submit before Work begins.
D. Statement of Refrigerant Recovery: Signed by refrigerant recovery technician responsible for recovering
refrigerant, stating that all refrigerant that was present was recovered and that recovery was performed
according to EPA regulations. lnclude name and address of technician and date refrigerant was
recovered.
E. Warranties: Documentation indicating that existing warranties are still in effect after completion of
selective demolition.
1.7 CLOSEOUTSUBMITTALS
A. lnventory: Submit a list of items that have been removed and salvaged.
1 .8 OUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Refrigerant Recovery Technician Qualifications: Certified by an EPA-approved certification program.
1 .9 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Owner will occupy adjacent building. Conducl selective demolition so Owner's operations will not be
disrupted.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
024119 -2
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
B. Conditions existing at time of inspection for bidding purpose will be maintained by Owner as far as
practical.
C. Notify Architect of discrepancies between existing conditions and Drawings before proceeding with
selective demolition.
D. Hazardous Materials: lt is not expected that hazardous materials will be encountered in the Work.
1. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner before start of the Work.
2. lf suspected hazardous materials are encountered, do not disturb; immediately notify Architect
and Owner. Hazardous materials will be removed by Owner under a separate contract.
E. Storage or sale of removed items or materials on-site is not permitted.
F. Utility Service: Maintain existing utilities indicated to remain in service and protect them against damage
during selective demolition operations.
1. Maintain fire-protection facilities in service during selective demolition operations.
1.10 WARRANry
A. Existing Warranties: Remove, replace, patch, and repair materials and surfaces cut or damaged during
selective demolition, by methods and with materials and using approved contractors so as not to void
existing warranties. Notify warrantor before proceeding.
B. Notify warrantor on completion of selective demolition, and obtain documentation verifying that existing
system has been inspected and warranty remains in effect. Submit documentation at Project closeout.
1,11 COORDINATION
A. Arrange selective demolition schedule so as not to interfere with Owneds operations.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with governing EPA notification regulations before beginning
selective demolition. Comply with hauling and disposal regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
B. Standards: Comply with ASSE A10.6 and NFPA 241 .
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EMMINATION
A. Verify that utilities have been disconnected and capped before starting selective demolition operations.
B. Review Project Record Documents of existing construction or other existing condition and hazardous
material information provided by Owner. Owner does not guarantee that existing conditions are same as
those indicated in Project Record Documents.
SELECT VE DEMOLIT10N
024119-3
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
C. Perform an engineering survey of condition of building to determine whether removing any element
might result in structural deficiency or unplanned collapse of any portion of structure or adjacent
structures during selective building demolition operations.
1. Perform surveys as the Work progresses to detect hazards resulting from selective demolition
activities.
D. Steel Tendons: Locate tensioned steel tendons and include recommendations for de{ensioning.
E. Verify that hazardous materials have been remediated before proceeding with building demolition
operations.
F. Survey of Existing Conditions: Record existing conditions by use of preconstruction photographs or
video.
32
33
1 . Comply with requirements specified in Section 013233 "Photographic Documentation."
2. lnventory and record the condition of items to be removed and salvaged. Provide photographs or
video of conditions that might be misconstrued as damage caused by salvage operations.
PREPARATION
Refrigerant: Before starting demolition, remove refrigerant from mechanical equipment according to
40 CFR 82 and regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
UTILIry SERVICES AND MECHAN ICAUELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
Existing SeNices/Systems to Remain: Maintain services/systems indicated to remain and protect them
against damage.
Existing Services/Systems to Be Removed, Relocated, or Abandoned: Locate, identify, disconnect, and
seal oi cap off utility services and mechanical/electrical systems serving areas to be selectively
demolished.1. Arrange to shut off utilities with utility companies.
2. lf services/systems are required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned, provide temporary
services/systems that bypass area of selective demolition and that maintain continuity of
services/systems to other parts of building.
3. Disconnect, demolish, and remove fire-suppression systems, plumbing, and HVAC systems,
equipment, and components indicated on Drawings to be removed.
a. Piping to Be Removed: Remove portion of piping indicated to be removed and cap or plug
remaining piping with same or compatible piping material.
b. Piping to Be Abandoned in Ptace: Drain piping and cap or plug piping with same or
compatible piping material and leave in place.
c. Equipment to Be Removed: Disconnect and cap services and remove equipment.
d. Equipment to Be Removed and Reinstalled: Disconnect and cap services and remove,
clean, and store equipment; when appropriate, reinstall, reconnect, and make equipment
operational.
e. Equipment to Be Removed and Salvaged: Disconnect and cap services and remove
equipment and deliver to Owner.
t. Ducis to Be Removed: Remove portion of ducts indicated to be removed and plug
remaining ducts with same or compatible ductwork material.
g. Ducts to Be Abandoned in Place: Cap or plug ducts with same or compatible ductwork
material and leave in Place.BSELECTIVE DEMOLIT10N
024119‐4
35
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Pro.iect No. 2018-027
3.4 PROTECTION
A. Temporary Protection: Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to
people and damage to adjacent buildings and facilities to remain.
1. Provide protection to ensure safe passage of people around selective demolition area and to and
from occupied portions of building.
2. Provide temporary weather protection, during interval between selective demolition of existing
construction on exterior surfaces and new construction, to prevent water leakage and damage to
structure and interior areas.
3. Protect walls, ceilings, floors, and other existing finish work that are to remain or that are exposed
during selective demolition operations.
4. Cover and protect furniture, fumishings, and equipment that have not been removed.
5. Comply with requirements for temporary enclosures, dust control, heating, and cooling specifled
in Section 015000 "Temporary Facilities and Controls."
B. Temporary Shoring: Design, provide, and maintain shoring, bracing, and structural supports as required
to preserve stability and prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of construction and flnishes to
remain, and to prevent unexpected or uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being
demolished.
1. Strengthen or add new supports when required during progress of selective demolition.
C. Remove temporary barricades and protections lvhere hazards no longer exist.
SELECTIVE OEMOLITION, GENERAL
General: Demolish and remove existing construction only to the extent required by new construction
and as indicated. Use methods required to complete the Work within limitations of governing regulations
and as follows:
1. Proceed with selective demolition systematically, from higher to lower level. Complete selective
demolition operations above each floor or tier before disturbing supporting members on the next
lower level.
2. Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square, and true to dimensions required. Use cutting
methods least likely to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools
or small power tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Temporarily
cover openings to remain.
3. Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side into concealed surfaces to avoid maning existing
flnished surfaces.4. Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. At concealed
spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before
starting flame-cutting operations. Maintain portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting
operations.5. Maintain fire watch during and for at least 2 hours after flame-cutting operations.
6. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cufting torches.7. Remove decayed, vermin-infested, or otherwise dangerous or unsuitable materials and promptly
dispose of off-site.
8. Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall
and to prevent ground impact or dust generation.
9. Locate selective demolition equipment and remove debris and materials so as not to impose
excessive loads on supporting walls, floors, or framing.
10. Dispose of demolished items and materials promptly.
Site Access and Temporary Controls: Conduct selective demolition and debris-removal operations to
ensure minimum interference with roads, streets, walks, walkways, and other adjacent occupied and
used facilities.
SELECTIVE DEMOLITION
024119 - 5A
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
C. Removed and Salvaged ltems:
1. Clean salvaged items.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning. ldentify contents of containers.
3. Store items in a secure area until delivery to Owner.
4. Transport items to Owner's storage area on-site.
5. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
D. Removed and Reinstalled ltems:
1. Clean and repair items to functional condition adequate for intended reuse.
2. Pack or crate items after cleaning and repairing. ldentify contents of containers.3. Protect items from damage during transport and storage.
4. Reinstall items in locations indicated. Comply with installation requirements for new materials and
equipment. Provide connections, supports, and miscellaneous materials necessary to make item
functional for use indicated.
E. Existing ltems to Remain: Protect construction indicated to remain against damage and soiling during
selective demolition. When permitted by Architect, items may be removed to a suitable, protected
storage location during selective demolition and cleaned and reinstalled in their original locations after
selective demolition operations are complete.
3.6 SELECTIVE DEMOLITION PROCEDURES FOR SPECIFIC MATERIALS
A. Concrete: Demolish in sections. Cut concrete full depth al junctures with construction to remain and at
regular intervals using power-driven saw, and then remove concrete between saw cuts.
B. Masonry: Demolish in small sections. Cut masonry at junctures with construction to remain, using
power-driven saw, and then remove masonry between saw cuts.
C. Concrete Slabs-on-Grade: Saw-cut perimeter of area to be demolished, and then break up and remove.
D. Resilient Floor Coverings: Remove floor coverings and adhesive according to recommendations in
RFCI's "Recommended Work Practices for the Removal of Resilient Floor Coverings."
E. Rooflng: Remove no more existing roofing than what can be covered in one day by new roofing and so
that building interior remains watertight and weathertight. See Section 075423 Thermoplastic Polyolifin
(TPO) Roofing for new roofing requirements.
1. Remove existing roof membrane, flashings, copings, and roof accessories.
2. Remove existing roofing system down to substrate.
3.7 DISPOSAL OF DEMOLISHED MATERIALS
A. Remove demolition waste materials from Project site and dispose of them in an EPA-approved
construction and demolition waste landfill acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
1 . Do not allow demolished materials to accumulate on-site.
2. Remove and transport debris in a manner that will prevent spillage on adjacent surfaces and
areas.
3. Remove debris from elevated portions of building by chute, hoist, or other device that will convey
debris to grade level in a controlled descent.
B. Burning: Do not burn demolished materials.
SELECTIVE DEMOL:T10N
024119‐ 6
Oak Brook Go「Club Palo Renova∥on/Prolect No 2018‐027
38 CLEANING
A Clean adlacent structures and improvements of dust,dirt,and debns caused by selecuve dem。llion
OperaJons Return adlacent areas to condlion exisung befOre selecttve demo∥∥on opera∥ons began
END OF SECT10N
SELECTIVE DEMOLIT10N
024119-7
Oak Brook Go「Club PaJo RenovaJon/Prolect No 2018-027
SECT10N 033000
CAST・ :N‐PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes cast-in-place concrete, including formwork, reinforcement, concrete materials,
mixture design, placement procedures, and finishes.
B. RelatedRequirements:
'1. Section 035350 "Cementitious Stampable Overlay" for overlay finish on new and existing
concrete slab-on{rade.
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Cementitious Materials: Portland cement alone or in combination with one or more of the
following: blended hydraulic cement, fly ash, slag cement, other pozzolans, and silica fume;
materials subject to compliance with requirements.
B. W/C Ratio: The ratio by weight of water to cementitious materials.
1.4 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
B. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. submit alternate design mixtures when
charicteristics of materials, Project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances
warrant adjustments.
1. lndicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site.
c. steel Reinforcement shop Drawings: Placing Drawings that detail fabrication, bending, and
placement. lnclude bar sizes, lengths, material, grade, bar schedules, stirrup spacing, bent bar
diagrams, bar arrangement, splices and laps, mechanical connections, tie spacing, hoop
spacing, and supports for concrete reinforcement.
D. Construction Joint Layout: lndicate proposed construction joints required to construct the
structure.
1. Location of construction joints is subject to approval of the Architect.
CASTJN―PLACE CONCRETE
033000-1
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
.I.5 INFORMATIONALSUBMITTALS
A. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers:
1. Cementitiousmaterials.2. Admixtures.
3. Steel reinforcement and accessories.
4. Fiberreinforcement.
5. Curing compounds.
6. Floor and slab treatments.7. Bonding agents.
8. Adhesives.
9. Semirigid joint filler.'10. Joint-flllerstrips.
B. Material Test Reports: For the following, from a qualified testing agency:
'1. Aggregates: lnclude service record data indicating absence of deleterious expansion of
concrete due to alkali aggregate reactivity.
C. Field quality-control reports.
1.6 OUALITY ASSURANCE
A. lnstaller Oualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualilied as ACI-
certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an AcFcertilied Concrete
Flatwork Technician.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrele
products and that complies with ASTM C94/C94M requirements for production facilities and
equipment.
1. Manufacturer certified according to NRMCA's "Certification of Ready Mixed Concrete
Production Facilities."
C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, acceptable to authorities having
jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C1077 and ASTM E329 for testing indicated.
1. Personnel conducting field tests shall be qualified as ACI Concrete Field Testing
Technician, Grade 1, according to ACI CP'1 or an equivalent certification program.
2. Personnel performing laboratory tests shall be AC|-certified Concrete Strength Testing
Technician and Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician, Grade l. Testing agency
laboratory supervisor shall be an ACI-certified Concrete Laboratory Testing Technician,
Grade ll.
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and
damage. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement
CAST‐IN―PLACE CONCRETE
033000-2
18
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
FIELD CONDITIONS
Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from
physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or Iow
temperatures.
1. When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C)
for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the
temperature range required by ACI 301 (ACl 301M).
2. Oo not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on
frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
3. Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials conlaining antifreeze agents or
chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs.
Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 (ACl 301M) and ACI 305.1 (ACl 305.1M), and as
follows:
1. Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F (32 deg C) at time of placement Chilled
mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water
equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to
cool concrete is Contraclois option.
2. Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep
subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.
PART 2-PRODUCTS
CONCRETE,GENERAL
ACI Publica」ons:Comply with the following unless modried by requirements ln the Contract
Documents:
l AC1301(AC1301 M)
2 AC1117(AC1117M)
FORM´FACING MATERIALS
Srnooth―For7ned Finished Concrete: Form facing panels that provlde continuous, true, and
smooth concrete surfaces Furnish in iargest prac∥cable sizes to minimize number ofjoints
l Plyvvood,metal,or other approved panel materials
2 Exterior‐grade ply～vood panels, suitable for concrete fonns, complying with DOC PS l,
and as fo∥ows:
a Structura1 1,B―B or betteri m∥lo∥ed and edge sealed
b B―B(COncrete Fo「m),Class l or bettett mⅢ o∥ed and edge sealed
Rough‐Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved materiaL
Provide lumber dressed on atleast h″o edges and one side fortightfit
Chamfer St∥ps:Wood,metal,PVC,o「rubber st∥ps,3′4 by3ノ 4 inch(19 by19 mm),minimum
CASTJN‐PLACE CONCRETE
033000-3
21
22C
Oak Brook Go「Club PaJo Renovalonノ Prolect No 2018‐027
D Fomn―Release Agent Commercia∥y formulated fo「m―release agent that does not bond wlh,
stain, o「 adversely affect concrete surfaces and does not impair subsequent treatments of
concrete surfaces
l Fo「mulate forrn―release agent vvith rustinhibitor for steel form‐facing materials
E Forn Ties:FactOry fabncated,removable o「snap―off glassttberreinforced plasuc Or metal fom
ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spa∥ing of
concrete on removal
l Furnlsh units that leave no corrodible metal closer than l inch(25 mm)to the plane of
exposed concrete surface
2 Furnish ties that,when removed,leave holes no largerthan l inch(25 mm)in diameterln
concrete surface
23 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A Reinforcing Bars:ASTM A615′A615M,Grade 60(Grade 420),defOrmed
B Epoxン Coated Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A615/A615M,Grade 60(Grade 420),defOrmed bars,
ASTM A775/A775M or ASTM A934/A934M,epoxy coated,Mパ th less than 2 percent damaged
coating ln each 12-inch(300-mm)barlength
C Plain―Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement ASTM A1064/A1064M,plain,fabHcated from as‐drawn
steel wire into lat sheets
24 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES
A 」oint Dowel Bars:ASTM A615/A615M, Grade 60(Grade 420), plain_steel bars, cut true to
length with ends square and free of burrs
B Epoxン Coated Joint Dowel Bars:ASTM A615/A615M,Grade 60(Grade 420),plain_steel bars,
ASTM A775/A775M epoxy coated
C Epoxy Repair Coating:Liquld,two―part,epoxy repair coatingi compatible MЛ th epoxy coating on
reinforcement and complying with ASTM A775/A775M
D Bar Supports: Boisters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and
fastening reinforcing bars and welded―wire reinforcement ln place Manufacture bar supports
from steel wire,plasic,o「precast concrete according to CRSrs'Manual of Standard Praclce,・
Of greater compressive strength than concrete and as fo∥ows:
l For epOxy―coated reinforcement, use epoxy―coated o「 other dielectric―polyne■coated
wire bar supports
25 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A Source Limla∥ons:Obtain each type or class of cemen籠 籠ous matenal ofthe same brand from
the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures
from single source from single manufacturer
B Cemenllous Matettals:
CAST IN‐PLACE CONCRETE
033000-4
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027F
'l . Portland cement: ASTM C150/C150M, Type I Type lll, gray.
2. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class F or C.
NormaFweight Aggregates: ASTM C33/C33M, Class 35 coarse aggregate or better, graded.
Provide aggregates from a single source with documenled service record data of at least 10
years' satisfactory service in similar applications and service conditions using similar
aggregates and cementitious materials.
1. Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 1 inch (25 mm) nominal.
2. Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement.
Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C260/C260M.
Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and
that do not contribute water-soluble chloride ions exceeding those permitted in hardened
concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride.
1. Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494IC494M, Type A.
2. Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494IC494M, Type B.
3. Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type D
4. High-Range, Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type F
5. High-Range, Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C494/C494M, Type G.
6. Plasticizing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C'l017/C1017M, Type ll.
Water: ASTM C94/C94M and potable.
FIBER REINFORCEMENT
Synthetic Macro-Fiber: Polyolefin macro-fibers engineered and designed for use in concrete,
complying with ASTM C1 1 16/C1 I 16M, Type lll, 1 to 2-114 inches (25 to 57 mm) long.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be
incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:
a. ABC Polymer lndustries, LLC; FiberForce 1000 HP.
b. Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company; Tuf-Strand SF.
c. Propex Operating Company, LLC; Fibermesh 650.
d. Sika CorPoration; SikaFiber Force 650.
e. Forta Concrete Fiber; Forta-Ferro.
CURING MATERIALS
Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing
approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. (305 g/sq. m) when dry.
Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C171 , polyethylene film or white burlap-polyethylene sheet'
Water: Potable.
Clear, Waterborne, Membrane-Forming Curing Compound: ASTM C309, Type 1, Class B,
dissipating.
CAST‐IN―PLACE CONCRETE
033000-5C26
27
Oak Brook Go「Club Pa∥o Renova∥on′Prolect No 2018‐027
Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:abCdefghljkAnti-Hydro lnternational, lnc; A-H Curing Compound #2 DR WB.
ChemMasters, lnc; Safe-Cure Clear DR.
Dayton Superior; Clear Cure VOC J7WB.
Euclid Chemical Company (The); an RPM company; Kurez DR VOX.
Kaufman Products, lnc; DR Cure.
Lambert Corporation; AQUA KURE - CLEAR.
Laticrete lnternational, lnc.; L&M CURE R.
Nox-Crete Products Group; Clear Cure DH 100.
TK Products; DC WB Dissipating Cure 2519.
Vexcon Chemicals lnc.; Certi-Vex Envio Cure 100.
W.R. Meadows, lnc; 1 100-CLEAR.
28 RELATED MATERIALS
Expansion- and lsolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber or
ASTM D1752, cork or self-expanding cork.
Semirigid Joint Filler: Two-component, semirigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a Type A
shore durometer hardness of 80 according to ASTM D2240.
Bonding Agent: ASTM C1059/C1059M, Type ll, nonredispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene
butadiene.
REPAIR MATERIALS
Repair Underlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be
applied in thicknesses from 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) and that can be feathered at edges to match
adjacent floor elevations.
1. Cement Binder: ASTM C150/C150M, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic
cement as defined in ASTM C219.
2. Primer: Product of underlayment manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions,
and application.
3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1l8lo 114 inch (3.2 to 6 mm) or coarse sand as
recommended by underlayment manufacturer.
4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 4100 psi (29 MPa) at 28 days when tested
according to ASTM C109/C l09M.
Repair Overlayment: Cement-based, polymer-modified, self-leveling product that can be applied
in thicknesses from 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) and that can be filled in over a scarilied surface to match
adjacent floor elevations.
1. Cement Binder: ASTM C150/C150M, portland cement or hydraulic or blended hydraulic
cement as defined in ASTM C219.
2. Primer: Product of topping manufacturer recommended for substrate, conditions, and
application.
3. Aggregate: Well-graded, washed gravel, 1l8lo 114 inch (3.2 to 6 mm) or coarse sand as
recommended by topping manufacturer.
4. Compressive Strength: Not less than 5000 psi (34.5 MPa) at 28 days when tested
according to ASTM C109/C109M.
CAST―IN―PLACE CONCRETE
033000-6C29B
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
2.10 CONCRETE MIXTURES, GENEML
A. Prepare design mixtures for each type and strength of concrete, proportioned on the basis of
laboratory trial mixture or field test data, or both, according to ACI 301 (ACl 301M).
1. Use a qualified independent testing agency for preparing and reporting proposed mixture
designs based on laboratory trial mixtures.
B. Cementitious Materials: Limit percentage, by weight, of cementitious materials other than
portland cement in concrete as follows:
1. Fly Ash: 25 percent.
C. Limit water-soluble, chloride-ion content in hardened concrete to 0.15 percent by weight of
cement.
D. Admixtures: Use admixlures according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Use water-reducing high-range water-reducing or plasticizing admixture in concrete, as
required, for placement and workability.
2. Use water-reducing and -retarding admixture when required by high temperatures, low
humidity, or other adverse placemenl conditions.
3. Use water-reducing admixture in pumped concrete, concrete for heavy-use industrial
slabs and parking structure slabs, concrete required to be watertight, and concrete with a
w/c ratio below 0.50.
2,11 CONCRETE MIXTURES FOR BUILDING ELEMENTS
A. Footings:Normal-weightconcrete.
1 . Minimum Compressive Strength: 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) at 28 days.
2. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.45.
3. Slump Limit:
a. 4 inches (100 mm), plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm).
b. I inches (2OO mm) for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches (50 to '100 mm)
before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus
or minus '1 inch (25 mm).
4. AirContent:6percent,plusorminusl.5percentatpointofdeliveryforl-inch(25-mm)
nominal maximum aggregate size. Provide at contractor's option.
B. Foundation Walls: Normal-weight concrete.
1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4000 psi (27.6 MPa) at28days.
2. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.45.
3. SlumP Limit:
a. 4 inches ('100 mm), plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm).
b. 8 inches (2OO mm)for concrete with verified slump of 2 to 4 inches (50 to 100 mm)
before adding high-range water-reducing admixture or plasticizing admixture, plus
or minus 1 inch (25 mm).
4. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for f-inch (25-mm)
nominal maximum aggregate size.
C. Slabs-on-Grade:Normal-weightconcrete.
CASTJN―PLACE CONCRETE
033000‐7
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
1. Minimum Compressive Strength: 4000 psi (27.6MPa) at28 days.
2. Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.45.
3. Minimum Cementitious Materials Content: 470 lb/cu. yd. (279 kg/cu. m).
4. Slump Limit: 5 inches (125 mm), plus or minus 1 inch (25 mm).
5. Air Content: 6 percent, plus or minus 1.5 percent at point of delivery for f-inch (25-mm)
nominal maximum aggregate size.
6. Synthetic Macro-Fiber: Uniformly disperse in concrete mixture at manufacturer's
recommended rate, but not less than a rate of 4.0 lb/cu. yd. (2.4 kg/cu. m).
2j2 FABRICATINGREINFORCEMENT
A. Fabricate steel reinforcement according to CRSI'S "Manual of Standard Practice."
2.13 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to
ASTM C94/C94M and ASTM C1116/C1116M, and furnish batch ticket information.
1. When air temperature is between 85 and 90 deg F (30 and 32 deg C)' reduce mixing and
delivery time from 1-112 hours to 75 minutes; when air temperature is above 90 deg F (32
deg C), reduce mixing and delivery time to 60 minutes.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 FORMWORK INSTALLATION
A. Design, erect, shore, brace, and maintain formwork, according to ACI 301 (ACl 301M), to
support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied,
until structure can support such loads.
B. Construct formwok so concrete members and structures are of size, shape, alignment,
elevation, and position indicated, within tolerance limits of ACI 117 (ACl 1l7M).
C. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347 as abrupt or gradual, as follows:
'1. Class A, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) for smooth-formed finished surfaces.
2. Class C, 1/2 inch ('13 mm)for rough-formed finished surfaces.
D. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar.
E. Construct forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces.
provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage casGconcrete surfaces. Provide
top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1 5 horizontal to 1 vertical.
'1. lnstall keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal.
2. Oo not use rust-stained steel form-facing material.
F. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required
elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed
strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds.
CASTJN‐PLACE CONCRETE
033000-8
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
G. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwok
is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent
loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations.
H. Chamfer exterior corners and edges of permanently exposed concrete.
l. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads
required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items.
J. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and
other debris just before placing concrete.
K. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and
maintain proper alignment.
L. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written
instruclions, before placing reinforcement.
3.2 EMBEDDED ITEM INSTALLATION
A. Place and secure anchorage devices and other embedded items required for adjoining work
that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates,
diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
3.3 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS
A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does
not suppo( weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50
deg F (10 deg C) for 24 hours after placing concrete. Concrete has to be hard enough to not be
damaged by form-removal operations, and curing and protection operations need to be
maintained.
1. Leave formwork for beam soffits, joists, slabs, and other structural elements that support
weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70 percent of its 28-day
design comPressive strength.
2. Rembve forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without
loosening or disturbing shores.
B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the work. split, frayed, delaminated, or
otherwise damaged form-facing material are not acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new
form-release agent.
C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints.
Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete
surfaces unless approved by Architect.
3.4 STEELREINFORCEMENTINSTALLATION
A. General: Comply with CRSI'S "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and
supporting reinforcement.
CAST―lN―PLACE CONCRETE
033000‐9
Oak Brook Golf Club Pa薔 o RenovaJon/Prolect No 2018-027BCF
1. Do not cut or puncture vapor retarder. Repair damage and reseal vapor retarder before
placing concrete.
Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, and other foreign materials that
reduce bond to concrete.
Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement. Locate and
support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld
crossing reinforcing bars.
1 . Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS D1 .4/D 1.4M, where indicated.
Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
lnstall welded-wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to
minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at leasl one mesh spacing. Offset
laps of adioining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with
wire.
Epoxy-Coated Reinforcement: Repair cut and damaged epoxy coatings with epoxy repair
coating according to ASTM D3963/D3963M. Use epoxy-coated steel wire ties to fasten epoxy-
coated steel reinforcement.
JOINTS
General: Construct.ioints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.
Construction Joints: lnstall so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at
locations indicated or as approved by Architect.
1. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across
construttion joints unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through
sides of strip placements of floors and slabs.
2. Form keyed joints as indicated. Embed keys at least 1-1l2 inches (38 mm) into concrete'
3. Locate loints for beams, slabs, joists, and girders in the middle third of spans Offset
joints in ghders a minimum distance of twice the beam width from a beam-girder
intersection.4. Locate horizontal joints in walls and columns at underside of floors, slabs, beams, and
girders and at the top of footings or floor slabs.
S. Space vertical ioints in walls as indicated. Locate joints beside piers integral with walls,
near comers, and in concealed locations where possible.
6. Use a bonding agent al locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or
partially hardened concrete surfaces.
contraction Joints in slabs-on-Grade: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning
concrete into areas as indicated. construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-
fourth of concrete thickness as follows:
1. Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each
edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch (3.2 mm). Repeat grooving of contraction joints after
applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces.
z. SawLa-loints: Form contraction joints with power saws equipped with shatterproof
abrasive or diamond-rimmed blades. Cut 1/8-inch- (3.2-mm-) wide joints into concrete
35
CAST―lN―PLACE CONCRETE
033000-10
Oak Brook Go「C ub Pa∥o Renova∥on/Prolect No 2018-027
when cutting action does not tear, abrade, or otherwise damage surface and before
concrete develops random contraction cracks.
lsolation Joints in Slabs-on-Grade: After removing formwork, install joint-liller strips at slab
junctions with vertical surfaces, such as column pedestals, foundation walls, grade beams, and
other locations, as indicated.
1. Extend joint-filler strips full width and depth of joint, terminating flush with finished
concrete surface unless otherwise indicated.
2. Terminate full-width jointfiller strips not less than 1/2 inch (13 mm) or more than 1 inch
(25 mm) below flnished concrete surface where joint sealants, specified in
Section 079200 "Joint Sealants," are indicated.
3. lnstall joint-filler strips in lengths as long as practicable. Where more than one length is
required, lace or clip sections together.
Doweled Joints: lnstall dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate
or asphall coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding lo one side of joint.
CONCRETE PLACEMENT
Before placing concrete, verify that installation of formwork, reinforcement, and embedded items
is complete and that required inspections are completed.
Do not add water to concrete during delivery, at Project sile, or during placement unless
approved by Architect.
Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to
limitations of ACI 301 (ACl 301 M).
'1. Do not add water to concrete after adding high-range water-reducing admixtures to
mixture.
Deposit concrete continuously in one layer or in horizontal layers of such thickness that no new
concrete is placed on concrete that has hardened enough to cause seams or planes of
weakness. lf a section cannot be placed continuously, provide construction joints as indicated.
Deposit concrete to avoid segregation.
1. Deposit concrete in horizontal layers of depth not to exceed formwork design pressures
and in a manner to avoid inclined construction joints.
2. Consolidate placed concrete with mechanical vibrating equipment according to ACI 301
(ACr 301M).
3. Do not use vibrators to transport concrete inside forms. lnsert and withdraw vibrators
vertically at uniformly spaced locations to rapidly penetrate placed layer and at least 6
inches (150 mm) into preceding layer. Do not insert vibrators into lower layers of concrete
that have begun to lose plasticity. At each insertion, limit duration of vibration to time
necessary to consolidate concrete and complete embedment of reinforcement and other
embedded items without causing mixture constituents to segregate.
Deposit and consolidate concrete for floors and slabs in a continuous operation, within limits of
construction joints, until placement of a panel or section is complete.
1. Consolidate concrete during placement operations, so concrete is thoroughly worked
around reinforcement and other embedded items and into corners.
2. Maintain reinforcement in position on chairs during concrete placement.
CAST―lN―PLACE CONCRETE
033000‐11DE36ABCDE
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Prolect No. 2018-027
Screed slab surfaces with a straightedge and strike off to correct elevations.
Slope surfaces uniformly to drains where required.
Begin initial floating using bull floats or darbies to form a uniform and open-textured
surface plane, before excess bleedwater appears on the surface. Do not further disturb
slab surfaces before starting finishing operations.
FINISHING FORMED SURFACES
Rough-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material with tie holes
and defects repaired and patched. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specitied
limits on formed-surface irregularities.
1. Apply to concrete surfaces not exposed to public view.
Smooth-Formed Finish: As-cast concrete texture imparted by form-facing material, ananged in
an orderly and symmetrical manner with a minimum of seams. Repair and patch tie holes and
defects. Remove fins and other projections that exceed specified limits on formed-surface
inegularities.
1. Apply to concrete surfaces exposed to public view or to be covered with a coating or
covering material applied directly to concrete.
Related Unformed Surfaces: At tops of walls, horizontal offsets, and similar unformed surfaces
adjacent to formed surfaces, strike off smooth and finish with a texture matching adjacent
formed surfaces. Continue final surface treatment of formed surfaces uniformly across adjacent
unformed surfaces unless otherwise indicated.
FINISHING FLOORS AND SLABS
General: Comply with ACI 302.1R recommendations for screeding, restraightening, and
tinishing operations for concrete surfaces. Do not wet concrete surfaces.
Float Finish: Consolidate surface with power-driven floats or by hand floating if area is small or
inaccessible to power-driven floats. Restraighten, cut down high spots, and fill low spots.
Repeat float passes and restraightening until surface is left with a uniform, smooth, granular
texture.
'1. Apply float finish to surfaces indicated to receive surface coating.
MISCELLANEOUS CONCRETE ITEM INSTALLATION
Filling ln: Fill in holes and openings left in concrete slructures after work of other trades is in
place unless otherwise indicated. Mix, place, and cure concrete, as specified, to blend with in-
place construction. Provide other miscetlaneous concrete filling indicated or required to
complete the Work.
CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING
General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot
temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and ACI 305.1 (ACl 305 1M)
for hot-weather protection during curing.
37ABC
38AB
39A
310A
CAST―lN―PLACE CONCRETE
033000-12
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
B. Formed Surfaces: Cure formed concrete surfaces, including underside of beams, supported
slabs, and other similar surfaces. lf forms remain during curing period, moist cure after
loosening forms. lf removing forms before end of curing period, continue curing for remainder of
curing period.
C. Unformed Surfaces: Begin curing immediately after finishing concrete. Cure unformed surfaces,
including floors and slabs, concrete floor toppings, and other surfaces.
D. Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1, by one or a combination of the following methods:
1. Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the
following materials:
a. Water.
b. Continuous water-fog spray.
c. Absorptive cover, water saturated, and kept continuously wet. Cover concrete
surfacas and edges with 12-inch (300-mm) lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
2. Moisture-Retaining-Cover Curing: Cover concrete surfaces with moisture-retaining cover
for curing concrete, placed in widest practicable width, with sides and ends lapped at
least 12 inches (300 mm), and sealed by waterproof tape or adhesive. Cure for not less
than seven days. lmmediately repair any holes or tears during curing period, using cover
material and waterproof tape.
a. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to
receive floor coverings.
b. Moisture cure or use moisture-retaining covers to cure concrete surfaces to
receive penetrating liquid floor treatments.
c. Cure concrete surfaces to receive floor coverings with either a moisture-retaining
cover or a curing compound thal the manufacturer cerlifies does not interfere with
bonding of floor covering used on Project.
3. Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller
according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas subjected to heavy rainfall
within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating and repair
damage during curing Period.
a. Removal: After curing period has elapsed, remove curing compound without
damaging concrete surfaces by method recommended by curing compound
manufacturer unless manufacturer certifies curing compound does not interfere
with bonding of floor covering used on Project.
3.11 JOINT FILLING
A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least one month(s). Do not fill joints until
construction trafflc has permanenily ceased.
B. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact
faces ofjoints clean and dry.
c. tnstal semirigid joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints and at least 2 inches (50 mm) deep in
formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening.
CAST―lN―PLACE CONCRETE
033000-13
Oak Brook Golf Club Pa籠 o Renova∥on′Prolect No 2018‐027
312AB CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Architect. Remove
and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Architect's approval.
Patching l\,4ortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of 1 part portland cemenl to 2-112
parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve, using only enough water for handling
and placing.
Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks,
spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and
stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning.
1. lmmediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than
112 inch (13 mm) in any dimension to solid concrete. Limit cut depth to 3/4 inch (19 mm).
Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. Clean, dampen with water, and
brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar
before bonding agent has dried. Fill form{ie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs
secured in place with bonding agent.
2. Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and
standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar matches surrounding color.
Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before
proceeding with patching. Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than
sunounding surface.
3. Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and
structural performance as determined by Architect.
Repairing Unformed Surfaces: Tesl unformed surfaces, such as floors and slabs, for finish and
verify Surface tolerances Specified for each Surface. Correct low and high areas. Test surfaces
sloped to drain for trueness of slope and smoothness; use a sloped template'
1. Repair finished surfaces containing defects. Surface defects include spalls, popouts,
honeycombs, rock pockets, crazing and cracks in excess of 0 01 inch (0.25 mm) wide or
that penetrate to reinforcement or completely through unreinforced sections regardless of
width, and other objectionable conditions.
2. After concrete has cured at least 14 days, correct high areas by grinding
3. Correct localized low areas during or immediately after completing surface finishing
operations by cutting out low areas and replacing with patching mortar' Finish repaired
areas to blend into adjacent concrete.
4. Conect other low areas scheduled to receive floor coverings with a repair underlayment.
Prepare, mix, and apply repair underlayment and primer according to manufacturer's
written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform' plane, and level surface. Feather
edges to match adjacent floor elevations.
5. Coirect other low ireas scheduled to remain exposed with a repair topping Cut out low
areas to ensure a minimum repair topping dePth of 1/4 inch (6 mm) to match adjacent
floor elevations. Prepare, mix, and apply repair topping and primer according to
manufacturer's written instructions to produce a smooth, uniform, plane, and level
surface.6. Repair defective areas, except random cracks and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less in
diameter, by cutting out and replacing with fresh concrete. Remove defective areas with
clean, square cuts and expose steel reinforcement with at least a 3/4-inch (1g-mm)
clearance all around. Dampen concrele surfaces in contact with patching concrete and
apply bonding agent. Mix patching concrete of same materials and mixture as original
conirete, exCept without coarse aggregate. Place, compact, and finish to blend with
adjacent finished concrete. Cure in same manner as adjacent concrete.CDCASTJN‐PLACE CONCRETE
033000-14
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
7. Repair random cracks and single holes 1 inch (25 mm) or less in diameter with patching
mo(ar. Groove top of cracks and cut out holes to sound concrete and clean off dust, dirt,
and loose particles. Dampen cleaned concrete surfaces and apply bonding agent. Place
patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Compact patching mortar and finish to
match adjacent concrete. Keep patched area continuously moist for at least 72 hours.
E. Perform structural repairs of concrete, subject to Architect's approval, using epoxy adhesive and
patching mortar.
F. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Architect's
approval.
3..I3 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Special lnspections: Owner will engage a special inspector and qualified testing and inspecting
agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports.
B. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing and inspecting agency to perform tests and
inspections and to submit reports.
C. lnspections:
1. Steel reinforcement Placement.2. Verification of use of required design mixture.
3. Concrete placement, including conveying and depositing.
4. Curing procedures and maintenance of curing temperature.
D. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to
ASTM C1721C172M shall be performed according to the following requirements:
'1. Testing Frequency: Obtain one composite sample for each day's pour of each concrete
mixture exceeding 5 cu. yd. (4 cu. m), but less than 25 cu. yd. (19 cu. m), plus one set for
each additional 50 cu. yd. (38 cu. m) or fraction thereof.
2. Slump: ASTM C143lC143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample,
but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform
additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change.
3. Air Content: ASTM C2311C231M, pressure method, for normal-weight concrete;one test
for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each
concrete mixture.
4. Concrete Temperature: ASTM C1064/C1064M; one test hourly when air temperature is
40 deg F (4.4 deg C) and below or 80 degF (27 deg C) and above, and one test for each
composite sample.
5. Unit Weight: ASTM C567/C567M, fresh unit weight of structural lightweight concrete; one
test for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each
concrete mixture.
6. Compression Test Specimens: ASTM C3l/C31 M.
a. Cast and field cure two sets of two standard cylinder specimens for each
composite samPle.
7. Compressive-strength Tests: ASTM C39/C39M; test one set of two laboratory-cured
specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens at 28 days.
CAST‐lN―PLACE CONCRETE
033000-15
Oak Brook Golf C ub Pa∥o Renovalon′ Prolect No 2018-027
a. Test one set of two field-cured specimens at 7 days and one set of two specimens
at 28 days.b. A compressive-strength test shall be lhe average compressive strength from a set
of two specimens obtained from same composite sample and tested at age
indicated.
8. When strength of field-cured cylinders is less than 85 percent of companion laboratory-
cured cylinders, Conlractor shall evaluate operations and provide corective procedures
for protecting and curing in-place concrete.
9. Strength of each concrete mixture will be satisfactory if every average of any three
consecutive compressive-strength lests equals or exceeds specified compressive
strength and no compressive-strength test value falls below specified compressive
strength by more than 500 psi (3.4 MPa).
Test results shall be reported in writing to Architect, concrete manufacturer, and
Contractor within 48 hours of testing. Reports of compressive-strength tests shall contain
Project identification name and number, date of concrete placement, name of concrete
testing and inspecting agency, location of concrete batch in Work, design compressive
strength at 28 days, concrete mixture proportions and materials, compressive breaking
strength, and type of break for both 7- and 28-day tests.
Nondestructive Testing: lmpact hammer, sonoscope, or other nondestructive device may
be permitted by Architect but will not be used as sole basis for approval or rejection of
concrete.
Additional Tests: Testing and inspecting agency shall make additional tests of concrete
when test results indicate that slump, air entrainment, compressive strengths, or other
requirements have not been met, as directed by Architect. Testing and inspecting agency
may conduct tests to determine adequacy of concrete by cored cylinders complying with
ASTI\4 C42lC42M or by other methods as directed by Architect.
Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine
compliance of replaced or additional work with specified requirements.
Conect deficiencies in the Work that test reports and inspections indicate do not comply
with the Contract Documents.
END OF SECT:ON
CAST IN―PLACE CONCRETE
033000‐ 16
10
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Prqect No. 2018-027
SECT:ON 035350
CEMENT:T:OuS STAMPABLE OVERLAY
PART 1 . GENERAL
1 .1 SUMMARY
A. Section lncludes:
l. Cementitious stampable overlays for concrete pavement.
B. Related Sections:
l. Division 3 Section 'CasGin-Place Concrete' for concrete with cementitious stampable
overlays.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Submil according to Conditions of the Contract and Division 1 Specification Seclions.
B. Product Data: For each product indicated.
C. Samples for lnitial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts.
D. Sample Panels: 2 by 2 feet to demonstrate finish, color, and texture of cementitious stampable
overlay.
E. Qualiflcation Data: For lnstaller and manufacturer specified in Quality Assurance Article,
including names and addresses of completed projects, architects, and owners.
1.3 OUALITY ASSUMNCE
A. lnstaller Qualilications: Trained or approved by Manufacturer of cementitious stampable overlay
systems.
B. Manufacture/s Qualifications: Three year's experience manufacturing products required.
C. Source Limitations: Obtain products from same source throughout Prolect.
D. Field Samples: Locate at site and obtain approval before start of final work. Field samples shall
be minimum 4 by 4 feet
l. Demonstrate range of finishes and workmanship, including sealing procedures.
2. Approved field samples set quality standards for comparison with remaining work.
3. Remove field samples vvhen directed.
E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at site to comply with requirements of Division
1 Section "Project Meetings."
1.4 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Oeliver materials in original packaging with labels intact.
B. Store in clean, dry and protected location, according to manufacturer's requirements.
1.5 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements: Comply with cementitious stampable overlay manufacturer's
instructions.
l. Do not apply overlay cementitious topping if air temperature and concrete substrate
temperature are not between 45 to 85 deg F before and during installation.
2. ln hot weather, install cementitious stampable overlay in early moming or when surfaces
are shaded.
3. Keep bagged products out of sunlight. Use cool water; do not use water from hot watering
hoses.
4. Protect cementitious stampable overlay from rain for 24 hours.
5. ln windy weather, protect adjacent construction from over-spray during application of
sealers.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CEMENTITIOUS STAMPABLE OVERLAY MATERIALS
A. Cementitious Stampable Overlay: Polymer-modified cementitious overlay designed for texturing
stable, non-moving concrete pavements
l. Product: Butterfield Color@ T1000rM Stampable Overlay or approved equal.
B. Primer: Butterfield Color@ T1000rM Primer or approved equal.
C. Water: Potable.
2.2 INTEGMLLY-COLORED OVERLAY MATERIALS
A. lntegral concrete colorant: ASTM C 979, factory-measured powdered mix, consisting of
noniading finely ground synthetic mineral-oxide coloring pigments and water reducing wetting
agent.
l. Product: Butterfield Coloio T1000rM Color Pack.
2. Colors: As selected bY Architect
2.3 IMPRINTING TOOLS
A. Stamp Mats: Semi-rigid polyurethane mats with projected texture and ridged underside capable
of imprinting texture and joint patterns to plastic cementitious stampable overlay. lnclude texture
skins matciing stamp mat texlures for texturing areas that cannot be reached with stamping
mats,
1. Manufacturer: Butterfield Color or approved equal
2. Pattem: As selected bY Architect
B. Accessory Stamp Tools: Aluminum detailing tools capable of imprinting joints and dressing
stamped joints of plastic cementitious stampable overlay.
l. Product: Butterfield Color@ Stamp Tools or approved equal
CEMENTIT10US STAMPABLE OVERLAY
035350-1
2.4 RELEASE AGENTS
A. Liquid Release Agent: Clear, evaporating formulation thai facilitates release of stamp mats and
texture skins from cementitious stampable oveday.
l Product: Butterfield Color@ Perma-Casto Clear Liquid Release or approved equivalent
product from approved stamp manufacturer.
B. Pigmented-Powder Antiquing Release Agent: Factory-packaged, non-fading finely-ground,
streak free, colored powder that facilitates release of stamps and texlure skins from
cementitious stampable overlay and imparts a secondary accent color.
1. Product: Butterfield Color@ Perma-Cast@ Antiquing Release or approved equivalent
product from approved stamp manufacturer.
2. Colors: As selected by Architect
2.5 SEALING MATERIALS
A. Clear, Solvent-Borne, Membrane-Forming Sealing Compound: ASTM C 309, non-yellowing,
VOC-compliant, high-gloss, clear liquid.
l. Product: Butterfield Color@ Clear-Guard Cure&Seal or approved equal.
B. Flatten Paste: Manufacturer's standard product designed to reduce sealer gloss flnish to matte
finish.
1. Product: Butterfield Color@ Flatten Paste.
C. Slip-Resistive Additive: Finely graded aggregate or polymer additive designed to add to sealer
for slip-resistant surface.
2.6 M|XING
A. Mixing Cementitious Stampable Oveday: Mix materials in accurate proportions and according to
manufacturer's instructions.
l. Bulk Mixing: For machine mixing of cementitious stampable overlay, use a paddle mortar
mixer.
B. Add Butterfield Color@ T1000rM Color Pack to water and then mix with cementitious stampable
overlay according to manufacturer's instructions.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrate for compliance with requirements.
B. Do not proceed with cementitious stampable overlay installation until unacceptable conditions
are corrected.
3.2 SUBSTMTEPREPAMTION
A. Map out locations of existing control joints before installation of cementitious stampable overlay.
CEMENTIT10US STAMPABLE OVERLAY
035350-1
B. Thoroughly clean substrate using high-pressure water or trisodium phosphate (TSP) and water
with a scrub brush, then rinse thoroughly. Remove potential bond breakers, such as grease, oil,
silicone, paint, sealant, curing and sealing compounds, drywall taping compound, etc.
C. For painted, sealed, or overly slick hard{roweled concrete substrates, mechanically abrade
surfaces by sanding, scarifying, or shot blasting to allow for proper bonding.
D. Remove weak, delaminated, or unsound concrete substrates.
E. Patching: Fill chips, pits, and cracks prior to application of cementitious stampable overlay with
a slurry of Butterfield Color@ T1000TM Stampable Overlay and water in lifts up to 1/2 inch. Fill
depths not exceeding one inch with a slurry of Butterfield Color@ T1000rM Fine Overlay, water,
and clean, dry pea gravel or small aggregale.
F. Allow surfaces to dry thoroughly prior to application of primer.
3.3 PRIMING SUBSTMTES
A. Apply an even coat of concrete primer from two directions, free of holidays, to prepared
substrates using a paint roller or sprayer. Protect adjacent surfaces from overspray or splash.
B. Allow concrete primer to dry tack free prior to application of cementitious stampable overlay. lf
primed substrates become wet, reapply primer.
C. Prevent contamination of primed surfaces by dirt or other deleterious materials or conditions.
D. Apply cementitious stampable overlay within 24 hours of concrete primer application.
3,4 TROWEL.APPLIEDCEMENTITIOUS STAMPABLEOVERLAYAPPLICATION
A. Trowel Application: Distribute cementitious stampable overlay by trowel or gauge rake to a
uniform thickness ol 114 to 'l12 inch[, as required to match depth of siamp mat grout linesl.
Trowel to a smooth surface. For large areas, use a fresno. Do not over trowel.
B. Maintain a wet edge when installing cementitious stampable overlay to avoid cold joints.
C. Do not overwork material with trowel or fresno. Do not add water to surface once application
has begun. Do not retemper cementitious stampable overlay.
O. Clean tools frequently to avoid build up of overlay materials.
E. When installation requires multiple pours over a common concrete substrate area, protecl
adjacent prepared concrete substrales from release agents.
3.5 BROOM FINISH
A. Apply fine broom finish to cementitious stampable overlay immediately following initial troweling
of material. Clean broom by hand after each pass.
3.6 STAMPING
A. Stamp overlay surfaces according to manufacturer's instructions. Plan stamp layout prior to
application of stamps.
CEMENTIT10US STAMPABLE OVERLAY
035350-1
CLiquid Release Agent Application: Apply a liberal coat of liquid release agenl to cementitious
stampable oveday when set sufficiently to achieve a clean impression.
Stamping:
1. Stamp perimeter of pour using texture skins.
2. Accurately align stamp mats in sequence and tamp into cementitious stampable overlay to
produce imprint pattern, texture, and depth of imprint, according lo manufacturefs
instructions. Remove stamps from cementitious stampable overlay immediately.
3. Stamp edges and surfaces unable to be imprinted with stamp mat with texture skins.
4. Use stamp tools to imprint grout lines at edges and surfaces unable to be imprinted with
stamp mats.
37 」OINTS
A Recut exisung cOntrol joints before cracking occurs,generally wⅥthin 12 to 24 hours after
placement at 70 deg F
3.8 ANTIQUING
A. Allow cementitious stampable overlay to set for minimum of 24 hours prior to application of
antiquing release agent.
B. Apply thin coat of sealer over cementitious stampable overlay using a pump sprayer. Allow to
dry prior to application of antiquing release agenl.
C. Mix antiquing release powder with Butterfield Color@ Clear Perma-Cas@ Liquid Release
according to manufacturer's instructions and shake well in a metal pump sprayer. Maintain
constant pressure in sprayer and apply liberally over cementitious stampable overlay to create
antiquing look. Apply evenly, avoiding puddles in textured areas and grout lines. Continuously
shake sprayer to avoid settling.
D. Do not walk on sprayed areas nor apply final coat of sealer until antiquing release agent is
thoroughly dry.
CEMENTIT10US STAMPABLE OVERLAY
035350-1B39 STAINING
A Apply stain as specined in[Division 3 Seclon・ Chemica∥y Stained Concrete"〕IDivision 9
Section“Concrete Floor Stain"]
3 10 SEALING
A Sealer App∥catton: Apply uniforlnty in conOnuous opera∥on by sprayer or short nap roller
according to manufacturers instructions After initial application is dry and tack free, apply a
second coat
l Do not over apply or applyin a single heavy coat
Sealer Application: Apply Flnal coat of sealer uniforllnly in continuous operation by sprayer
according to manufacturers instructions
2 Thoroughly mix flatten paste in sealer according to manufacturer's instructions Stir
occasiona∥y to maintain uniforn distribution of paste
3 Thoroughly mix s∥p―resistant additive in sealer according to manufacturer's instructions Stir
occasiona∥y to maintain unifo「m dist"bution of additive
4. Verify adequacy of slip resistance before opening up surfaces to traffic.
3.11 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION
A. Repair damaged cementitious stampable overlay according to manufacturefs instructions.
B. Clean spillage and soiling from adjacent construction according to manufacturer's instructions.
C. Protect cementitious stampable overlay from damage or deterioration until date of Substantial
Completion.
END OF SECT10N
CEMENTIT10US STAMPABLE OVERLAY
035350-1
Oak Brook Gor Club Patio Renova∥on/Prolect No 2018-027
SECT10N 042000
UN:T MASONRY
PART l―GENERAL
ll RELATED DOCUMENTS
A Drawings and general provisions ofthe Contract,including Ceneral and Supplementary Condi∥ons and
Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Section
12 SUMMARY
A Sectton lncludes:
l Concrete masonry unls
2 Mortar and grout
3 Steel reinforclng bars
4 Masonryjoint reinforcement
5 Ties and anchors
6 Misce∥aneous masonry accessories
B Related Sections:
l Division 03 SecOon"Castin―Place Concrete"
2 Division 04 Section“Anchored Stone Veneer System"for stone veneerto be installed over CMU
wa∥s13 DEFINIT10NS
A CMU(S〉Concrete masonry unitls)
B Reinforced Masonry: Masonry containing reinforcing steelin grouted cells
14 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A provide unit masonry that develops indicated net―area compressive strengths at 28 days
l Determine net―area compressive strength of masonry by testing masonry prisms according to
ASTM C 1314
15 SUBMITTALS
A P「oduct Data: For each type of productindicated
B Shop Drawings: Forthe fo∥owing:
l Reinforcing Steel: Deta∥bending and placement of unl masonry reinforcing bars Comply with
AC1 315,"Deta∥s and Deta∥ing of Concrete Reinforcement・ Show elevalons of reinforced wa∥s2 Stone Trim Units:Show sizes,pronles,and locations of each stone trim unit required
C Samples for VenicatiOn: For each type and color ofthe following:
l VVeep holes and vents
2 Accesso「les embedded in masonry
D List of Materials Used in Constructing Mockups: List generic product names together with
manufacturers,manuFacturers'product names,modei numbers,lot numbers,batch numbers,source of
supply,and otherinfomauon as required to idenOfy mate“als used lnclude mix proponions fOr mOnar
and grout and source of aggregates
l Submittal is for information only Neither receipt of ∥st nor approval of mockup constitutes
approval of deviations from the Contract Documents unless such deviations are specinca∥ybrought to the atention of Architect and approved in writing
E Material Certificates: For each type and size ofthe fo∥ow ng:
UNIT MASONRY
042000‐1
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
1. Masonry units.
a. lnclude data on material properties.
b. For brick, include size-variation data verifying that actual range of sizes falls within
specified tolerances.c. For exposed brick, include test report for efflorescence according to ASTM C 67.
2. Cementitious materials. lnclude brand, type, and name of manufacturer.
3. Preblended, dry mortar mixes. lnclude description of type and proportions of ingredients.
4. Grout mixes. lnclude description of type and proportions of ingredients.
5. Reinforcing bars.
6. Jointreinforcement.7. Anchors, ties, and metal accessories.
F. Cold-Weather and Hot-Weather Procedures: Detailed description of methods, materials, and equipment
to be used to comply with requirements.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Limitations for Masonry Units: Obtain exposed masonry units of a uniform texture and color, or
a uniform blend within the ranges accepted for these characteristics, from single source from single
manufacturer for each product required.
B. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color
for exposed masonry, from single manufacturer for each cementitious component and from single
source or producer for each aggregate.
C. Masonry Standard: Comply with ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 unless modified by requirements in the
Contract Documents.
D. Mockups: Build mockups to verify selections made under sample submittals and to demonstrate
aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.
'1. Build mockups for typical exterior wall in sizes approximately 48 inches long by 42 inches high by
full thickness, including face and backup wythes, accessories, and coping.
a. lnclude a sealant-filled joint at least 16 inches long in exterior wall mockup.
b. lnclude veneer anchors, and scupper openings in exterior masonry-veneer wall mockup.
2. Clean exposed faces of mockups with masonry cleaner as indicated.
3. Protect accepted mockups from the elements with weather'resistant membrane.
4. Approval of mockups is for color, texture, and blending of masonry units; relationship of mortar
and sealant colors to masonry unit colors; tooling of joints; and aesthetic qualities of
workmanship.
a. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contraci
Documents contained in mockups unless such deviations are specifically approved by
Architect in writing.
E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site to comply with requirements in
Division 01 Section "Project Management and Coordination."
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store masonry units on elevated platforms in a dry location. lf units are not stored in an enclosed
location, cover tops and sides of stacks with waterproof sheeting, securely tied. lf units become wet, do
not install until they are dry.
B. Deliver preblended, dry mortar mix in moisture-resistant containers designed for use with dispensing
silos. Store preblended, dry mortar mix in delivery containers on elevated platforms, under cover, and in
a dry location or in covered weatherproof dispensing silos.
C. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent conosion and accumulation of dirt and oil.
UNIT MASONRY
042000 - 2
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Pro.iect No. 2018-027
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Protection of Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with waterproof
sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed masonry when construction is not in
progress.
1 . Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides of walls and hold cover securely in place.
2. Where one wythe of multiwythe masonry walls is completed in advance of other wythes, secure
cover a minimum of 24 inches down face next to unconstructed wythe and hold cover in place.
B. Do not apply uniform floor or roof loads for at least '12 hours and concentrated loads for at least three
days afler building masonry walls or columns.
C. Stain Prevention: Prevent grout, mortar, and soil from staining the face of masonry to be left exposed or
painted. lmmediately remove grout, mortar, and soil that come in contact with such masonry'
1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and from mortar splafter by spreading coverings on
ground and over wall surface.
2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings.
3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral
finishes, from mortar droPPings.
4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at the end of each day to prevent rain from splashing
mortar and dirt onto completed masonry.
D. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost.
Do not build on frozen substrales. Remove and replace unit masonry damaged by frost or by freezing
conditions. Comply with cold-weather construclion requirements contained in
ACr 530.1/ASCE 6ffMS 602.
'1. Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F and
higher and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than seven days after completing
cleaning.
E. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with holweather construction requirements contained in
ACI 530.'1IASCE 6/TMS 602.
PART 2 . PRODUCTS
2.1 MASONRY UNITS, GENEML
A. Defective Units: Referenced masonry unit standards may allow a certain percentage of units to contain
chips, cracks, or other defects exceeding limits stated in the standard. Do not use units where such
defects will be exposed in the completed Work.
B. Fire-Resistance Ratings: Where indicated, provide units that comply with requirements for fire-
resistance ratings indicated as determined by testing according to ASTM E'1 19, by equivalent masonry
thickness, or by other means, as acceptable to authoriiies having jurisdiction.
2.2 CONCRETE MASONRY UNITS
A. Shapes: provide shapes indicated and as follows, with exposed surfaces matching exposed faces of
adjacent units unless otherwise indicated.
1. provide special shapes for lintels, corners, jambs, sashes, movement joints, headers, bonding,
and other sPecial conditions.
2. Provide bullnose units for exposed outside corners unless otherwise indicated.
B. CMUs: ASTM C 90.
1. Unit Compressive Strength: Provide units with minimum average net-area compressive strength
of 2800 psi.
2. Density Classification: Normal weight unless otherwise indicated.
3. Size (Width): Manufactured to dimensions 3/8 inch less than nominal dimensions.
UNIT MASONRY
042000-3
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
2.3 MORTAR AND GROUT MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or ll, except Type lll may be used for cold-weather construction.
Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated.
B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
C. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement and hydrated lime containing no other
ingredients.
D. Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Lafarge North America lnc.; Lafarge Mortar Cement or Magnolia Superbond Mortar
Cement.
E. Aggregate for Mortar: ASTM C 144.
1. For mortar that is exposed to view use washed aggregate consisting of natural sand or crushed
stone.
2. Fot joints less than 1/4 inch thick, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing the No. 16
sieve.
3. White-Mortar Aggregates: Natural white sand or crushed white stone.4. Colored-Mortar Aggregates: Natural sand or crushed stone of color necessary to produce
required mortar color.
F. Aggregate for Grout: ASTM C 404.
G. Epoxy Pointing Mortar: ASTNiI C 395, epoxy-resin-based material formulated for use as pointing mortar
for structural-clay tile facing units (and approved for such use by manufacturer of units); in color
indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, as selected by Architect from manufacturer's colors.
H. Cold-Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, noncorrosive, accelerating admixture complying with
ASTM C494IC494M, Type C, and recommended by manufaclurer for use in masonry mortar of
composition indicated.
'I . Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Accelguard 80.
b. Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co. - Conn.; Morset.
c. SonnebornProducts,BASFAktiengesellschaft;Trimix-NCA.
l. Water: Potable.
2.4 REINFORCEMENT
A. Uncoated Steel Reinforcing Bars: ASTMA615/A615M or ASTM A 996/4996M, Grade 60
(Grade 420).
B. Masonry Joint Reinforcement, General: ASTMA95l/A951M.
1. lnterior Walls: Hot-dip galvanized, carbon steel.
2. Exterior Walls: Hot-dip galvanized, carbon steel.
3. Wire Size for Side Rods: 0.187-inch diameter.
4. Wire Size for Cross Rods: 0.187-inch diameter.
5. Wire Size for Veneer Ties: 0.'187-inch diameter.
6. Spacing of Cross Rods, Tabs, and Cross Ties: Not more than 16 inches o.c.
7. Provide in lengths of not less than 10 feet, with prefabricated corner and tee units.
C. Masonry Joint Reinforcement for Single-Wythe Masonry: Either ladder or truss type with single pair of
side rods.
D. Masonry Joint Reinforcement for lvlultiwythe Masonry:
1. Ladder type with 'l side rod at each face shell of hollow masonry units more than 4 inches wide,
plus 1 side rod at each wythe of masonry 4 inches wide or less.
UNIT MASONRY
042000 - 4
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
2. Tab type, either ladder or truss design, with 1 side rod at each face shell of backing wythe and
with rectangular tabs sized to extend at least halfi,vay through facing wythe but with at least 5/8-
inch cover on outside face.
3. Adjustable (two-piece) type, either ladder or truss design, with one side rod at each face shell of
backing wythe and with separate adjustable ties with pintle-and-eye connections having a
maximum adjustment of 1-114 inches. Size ties to extend at least halfway through facing wythe
but with at least s/8-inch cover on outside face. Ties have hooks or clips to engage a continuous
horizontal wire in the facing wythe.
2.5 TIES AND ANCHORS
A. Materials: Provide ties and anchors specified in this article that are made from materials that comply
with the following unless otherwise indicated.
1. Hot-Dip Galvanized, Carbon-Steel Wire: ASTM A 82lA 82N4; with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class B-
2 coating.
B. Wire Ties, General: Unless otherwise indicated, size wire ties to extend at least halfway through veneer
but with at least 5/8-inch cover on outside face. Outer ends of wires are bent 90 degrees and extend 2
inches parallel to face of veneer.
C. lndividual Wire Ties: Rectangular units with closed ends and not less than 4 inches wide.
1. Z-shaped ties with ends bent 90 degrees to provide hooks not less than 2 inches long may be
used for masonry constructed from solid units.
2. Where wythes do not align use adjustable ties with pintle-and-eye connections having a
maximum adjustment of 1-1l4 inches.
3. Wire: Fabricate from 3/16-inch- diameter, hot{ip galvanized steel.
D. Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Structural Steel Framing: Provide anchors that allow vertical or
hoiizontal adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall.
1 . Anchor Section for Welding to Steel Frame: Crimped 1/4-inch- diameter, hot-dip galvanized steel
wire.
Z. Tie Section: Triangular-shaped wire tie, sized to extend within 1 inch of masonry face, made from
0.25-inch- diameter, hot-dip galvanized steel wire.
E. Adjustable Anchors for Connecting to Concrete: Provide anchors that allow vertical or horizontal
adjustment but resist tension and compression forces perpendicular to plane of wall.
1. Connector Section: Dovetail tabs for inserting into dovetail slots in concrete and attached to tie
section; formed from 01.0+inch- thick, steel sheet, galvanized after fabrication.
2. fiesection: Triangular-shaped wire tie, sized to extend within l inch of masonry face, made from
0.187-inch- hotdip galvanized steel wire.
F. Rigid Anchors: Fabricate from steel barc 1-112 inches wide by 1/4 inch thick by 24 inches long, with
ends turned up 2 inches or with cross pins unless otherwise indicated.
1 . Corrosion Protection: Hofdip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M.
G. AdjustableMasonry-VeneerAnchors:
1. General: Provide anchors that allow vertical adjustment but resist tension and compression
forces perpendicular to plane of wall, for attachment over sheathing to wood or metal studs, and
as follows:
a. Structural Performance Characteristics: Capable of withstanding a 100lbf load in both
tension and compression without deforming or developing play in excess of 0.05 inch.
Masonry-Veneer Anchors: Units consisting of a wire tie and a metal anchor
face brick veneer attached back to metal studs. See 10/453 for example
Screw-Attached,
section. Use at
location.
a. Products:Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
UNIT MASONRY
042000-5
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
'l) Dayton Superior Corporation, Our-O-Wal Division; D/A 210 with D/A 700-708.2) Heckmann Building Products lnc.; 315-D with 3'16.3) Hohmann & Barnard, lnc.; DW-'l0HS.4) Wire-Bond; 1004, Type lll.
b. Anchor Section: Sheet metal plate, 1-114 inches wide by 6 inches long, with screw holes
top and bottom and with raised rib-stiffened strap, 5/8 inch wide by 3-5/8 inches long,
stamped into center to provide a slot between strap and plate for inserting wire tie.
2.6 MISCELLANEOUS ANCHORS
A. Unit Type lnserts in Concrete: Cast-iron or malleable-iron wedge{ype inserts.
B. Dovetail Slots in Concrete: Furnish dovetail slots with filler strips, of slot size indicated, fabricated from
0.034-inch, galvanized steel sheet.
C. Anchor Bolts: Headed or L-shaped steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568M,
Property Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat washers; hot
dip galvanized to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M, Class C; of dimensions indicated.
2,7 ENIBEDDED FLASHING MATERIALS
A. Metal Flashing: Provide metal flashing complying with SMACNA's 'Architectural Sheet Metal Manual"
and as follows:
'1. Stainless Steel: ASTM A 240lA 240M, Type 304, 0.016 inch thick.
2. Copper: ASTM B 370, Temper H00, cold-rolled copper sheei, '16-oz./sq. ft. weightor0.0216 inch
thick or SSTM 8370,. Temper H01, high-yield copper sheet, 12-oz.lsq. ft. weight or 0.0162 inch
thick.3. Fabricate continuous flashings in sections 96 inches long minimum, but not exceeding 12 feet.
Provide splice plates at joints of formed, smooth metal flashing.
B. Flexible Flashing: Use one of the following unless otherwise indicated:
1. Rubberized-Asphalt Flashing: Composite flashing product consisting of a pliable, adhesive
rubberized-asphalt compound, bonded to a high-density, cross-laminated polyethylene film to
produce an overall thickness of not less than 0.040 inch.
a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
1) Grace Construction Products, W. R. Grace & Co. - Conn.; Perm-A-Barrier Wall
Flashing.2\ W. R. Meadows, lnc.; Air-Shield Thru-Wall Flashing.
b. Accessories: Provide preformed corners, end dams, other special shapes, and seaming
materials produced by flashing manufacturer.
C. Solder and Sealants for Sheet Metal Flashings:
1. Solder for Stainless Steel: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn60, with acid flux of type recommended by
stainless-steel sheet manufacturer.
2. Solder for Copper: ASTM B 32, Grade Sn50, 50 percent tin and 50 percent lead.
D. Adhesives, Primers, and Seam Tapes for Flashings: Flashing manufacturer's standard products or
products recommended by flashing manufacturer for bonding flashing sheets to each other and lo
substrates.
2.8 MISCELLANEOUSMASONRYACCESSORIES
A. Compressible Filler: Premolded filler strips complying with ASTM D 1056, Grade 2A1; compressible up
to 35 percent; of width and thickness indicated; formulated from neoprene, urethane or PVC.
B. Preformed Control-Joint Gaskets: Made from styrene-butadiene-rubber compound, complying with
ASTMD2000, Designation M2AA-805 or PVC, complying with ASTM D2287, Type PVC-65406 and
UNIT MASONRY
042000-6
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
designed to fit standard sash block and to maintain lateral stability in masonry wall; size and
configuration as indicated.
C. Bond-Breaker Strips: Asphalt-saturated, organic roofing felt complying with ASTM D226, Typel
(No. 15 asphalt felt).
D. Weep^y'enl Products: Use the following unless otherwise indicated:
1. Wicking Material: At all weeps, in addition to cellular plastic weep/vent, absorbent rope, made
from cotton or Uv-resistant synthetic fiber, 114 lo 318 inch in diameter, in length required to
produce 2-inch exposure on exterior and l8 inches in cavity.
2. Cellular Plastic Weep^/ent: One-piece, flexible extrusion made from Uv-resistant polypropylene
copolymer, full height and width of head joint and depth 1/8 inch less than depth of outer wythe, in
color selected from manufactureis standard.
a. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
1) Advanced Building Products lnc.; Mortar Maze weep vent.
2) Blok-Lok Limited; Cell-Vent.
3) Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur-O-Wal Division; Cell Vents.
4) Heckmann Building Products lnc.; No.85 Cell Vent.
5) Hohmann & Barnard, lnc.; Quadro-Vent.6) Wire-Bond; Cell Vent.
E. Cavity Drainage Material: Free-draining mesh, made from polymer strands that will not degrade within
the wall cavity.
1 . Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Advanced Building Products lnc.; Mortar Break.
b. Archovations, lnc.; Cavclear Masonry Mat.
c. Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur-O-Wal Oivision; Polytite Mortarstop.
d. Mortar Net USA, Ltd.; Mortar Net.
2. Provide one of the following configurations:
a. Strips, full-depth of cavity and 10 inches high, with dovetail shaped notches 7 inches deep
that prevent clogging with mortar droppings.
F. Reinforcing Bar Positioners: Wire units designed to fit into mortar bed joints spanning masonry unit
cells and hold reinforcing bars in center of cells. Units are formed from 0.148-inch steel wire, hot-dip
galvanized after fabrication. Provide units designed for number of bars indicated.
1 . Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. Dayton Superior Corporation, Dur-O-Wal Division; D/A 810, OIA 812 ot OIA 8'17 .
b. Heckmann Building Products lnc.; No. 376 Rebar Positioner.
c. Hohmann & Bamard, lnc.; #RB or #RB-Twin Rebar Positioner.
d. Wire-Bond; O-Ring or Double O-Ring Rebar Positioner.
2.9 MORTAR AND GROUT MIXES
A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders,
water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Do not use calcium chloride in mortar or grout.
2. Use portland cement-lime or mortar cement mortar unless otherwise indicated.
3. For exterior masonry, use portland cement-lime or mortar cement mortar.
4. For reinforced masonry, use portland cement-lime or mortar cement mortar'
5. Add cold-weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar that will be exposed to view,
regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent
B. preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in form of a preblended mix. Measure
quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering
to Project site.
UNIT MASONRY
042000 - 7
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
C. Mortar for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Property Specification. Provide the following types
of mortar for applications stated unless another type is indicated.
1. For reinforced masonry, use Type S.
2. For mortar parge coats, use Type S.3. For exterior, above-grade, load-bearing and non-load-bearing walls and parapet walls; for interior
load-bearing walls; for interior non-load-bearing partitions; and for other applications where
another type is not indicated, use Type N.
4. For interior nonload-bearing partitions, Type O may be used instead of Type N.
D. Grout for Unit Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 476.
1. Use grout of type indicated or, if not otherwise indicated, of type (fine or coarse) that will comply
withTable1.15.1 inACl 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for dimensions of grout spaces and pour height.2. Proportion grout in accordance with ASTM C 476, Table 1 or parcg.aph 4.2.2 for specified 28-day
compressive strength indicated, but not less than 2000 psi (14 MPa).3. Provide grout with a slump of 8 to 1 1 inches as measured according to ASTM C 143/C 143M.
E. Epoxy Pointing Mortar: Mix epoxy pointing mortar to comply with mortar manufacturer's written
instructions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine conditions, with lnstaller present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances
and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
1. For the record, prepare wriften report, endorsed by lnstaller, listing conditions detrimental to
performance of work.2. Verify that foundations are within tolerances specified.
3. Verify that reinforcing dowels are properly placed.
B. Before installation, examine rough-in and built-in construction for piping systems to verify actual
locations of piping connections.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3,2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Thickness: Build cavity and composite walls and other masonry construction to full thickness shown.
Build single-wythe walls to actual widths of masonry units, using units of widths indicated.
B. Build chases and recesses to accommodate items specified in this and other Sections.
C. Leave openings for equipment to be installed before completing masonry. After installing equipment,
complete masonry to match the construction immediately adjacent to opening.
D. Use full-size units without cutting if possible. lf cutting is required to provide a continuous pattern or to
fit adjoining construction, cut units with motor-driven saws; provide clean, sharp, unchipped edges.
Allow units to dry before laying unless wetting of units is specified. lnstall cut units with cut surfaces
and, where possible, cut edges concealed.
E. Select and arrange units for exposed unit masonry to produce a uniform blend of colors and textures.
1. Mix units from several pallets or cubes as they are placed.
F. Wetting of Brick: Wet brick before laying if initial rate of absorption exceeds 30 9/30 sq. in. per minute
when tested per ASTM C 67. Allow units to absorb water so they are damp but not wet at time of laying.
3.3 TOLERANCES
A. Dimensions and Locations of Elements:
UNIT MASONRY
042000-8
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
1. For dimensions in cross section or elevation do not vary by more than plus 1/2 inch or minus 1/4
inch.
2. For location of elements in plan do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus 1/2
inch.
3. For location of elements in elevation do not vary from that indicated by more than plus or minus
1/4 inch in a story height or 1/2 inch total.
B. Lines and Levels:
1. For bed joints and top surfaces of bearing walls do not vary from level by more than 1/4 inch in 10
feel, ot 112 inch maximum.
2. For conspicuous horizontal lines, such as lintels, sills, parapets, and reveals, do not vary from
level by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.
3. For vertical lines and surfaces do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in
20 feet, or 1/2 inch maximum.
4. For conspicuous vertical lines, such as external corners, doorjambs, reveals, and expansion and
control joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/8 inch in 10 feet, 1/4 inch in 20 feel, ot 112
inch maximum.5. For lines and surfaces do not vary from straight by more than 1/4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20
feel, ot 112 inch maximum.
6. For vertical alignment of exposed head joints, do not vary from plumb by more than 1/4 inch in '10
feel, ot 112 inch maximum.
C. Joints:
1. For bed joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8 inch, with a
maximum thickness limited to 1/2 inch.
2. For exposed bed joints, do not vary from bed-joint thickness of adjacent courses by more than 1/8
inch.
3. For head and collar joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus 3/8 inch or
minus 'l14 inch.
4. Fot exposed head joints, do not vary from thickness indicated by more than plus or minus 1/8
inch. Do not vary from adjacent bed-joint and head-joint thicknesses by more than '118 inch.
5. For exposed bed joints and head joints of stacked bond, do not vary from a straight line by more
than 1/16 inch from one masonry unit to the nexl.
3.4 LAYING MASONRY WALLS
A. Lay out walls in advance for accurate spacing of surface bond patterns with uniform joint thicknesses
and for accurate location of openings, movement-type joints, returns, and offsets. Avoid using less-
than-half-size units, particularly at comers, jambs, and, where possible, at other locations.
B. Bond Pattern for Exposed Masonry: Unless otherwise indicated, lay exposed masonry in running bond;
do not use units with less than nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs.
C. Lay concealed masonry with all units in a wythe in running bond or bonded by lapping not less than 2
inches. Bond and interlock each course of each wythe at corners. Do not use units with less than
nominal 4-inch horizontal face dimensions at corners or jambs.
D. Stopping and Resuming Work: Stop work by racking back units in each course from those in course
below: do not tooth. When resuming work, clean masonry surfaces that are to receive mortar, remove
loose masonry units and mortar, and wet brick if required before laying fresh masonry.
E. Built-in Work: As construclion progresses, build in items specified in this and other Sections. Fill in
solidly with masonry around buillin items.
F. Fill space between steel frames and masonry solidly with mortar unless otherwise indicated.
G. Where built-in items are to be embedded in cores of hollow masonry units, place a layer of metal lath,
wire mesh, or plastic mesh in the joint below and rod mortar or grout into core.
H. Fill cores in hollow CMUs with grout 24 inches under bearing plates, beams, lintels, posts, and similar
items unless otherwise indicated.
UNIT MASONRY
042000-9
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Pro.iect No. 2018-027
l. Build non-load-bearing interior partitions full height of story to underside of solid floor or roof structure
above unless otherwise indicated.
1. lnstall compressible filler in joint between top of partition and underside of structure above.
2. Fasten partition top anchors to structure above and build into top of partition. Grout cells of
CMUS solidly around plastic tubes of anchors and push tubes down into grout to provide 1/2-inch
clearance bet\iveen end of anchor rod and end of tube. Space anchors 48 inches o.c. unless
otherwise indicated.
3. Wedge non-load-bearing partitions against structure above with small pieces of tile, slate, or
metal. Fill joint with mortar after dead-load deflection of structure above approaches final
position.
4. At fire-rated partitions, treat joint between top of partition and underside of structure above to
comply with Division 07 Section "Fire-Resistive Joint Systems."
3.5 MORTAR BEOOING AND JOINTING
A. Lay hollow brick and CMUS as follows:
1. With face shells fully bedded in mortar and with head joints of depth equal to bed joints.
2. With webs fully bedded in mortar in all courses of piers, columns, and pilasters.
3. With webs fully bedded in mortar in grouted masonry, including starting course on footings.
4. With entire units, including areas under cells, fully bedded in mortar at starting course on footings
where cells are not grouted.
B. Lay solid masonry units with completely filled bed and head joints; butter ends with sufficient mortar to
fill head joints and shove into place. Do not deeply furrow bed joints or slush head joints.
C. Tool exposed joints slightly concave when thumbprint hard, using a jointer larger than joint thickness
unless otherwise indicated.
D. Cut joints flush for masonry walls to receive plaster or other direct-applied finishes (other than paint)
unless otherwise indicated.
3.6 COMPOSITE MASONRY
A. Bond wythes of composite masonry together using one of the following methods:
1 . Masonry Joint Reinforcement: lnstalled in horizontal mortar joints.
a. Where bed joints of both wythes align, use ladder{ype reinforcement extending across
both wythes.
b. Where bed joints of wythes do not align, use adjustable (two-piece) type reinforcement with
continuous horizontal wire in facing wythe aftached to ties.
B. Collar Joints: Solidly lill collar joints by parging face of first wythe that is laid and shoving units of other
wythe into place.
C. Corners: Provide interlocking masonry unit bond in each wythe and course at corners unless otherwise
indicated.
1. Provide continuity with masonry joint reinforcement at corners by using prefabricated L-shaped
units as well as masonry bonding.
D. lntersecting and Abutting Walls: Unless vertical expansion or controljoints are shown at juncture, bond
walls together as follows:
I . provide continuity with masonry joint reinforcement by using prefabricated T-shaped units.
2.
3.7 I\iIASONRYJOINTREINFORCEMENT
A. General: lnstall entire length of longitudinal side rods in mortar with a minimum cover of 5/8 inch on
exterior side of walls, 1/2 inch elsewhere. Lap reinforcement a minimum of 6 inches.
1 . Space reinforcement not more than 16 inches o.c.
UNIT MASONRY
042000 - 10
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
2. Space reinforcement not more than 8 inches o.c. in foundation walls and parapet walls.3. Provide reinforcement not more than 8 inches above and below wall openings and extending 12
inches beyond openings in addition to continuous reinforcement.
B. lntenupt joint reinforcement al control and expansion joints unless otherwise indicated.
C. Provide continuity at wall intersections by using prefabricated T-shaped units.
D. Provide continuity at corners by using prefabricated L-shaped units.
E. Cut and bend reinforcing units as directed by manufacturer for continuity at comers, returns, offsets,
column fireproofing, pipe enclosures, and other special conditions.
3.8 ANCHORING MASONRY TO STRUCTURAL STEEL AND CONCRETE
A. Anchor masonry to structural steel and concrete where masonry abuls or faces structural steel or
concrete to comply with the following:
1. Provide an open space not less than 1 inch wide between masonry and structural steel or
concrete unless otherwise indicated. Keep open space free of mortar and other rigid materials.
2. Anchor masonry with anchors embedded in masonry joints and attached to structure.
3. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 24 inches o.c. vertically and 36 inches o.c.
horizontally.
3.9 ANCHORING MASONRY VENEERS
A. Anchor masonry veneers to masonry backup with masonry-veneer anchors lo comply with the following
requirements:
1 . Fasten anchors to concrete and masonry backup with metal fasteners of type indicated. Use two
fasteners unless anchor design only uses one fastener.
2. Embed tie sections in masonry joints. Provide not less than 2 inches of air space between back
of masonry veneer and face of sheathing.
3. Locate anchor sections to allow maximum vertical differential movement of ties up and down.
4. Space anchors as indicated, but not more than 16 inches o.c. vertically and 24 inches o.c.
horizontally with not less than 1 anchor for each 3.5 sq. ft. of wall area. lnstall additional anchors
within 12 inches of openings and at intervals, not exceeding 36 inches, around perimeter.
3.10 CONTROL AND EXPANSION JOINTS
A. General: lnstall control and expansion joint materials in unit masonry as masonry progresses. Do not
allow materials to span control and expansion joints without provision to allow for in-plane wall or
partition movement.
B. Form control.ioints in concrete masonry using one of the following methods:
1. Fit bond-breaker strips into hollow contour in ends of CMUS on one side of control joint. Fill
resultant core with grout and rake out joints in exposed faces for application of sealant.
2. lnstall preformed control-joint gaskets designed to fit standard sash block.
3. lnstall interlocking units designed for control joints. lnstall bond-breaker strips at joint. Keep
head joints free and clear of mortar or rake out joint for application of sealant.
4. lnstall temporary foam-plastic filler in head joints and remove filler when unit masonry is complete
for application of sealant.
C. Form expansion joints in brick as follows:
I . Build flanges of metal expansion strips into masonry. Lap each joint 4 inches in direction of water
flow. Seal joints below grade and at junctures with horizontal expansion joints if any.
2. Build flanges of factory-fabricated, expansion-.ioint units into masonry.
3. Build in compressible joint fillers where indicated,
4. Form open joint full depth of brick wythe and of width indicated, but not less than 3/8 inch for
installation of sealant and backer rod specilied in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants."
UNIT MASONRY
042000‐11
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Pro.lect No. 2018-027
D. Provide horizontal, pressure-relieving joints by either leaving an air space or inserting a compressible
filler of width required for installing sealant and backer rod specified in Division 07 Section "Joint
Sealants," but not less than 3/8 inch.
1. Locate horizontal, pressure-relieving joints beneath shelf angles supporting masonry.
3..I1 FLASHING, WEEP HOLES, CAVITY DRAINAGE, AND VENTS
A. General: lnstall embedded flashing and weep holes in masonry at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other
obstructions to downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated. lnstall vents at shelf angles,
ledges, and other obstructions to upward flow of air in cavities, and where indicated.
B. lnstall flashing as follows unless otherwise indicated:
1. Prepare masonry surfaces so they are smooth and free from projections that could puncture
flashing. Where flashing is within mortar joint, place through-wall flashing on sloping bed of
mortar and cover with mortar. Before covering with mortar, seal penetralions in flashing with
adhesive, sealant, or lape as recommended by flashing manufacturer.
2. At multiwythe masonry walls, including cavity walls, extend flashing through outer wythe, turned
up a minimum of 8 inches, and 1 112 inch into the inner wythe.
3. At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing a minimum of 6 inches into masonry at each end. At
heads and sills, extend flashing 6 inches at ends and tum up not less than 2 inches to form end
dams.4. lnterlock end joints of ribbed sheet metal flashing by overlapping ribs not less than 'l -112 inches or
as recommended by flashing manufacturer, and seal lap with elastomeric sealant complying with
requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants" for application indicated.
5. lnstall metal drip edges beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2
inch back from outside face of wall and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal drip edge.
C. lnstall weep holes in head joints in exterior wythes of first course of masonry immediately above
embedded flashing and as follows:
1. Use specified weep/vent products to form weep holes.
2. Use wicking material to form weep holes above flashing under brick sills. Turn wicking down at
lip of sill to be as inconspicuous as possible.
3. Space weep holes 24 inches o.c. unless otherwise indicated.
4. Trim wicking material flush with outside face of wall afler mortar has set.
D. Place cavity drainage material in cavities to comply with configuration requirements for cavity drainage
material in "Miscellaneous Masonry Accessories" Article.
E. lnstall vents in head joints in exterior wythes at spacing indicated. Use specified weep/vent products to
form vents.
1. Close cavities off vertically and horizontally with blocking in manner indicated. lnstall through-wall
flashing and weep holes above horizontal blocking.
3.12 REINFORCED UNIT MASONRY INSTALLATION
A. Temporary Formwork and Shores: Construct formwork and shores as needed to support reinforced
masonry elements during construction.
1. Construct formwork to provide shape, line, and dimensions of completed masonry as indicated.
Make forms sufficiently tight to prevent leakage of mortar and grout. Brace, tie, and support
forms to maintain position and shape during construction and curing of reinforced masonry.
2. Do not remove forms and shores until reinforced masonry members have hardened sufflciently to
carry their own weight and other loads that may be placed on them during construction.
B. Placing Reinforcement: Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.
C. Grouting: Do not place grout until entire height of masonry to be grouted has attained enough strength
to resist grout pressure.
1. Comply with requirements in ACI 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602 for cleanouts and for grout placement,
including minimum grout space and maximum pour height.
UNIT MASONRY
042000 - 12
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
3.13 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing and lnspecting: Owner wiil engage special inspectors to perform tests and inspections and
prepare reports. Allow inspectors access to scaffolding and work areas, as needed to perform tests and
inspections. Retesting of materials that fail to comply with specified requirements shall be done at
Contractor's expense.
B. lnspections: Level 1 special inspections according to the "lnternational Building Code."
1. Begin masonry construction only afler inspectors have verified proportions of site-prepared
mortar.
2. Place grout only after inspectors have verified compliance of grout spaces and of grades, sizes,
and locations of reinforcement.3. Place grout only after inspectors have verified proportions of site-prepared grout.
C. Testing Frequency: One set of tests for each 5000 sq. ft. of wall area or portion thereof.
D. Mortar Aggregate Ratio Test (Proportion Specification): For each mix provided, according to
ASTM C 780.
E. Prism Test: For each type of construction provided, according to ASTM C 1314 al7 days and at 28
days.
3,14 REPAIRING, POINTING, AND CLEANING
A. Remove and replace masonry units that are loose, chipped, broken, stained, or otherwise damaged or
that do not match adjoining units. lnstall new units to match adjoining units; install in fresh mortar,
pointed to eliminate evidence of replacement.
B. Pointing: During the tooling of joints, enlarge voids and holes, except weep holes, and completely fill
with mortar. Point up joints, including corners, openings, and adjacent construction, to provide a neat,
uniform appearance. Prepare joinls for sealant application, where indicated.
C. ln-Progress Cleaning: Clean unit masonry as work progresses by dry brushing to remove mortar fins
and smears before tooling joints.
D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean exposed masonry as follows:
1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or
chisels.2. Test cleaning methods on sample wall panel; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison
purposes. Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before proceeding with cleaning of
masonry.
3. Protect adjacenl stone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with
liquid strippable masking agent or polyethylene film and waterproof masking tape.4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaners; remove cleaners promptly by rinsing
surfaces thoroughly with clear water.
5. Clean brick by bucket-and-brush hand-cleaning method described in BIA Technical Notes 20.
6. Clean masonry with a proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written
instructions.7. Clean concrete masonry by cleaning method indicated in NCMA TEK 8-2A applicable to type of
stain on exposed surfaces.
3,15 MASONRY WASTE DISPOSAL
A. Salvageable Materials: Unless otherwise indicated, excess masonry materials are Contractoas
property. At completion of unit masonry work, remove from Pro.iect site.
B. Excess l\4asonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described
above, and other masonry waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION
UNIT MASONRY
042000‐13
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
sEcTtoN 044313.13
ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER
PART 1 - GENERAL
1,1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section includes the following applications of stone masonry:
1. Anchored to unit masonry backup.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 03 Section "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for dovetail slots in concrete for anchoring stone.
2. Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry" for horizontaljoint reinforcement and veneer anchors.
C. Products installed, but not furnished, in this Section include:
1. Steel lintels for stone masonry specified in Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications."
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
1. For stone varieties proposed for use on Project, include test data indicating compliance with
physical properties specified or required by referenced ASTM standards.
B. Samples for Verification:
'l . For each stone type indicated. lnclude at least three samples in each set for each type of stone,
exhibiting extremes of the full range of color and other visual characteristics expected in
completed Work. Samples will establish the standard by which stone provided will be judged.
C. List of Materials Used in Constructing Mockups: List generic product names together with
manufacturers, manufacturers' product names, sources of supply, and other information as required to
identify materials used. lnclude mix proportions for mortar and source of aggregates.
'1. Submittal is for information only. Neither receipt of list nor approval of mockups constitutes
approval of deviations from the Contract Documents unless such deviations are specifically
brought to the attention of Architect and approved in writing.
1,4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. lnstaller Qualifications: A qualilied installer lvho employs experienced stonemasons and stone fitters.
B. Source Limitations for Stone: Obtain stone, from one quarry with resources to provide materials of
consistent quality in appearance and physical properties.
C. Source Limitations for Mortar Materials: Obtain mortar ingredients of a uniform quality, including color
for exposed masonry, from single manufacturer for each cementitious component and from single
source or producer for each aggregate.
D. Mockups: Build mockups to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and
execution.
1. Build mockups for typical exterior wall in sizes approximately 48 inches long by 48 inches high by
full thickness, including face and backup wythes and accessories.
a. lnclude a sealant-filled joint at least 16 inches long in mockup
ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER
044313.13 - 1
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
b. lnclude through-wall flashing installed for a 24-inch length in corner of mockup
approximately 16 inches down from top of mockup, with a 12-inch length of flashing left
exposed to view (omit stone masonry above half of flashing).
2. Protect accepted mockups from the elements with weather-resistant membrane.
3. Approval of mockups is for color, texture, and blending of stone; relationship of mortar and
sealant colors to stone colors; tooling of .ioints; and aesthetic qualities of workmanship.
a. Approval of mockups is also for other material and construclion qualities Architect
specifically approves in writing.b. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract
Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in
writing.
E. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.5 DELIVERY, STOMGE, AND HANDLING
A. Store cementitious materials on elevated platforms, under cover, and in a dry location. Do not use
cementitious materials that have become damp.
B. Store aggregates where grading and other required characteristics can be maintained and
contamination avoided.
C. Store masonry accessories, including metal items, to prevent conosion and accumulation of dirt and oil.
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Protection of Stone Masonry: During construction, cover tops of walls, projections, and sills with
waterproof sheeting at end of each day's work. Cover partially completed stone masonry when
construction is not in progress.
1. Extend cover a minimum of 24 inches down both sides and hold cover securely in place.
B. Stain Prevention: lmmediately remove mortar and soil to prevent them from staining the face of stone
masonry.
1. Protect base of walls from rain-splashed mud and mortar splatter by coverings spread on the
ground and over the wall surface.
2. Protect sills, ledges, and projections from mortar droppings.
3. Protect surfaces of window and door frames, as well as similar products with painted and integral
finishes, from mortar droppings.4. Turn scaffold boards near the wall on edge at end of each day to prevent rain from splashing
mortar and dirt on completed stone masonry.
C. Cold-Weather Requirements: Do not use frozen materials or materials mixed or coated with ice or frost.
Do not build on frozen substrates. Remove and replace stone masonry damaged by frost or freezing
conditions. Comply with cold-weather construction requirements contained in
ACr 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.
1 . Cold-Weather Cleaning: Use liquid cleaning methods only when air temperature is 40 deg F and
above and will remain so until masonry has dried, but not less than 7 days after completing
cleaning.
O. Hot-Weather Requirements: Comply with hot-weather construction requirements contained in
ACt 530.1/ASCE 6/TMS 602.
1,7 COORDINATION
A. Advise inslallers of other work about specific requirements for placement of reinforcement, veneer
anchors, flashing, and similar items to be built into stone masonry.
ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER
04431313-2
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 STONE
A. Thin veneer natural stone in ashlar pattern as manufactured by Buechel Stone Corporation. Stone type,
color, size, and texture to be selected by architect from manufacturers full range.
2.2 MORTAR MATERIALS
A. Portland Cement: ASTM C 150, Type I or ll, except Type lll may be used for cold-weather construction.
Provide natural color or white cement as required to produce mortar color indicated.
B. Hydrated Lime: ASTM C 207, Type S.
C. Portland Cement-Lime Mix: Packaged blend of portland cement complying with ASTM C 150, Type I or
lll, and hydrated lime complying with ASTM C 207.
D. Mortar Cement: ASTM C 1329.
'1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Lafarge North America; Lafarge Mortar Cement or Magnolia Superbond Mortar Cement.
E. Aggregate: ASTM C 144 and as follows:
1. For pointing mortar, use aggregate graded with 100 percent passing No. 16 (1.18-mm) sieve.
2. White Aggregates: Natural white sand or ground white stone.
F. Cold-Weather Admixture: Nonchloride, nonconosive, accelerating admixture complying with
ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type C, and recommended by manufacturer for use in masonry mortar of
composition indicated.
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated
into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:
a. Euclid Chemical Company (The); Accelguard 80.
b. Grace Construction Products, a unit of W. R. Grace & Co. - Conn.; Morset.
c. Sonneborn, Div. of Degussa Building Systems; Trimix-NCA.
G. Water: Potable.
2.3 MASONRY CLEANERS
A. Proprietary Acidic Cleaner: Manufacturer's standard-strength cleaner designed for removing mortar and
grout stains, efflorescence, and other new construction stains from stone masonry surfaces without
discoloring or damaging masonry surfaces; expressly approved for intended use by cleaner
manufacturer and stone producer.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
a. Diedrich Technologies, lnc.b. Dominion Restoration Products.
c. EaCo Chem, lnc.
d. Hydrochemical Techniques, lnc.
e. Prosoco, lnc.
2.4 MORTAR MIXES
A. General: Do not use admixtures, including pigments, air-entraining agents, accelerators, retarders,
water-repellent agents, antifreeze compounds, or other admixtures, unless otherwise indicated.
1. Do not use calcium chloride.
ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER
04431313-3
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
2. Add cold-weather admixture (if used) at same rate for all mortar that will be exposed to view,
regardless of weather conditions, to ensure that mortar color is consistent.3. Mixing Pointing Mortar: Thoroughly mix cementitious and aggregate materials together before
adding water. Then mix again, adding only enough water to produce a damp, unworkable mix
that will retain its form when pressed into a ball. Maintain mortar in this dampened condition for
one to two hours. Add remaining water in small portions until mortar reaches desired
consistency. Use mortar within 30 minutes of final mixing; do not retemper or use partially
hardened material.
B. Preblended, Dry Mortar Mix: Furnish dry mortar ingredients in the form of a preblended mix. Measure
quantities by weight to ensure accurate proportions, and thoroughly blend ingredients before delivering
to Project site.
C. Mortar for Stone Masonry: Comply with ASTM C 270, Proportion Speciflcation.
1. Mortar for Setting Stone: Type S.2. Mortar for Pointing Stone: Type N.
2.5 FABRICATION
A. Fabricate stone to comply with sizes, shapes, and tolerances recommended by applicable stone
association or, if none, by slone source, for faces, edges, beds, and backs.
B. Select stone to produce pieces of thickness, size, and shape indicated, including details on Drawings.
Dress joints (bed and vertical) straight and at right angle to face unless otherwise indicated.
C. Carefully inspect stone at quarry or fabrication plant for compliance with requirements for appearance,
material, and fabrication. Replace defective units before shipment.
1. Clean sawed backs of stone to remove rust stains and iron particles.
D. Thickness of Stone: Provide thickness indicated, but not less than the following:
1 . Thickness: 4 inches plus or minus 3/4 inch.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine surfaces indicated to receive stone masonry, with lnstaller present, for compliance with
requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance.
Examine substrate to verify that dovetail slots, inserts, reinforcement, veneer anchors, flashing, and
other items installed in substrates and required for or extending into stone masonry are conectly
installed.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3,2 PREPARATION
A. Clean dirty or stained stone surfaces by removing soil, stains, and foreign materials before setting.
Clean stone by thoroughly scrubbing with fiber brushes and then drenching with clear water. Use only
mild cleaning compounds that contain no caustic or harsh materials or abrasives.
3.3 SETTING OF STONE MASONRY, GENERAL
A. Perform necessary field cutting and trimming as stone is set.
B. Sort stone before il is placed in wall to remove stone that does not comply with requirements relating to
aesthetic effects, physical properties, or fabrication, or that is otherwise unsuitable for intended use.
C. Arrange stones with color and size variations uniformly dispersed for an evenly blended appearance.
ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER
04431313‐4
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
D. Set stone to comply with requirements indicated on Drawings. lnstall supports, fasteners, and other
atlachments indicated or necessary to secure stone masonry in place. Set stone accurately in locations
indicated with edges and faces aligned according to established relationships and indicated tolerances.
E. Maintain uniform joint widths except for variations due to different stone sizes and where minor
variations are required to maintain bond alignment if any. Lay walls with joints nol less than 3/8 inch at
narrowest points or more than 'l12 inch at widest points.
F. Provide sealant joints of widths and at locations indicated.
1 . Keep sealant joints free of mortar and other rigid materials.
2. Sealing joints is specified in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants."
G. lnstall embedded flashing and weep holes at shelf angles, lintels, ledges, other obstructions to
downward flow of water in wall, and where indicated.
1. At multiwythe masonry walls, including cavity walls, extend flashing through stone masonry,
turned up a minimum of I inches, and extend into or through inner wythe to comply with
requirements in Division 04 Section "Unit Masonry."
2. At concrete backing, extend flashing through stone masonry, turned up a minimum of 8 inches,
and insert in reglet.
3. At lintels and shelf angles, extend flashing full length of angles but not less than 6 inches into
masonry at each end.4. At sills, extend flashing not less than 4 inches at ends.
5. At ends of head and sill flashing turn up not less than 2 inches to form end dams.
6. lnstall metal drip edges beneath flexible flashing at exterior face of wall. Stop flexible flashing 1/2
inch back from outside face of wall and adhere flexible flashing to top of metal drip edge.
H. Place weep holes and vents in joints where moisture may accumulate, including at base of cavity walls,
above shelf angles, and at flashing.
1. Use wicking material and vinyl weep holes/vents to form weep holes.
2. Use wicking material to form weep holes above flashing in stone sills. Turn wicking down at lip of
sill to be as inconspicuous as possible.
3. Space weep holes 24 inches o.c.
4. Trim wicking material used in weep holes flush with outside face of wall after mortar has set.
l. lnstall vents in vertical head joints at the top and bottom of each continuous cavity at spacing indicated.
Use vinyl weep holes/vents to form vents.
1. Close cavities off vertically and horizontally with blocking in manner indicated. lnstall through-wall
flashing and weep holes above horizontal blocking.
3.4 CONSTRUCTION TOLERANCES
A. Variation from Plumb: For vertical lines and surfaces, do nol exceed 'll4 inch in 10 feet, 3/8 inch in 20
teel, ot 112 inch in 40 feet or more. For external corners, expansion joints, control joints, and other
conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet ot 112 inch in 40 feet or more.
B. Variation from Level: For bed joints and lines of exposed lintels, sills, parapets, horizontal grooves, and
other conspicuous lines, do not exceed 1/4 inch in 20 feet ot 112 inch in 40 feet or more.
C. Variation of Linear Building Line: For position shown in plan, do not exceed 1/2 inch in 20 feet ot 314
inch in 40 feet or more.
D. Measure variation from level, plumb, and position shown in plan as variation of the average plane of the
face of each slone from level, plumb, or dimensioned plane.
E. Variation in Mortar-Joint Thickness: Do not vary from joint size range indicated.
F. Variation in Plane between Adjacent Stones: Do not exceed one-half of tolerance specified for
thickness of stone.
ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER
04431313-5
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
3.5 INSTALLATION OF ANCHORED STONE MASONRY
A. Anchor stone masonry to concrete with corrugated-metal veneer anchors unless otherwise indicated.
Secure anchors by inserting dovetailed ends into dovetail slots in concrete.
B. Anchor stone masonry to unit masonry with individual wire veneer anchors unless otherwise indicated.
Embed anchors in unit masonry mortar joints or grouted cells for distance at least one-half of unit
masonry thickness.
C. Anchor stone masonry to unit masonry with wire anchors unless otherwise indicated. Connect anchors
to masonry joint reinforcement by inserting pintles into eyes of masonry joint reinforcement projecting
from unit masonry.
D. Anchor stone masonry to unit masonry with wire anchors unless otherwise indicated. Connect anchors
to masonry joint reinforcement with vertical rods inserted through anchors and through eyes of masonry
joint reinforcement projecting from unit masonry.
E. Embed veneer anchors in mortar joints of stone masonry at least halfway, but not less than 1-112
inches, through stone masonry and with at least 5/8-inch cover on outside face.
F. Space anchors to provide not less than 1 anchor per 2 sq. ft. of wall area. lnstall additional anchors
within 12 inches of openings, sealantjoints, and perimeter at intervals not exceeding 12 inches.
G. Set stone in full bed of mortar with full head joints unless otherwise indicated. Build anchors into mortar
joints as stone is set.
H. Provide 2-inch cavity between stone masonry and backup construction unless otherwise indicated.
Keep cavity free of mortar droppings and debris.
1. Slope beds toward cavity to minimize mortar protrusions into cavity.
2. Oo not attempt to trowel or remove mortar flns protruding into cavity.
3.6 POINTING
A. Prepare stone-joint surfaces for pointing with mortar by removing dust and mortar particles. Where
setting mortar was removed to depths greater than surrounding areas, apply pointing mortar in layers
not more than 3/8 inch deep until a uniform depth is formed.
B. Point stone joints by placing and compacting pointing mortar in layers not more than 3/8 inch deep.
Compact each layer thoroughly and allow to become thumbprint hard before applying next layer.
C. Tool joints, when pointing mortar is thumbprint hard, with a smooth.iointing tool to produce the following
joint profile:
1. Joint Profile: Concave.
3.7 AOJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Remove and replace slone masonry of the following description:
1. Broken, chipped, stained, or otherwise damaged stone. Stone may be repaired if methods and
results are approved by Architect.
2. Defective joints.
3. Stone masonry not matching approved samples and mockups.
4. Stone masonry not complying with other requirements indicated.
B. Replace in a manner that results in stone masonry matching approved samples and mockups,
complying with other requirements, and showing no evidence of replacement.
C. ln-Progress Cleaning: Clean stone masonry as work progresses. Remove mortar fins and smears
before tooling joints.
D. Final Cleaning: After mortar is thoroughly set and cured, clean stone masonry as follows:
ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER
04431313‐6
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
1. Remove large mortar particles by hand with wooden paddles and nonmetallic scrape hoes or
chisels.
2. Test cleaning methods on mockup; leave one-half of panel uncleaned for comparison purposes.
Obtain Architect's approval of sample cleaning before cleaning stone masonry.
3. Protect adjacent slone and nonmasonry surfaces from contact with cleaner by covering them with
liquid strippable masking agent, polyethylene film, or waterproof masking tape.
4. Wet wall surfaces with water before applying cleaner; remove cleaner promptly by rinsing
thoroughly with clear water.
5. Clean stone masonry with proprietary acidic cleaner applied according to manufacturer's written
instructions.
3.8 EXCESS MATERIALS AND WASTE
A. Excess Stone: Stack excess stone where directed by Owner for Ownefs use.
B. Excess Masonry Waste: Remove excess clean masonry waste that cannot be used as fill, as described
above, and other waste, and legally dispose of off Owner's property.
END OF SECTION
ANCHORED STONE MASONRY VENEER
04431313‐7
Oak Brook Golf Club Pa∥o Renovalon/Prolect No 2018-027
SECT10N 055213
P:PE AND TUBE RAIL:NCS
PART l―GENERAL
ll RELATED DOCUMENTS
A DraⅥ
"ngs and general provisions of the Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions andDivision 01 SpecincatiOn Sections,apply to this Section
12 SUMMARY
A Section:ncludes:
l Stainless Steel pipe and tube ra∥ings
2 Steel pipe ra∥ ings for repairs at demolished guardra∥
13 C00RDINAT10N
A Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them Comply with paint and
coating manufacturers' writen recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are
compatible with one another
B Coordinate insta∥ation of anchorages fo「ra∥ings Furnish seting drawings,templates,and direct ons fo「
insta∥ing anchorages,including sleeves,concrete inserts,anchor bolts,and items with integral anchors,
that are to be embedded in concrete o「masonry Deliver such nems tO PrOlect site in lme for
insta∥ation
C Schedule insta∥auon sO wa∥ attachments are made only to completed wa∥s Do not support ra∥ings
temporanly by any means that do not sa∥sfy structural performance requrements
14 ACT:ON SUBMITTALS
A Product Data:Fo「the fo∥owing:
l Manufacturer's product∥nes of mechanica∥y connected ra∥ings
2 Ra∥ing brackets
3 Grout,anchoring cement,and paint products
B Shop Drawings:lnclude plans,elevations,sectlons,deta∥s,and attachments to other work
C Samples:For each type of exposed inish required
l Sections of each distinctly different∥near ra∥ing member,including handra∥s,top ra∥s,posts,and
balusters,including inish
2 Fittings and brackets
D Delegated―Design Submittal: For ra∥ ings, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qua∥ned
professional engineer responsible for their preparation lnclude “Finite Class" analysis for glazed
guardra∥s for submission to the Cly of Chicago Bu∥ding Department
15 1NFORMAT10NAL SUBM:TTALS
A Qua∥ncation Datal Fortesting agency
B VVelding certificates
C Product Test Reports: For pipe and tube ra∥ings, for tests performed by a qualified testing agency,
accord ngto ASTM E 894 and ASTM E 935
D Evalua∥on ReportsI Fo「postlnsta∥ed anchors,from lCC―ES
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS
055213-1
Oak Brook Golf Club Pa∥o Renovalon′Prolect No 2018-027
16 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Welding QualncaJOns:Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
l AWS Dl1/Dl lM,・ Structural VVelding Code―Steel"
17 DELIVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A Protect mechanica1 lnlshes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a stnppable, temporary
protective covering before shipping
18 FIELD CONDIT10NS
A Field Measurements:Ve"fy actual locatons of wa∥s and other construcuon cOnlguous with metal
fabrications by neld measurements before fabncatiOn
PART 2-PRODUCTS
21 MANUFACTURERS
A Source Limitauons:obtain each type of ra∥ing from single source from single manufacturer
22 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A Delegated Design: Engage a qua∥led professional engineer, as deFned in Section 014000 ・Qua∥ty
Requirements,"to design ra∥ings,including attachmentto bu∥ding construction and glazing panels
B Structural Perforrnance: Ra∥ings, including attachment to bu∥ding oonstruction, sha∥ vnthstand the
effects of gravityloads and the following loads and stresses mthin∥mits and under conditions indicated:
l Handra∥s and Top Ra∥s of Guards:
a Unifonn load of 50 1bf′ft(0 73 kN′m)app∥ed in any direction
b Concentrated load of 200 1bf(0 89 kN)applied in any direction
c Uniforrn and concentrated loads need not be assumed to act concurrently
2 1nl∥of Guards:
a Concentrated load of 50 1bf(0 22 kN)app∥ed h。百zonta∥y on an area of l sq ft(0093
sq m)
b lnl∥load and otherloads need not be assumed to act concurrently
23 METALS,GENERAL
A Metal Surfaces,Ceneral:Provide matenals with smooth surfaces,wlhout seam marks,ro∥er marks,
ro∥ed trade names,stains,discolorations,or blemishes
B Brackets,Flanges,and Ancho「s:Cast orformed metal of same type of material and finish as supported
rans unless othenwise indicated
l Provide type of bracket with lange tapped for concealed anchorage to threaded hanger bolt and
that provides l 1/21nch(38‐mm)clearance from inside face of handra∥to lnished wa∥surface
24 STAINLESS STEEL
A Tubing:ASTM A 554,Grade MT 304
B Pipe:ASTM A 312/A312M,Grade TP 304
c casungs:ASTM A 743/A743M,Grade CF 8
D Plate and Sheet ASTM A 240/A240M orASTM A 666,Type 304
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS
055213-2
Oak Brook Golf C ub Pa∥o RenovaJonノ Prolect No 2018‐027
2.5 STEEL AND IRON
A. Tubing: ASTM A 500 (cold formed) orASTMA513.
B. Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type F or Type S, Grade A, Standard Weight (Schedule 40), unless another
grade and weight are required by structural loads.
C. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.
2,6 FASTENERS
A. General: Provide the following:
't. Ungalvanized-Steel Railings: Plated steel fasteners complying with ASTM B 633 or ASTM F 1941
(ASTM F 1941M), Class Fe/Zn 5 for zinc coating.
2. Hot-Dip Galvanized Railings: Type 304 stainless-steel or holdip zinc-coated steel fasteners
complying with ASTM A 153/A l53M or ASTM F 2329 for zinc coating.
3. Provide exposed fasteners with finish matching appearance, including color and texture, of
railings.
4. Stainless-Steel Railings: Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners.
B. Fasteners for Anchoring Railings to Other Construction: Select fasteners of type, grade, and class
required to produce connections suitable for anchoring railings to other types of construction
indicated and capable of withstanding design loads.
C. Fasteners for lnterconnecting Railing Components:
1. Provide concealed fasteners for interconnecting railing components and for attaching them to
other work, unless otherwise indicated.
2.7 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded.
B. Etching Cleaner for Galvanized Metal: Complying with MPI#25.
C. calvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible
with paints specified to be used over it.
D. Universal Shop Primer: Faslcuring, lead- and chromate-free, universal modified-alkyd primer complying
with MPI#79 and compatible with topcoat.
1. Use primer containing pigments that make it easily distinguishable from zinc-rich primer.
E. Epoxy Zinc-Rich Primer: Complying with MPI#20 and compatible with topcoat.
F. Shop Primer for Galvanized Steel: Primer formulated for exterior use over zinc-coated metal and
compatible with finish paint systems indicated.
G. lntermediate Coats and Topcoats: Provide products that comply with Section 099123 "lnterior Painting,"
Epoxy lntermediate Coat: Complying with MPI #77 and compatible with primer and topcoat.
H. Polyurethane Topcoat: Complying with MPI #72 and compatible with undercoat.
l. Bituminous Paint: Cold-applied asphalt emulsion complying with ASTM D I 187/D 1 187M.
J. Nonshrink, Nonmetallic Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout
complying with ASTM C1107lC '1107M. Provide grout specifically recommended by manufacturer for
interior and exterior applications.
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS
055213‐ 3
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
Anchoring Cement: Factory-packaged, nonshrink, nonstaining, hydraulic-controlled expansion cement
formulation for mixing with water at Project site to create pourable anchoring, patching, and grouting
compound.
FABRICATION
General: Fabricate railings to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, member sizes
and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage, but not less than that required to support structural loads.
Shop assemble railings to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble
units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and
coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value ofioined pieces.
Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of
approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm) unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed
surfaces.
Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces.
Fabricate connections that are exposed to weather in a manner that excludes water. Provide weep
holes where water may accumulate.
Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items.
Connections: Fabricate railings with welded connections unless otherwise indicated.
Welded Connections: Cope components at connections to provide close fit, or use fittings designed for
this purpose. Weld all around at connections, including at fittings.
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and conosion
resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows
after finishing and welded surface matches contours of adioining surfaces.
Form Changes in Direction as Follows:
1. By radius bends of radius indicated or by inserting prefabricated elbow fittings of radius indicated.
For changes in direction made by bending, use jigs to produce uniform curvature for each repetitive
configuration required. Maintain cross section of member throughout entire bend without buckling,
twisting, cracking, or otherwise deforming exposed surfaces of components.
Close exposed ends of railing members with prefabricated end fittings.
Provide wall returns at ends of wall-mounted handrails unless otherwise indicated. Close ends of returns
unless clearance between end of rail and wall is 1/4 inch (6 mm) or less.
Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and
anchors to interconnect railing members to other work unless otherwise indicated.
1. At brackets and fittings fastened to plaster or gypsum board partitions, provide crush-resistant
fillers or other means to transfer loads through wall finishes to structural supports and prevent
bracket or fifting rotation and crushing of substrate.
Provide inserts and other anchorage devices for connecting railings to concrete or masonry work.
Fabricate anchorage devices capable of withstanding loads imposed by railings. Coordinate anchorage
devices with supporting structure.
Woven-Wire Mesh lnfill Panels (Alternate bid for Field House Guardrails Type "A"): Fabricate infill
panels from woven-wire mesh crimped into '1 -by- 1 /2-by- 1 /8-inch (25-by-13-by-3-mm) metal channel
frames. Make wire mesh and frames from same metal as railings in wtrich they are installed.
'1. Orient wire mesh with wires horizontal and vertical.K28ABCDEFGHKLM
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINCS
055213-4O
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
2.9 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES
A. GalvanizedRailings:
1. Hot-dip galvanize indicated steel railings, including hardware, after fabrication.
2. Comply with ASTM A 123lA 123M for hot-dip galvanized railings.
3. Comply with ASTM A 153/A '153M for hot-dip galvanized hardware.
4. Fill vent and drain holes that are exposed in the linished Wok, unless indicated to remain as
weep holes, by plugging with zinc solder and filing otf smooth.
B. For galvanized railings, provide hot-dip galvanized fiftings, brackets, fasteners, sleeves, and other
ferrous components.
C. For nongalvanized-steel railings, provide nongalvanized fenous-metal fittings, brackets, fasteners, and
sleeves; however, galvanize anchors to be embedded in exterior concrete or masonry.
O. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare uncoated ferrous-metal surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP
6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning or SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning." Requirements as
indicated below:1. All railings and guardrails in Field House #133, Conidor #204, East Bleachers #216 and ropes
course platform outside Multi-Purpose #202 and Viewing #203: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3,
"Commercial Blast Cleaning.
2. All other railings and guardrails: SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning.
E. Primer Application: Apply shop primer to prepared surfaces of railings unless otherwise indicated.
Comply with requirements in SSPC-PA 1, "Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop
painting. Primer need not be applied to surfaces to be embedded in concrete or masonry.
1. Shop prime uncoated railings with universal shop primer unless indicated or zinc-rich primer is
specified on Drawings or in section 099123 "lnterior Painting'.
2. Do not apply primer to galvanized surfaces.
2.10 STAINLESS-STEELFINISHES
A. Remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, or blend into finish.
B. Grind and polish surfaces to produce uniform, directionally textured, polished finish indicated, free of
cross scratches. Run grain with long dimension of each piece.
C. Stainless Steel Tubing Finishes:
1. 320-Grit Polished Finish: Oil-ground, uniform, fine, directionally textured finish.
D. Stainless Steel Sheet and Plate Finishes:
1. Directional Satin Finish: ASTM A 489/A 480, No. 4.
E. When polishing is completed, passivate and rinse surfaces. Remove embedded foreign matter and
leave surfaces chemically clean.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine plaster and gypsum board assemblies, where reinforced to receive anchors, to verify that
locations of concealed reinforcements are clearly marked for lnstaller. Locate reinforcements and mark
locations if not already done.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENEML
A. Fit exposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints.
B. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing railings. Set railings accurately in location,
alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free of rack.
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS
055213 - 5
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that are coated or finished after
fabrication and that are intended for field connection by mechanical or other means without
further cutting or fitting.
Control of Conosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and
other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.
1. Coat, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint, concealed surfaces of aluminum that are in contact
with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals.
Adjust railings before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints.
Fastening to ln-Place Construction: Use anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing
railings and for properly transferring loads to in-place construction.
lnstall railing gates level, plumb and secure for full opening without interference.
1. Attach hardware using tamper resistant or concealed means.
2. Adjust hardware for smooth operation.
RAILING CONNECTIONS
Welded Connections: Use fully welded joints for permanently connecting railing components. Comply
with requirements for welded connections in 'Fabrication" Article whether welding is performed in the
shop or in the field.
Expansion Joints: lnstall expansion joints at locations indicated but not farther apart than required to
accommodate thermal movement. Provide slip-joint intemal sleeve extending 2 inches (50 mm)beyond
joint on either side, fasten internal sleeve securely to one side, and locate joint within 6 inches ( 150 mm )
of post.
ANCHORING POSTS
Form or core-drill holes not less than 5 inches (125 mm) deep and 3/4 inch (20 mm) larger than OD of
post for installing posts in concrete. Clean holes of loose material, insert posts, and fill annular space
between post and concrete with nonshrink, nonmetallic grout or anchoring cement, mixed and placed to
comply with anchoring material manufacturer's written instructions.
Leave anchorage joint exposed with anchoring material flush with adjacent surface.
Anchor posts to metal surfaces with oval flanges, angle type, or floor type as required by conditions,
connected to posts and to metal supporting members as follows:
1. For steel pipe railings, weld flanges to post and bolt to metal supporting surfaces.
ATTACHING RAILINGS
Anchor railing ends at walls with round flanges anchored to wall construction and welded to railing ends.
Anchor railing ends to metal surfaces with flanges bolted to metal surfaces and welded to railing ends.
Attach railings to wall with wall brackets, except where end flanges are used. Locate brackets as
indicated or, if not indicated, at spacing required to support structural loads. Anchor to fully grouted
concrete masonry units. Min 4" embed. Do not adhere directly to stone veneer.
Secure wall brackets and railing end flanges to building construction as follows:
1. For concrete and solid masonry anchorage, use drilled-in expansion shields and hanger or lag
bolts.
2. For hollow masonry anchorage, use toggle bolts.
3. For steel-framed partitions, use toggle bolts installed through flanges of steel framing or through
concealed steel reinforcements.CDEF33
34BA
35ABCD
PIPE AND TUBE RAILiNGS
055213‐ 6
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
3.6 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Touchup Painting: lmmediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas
of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with
SSPC-PA I requirements for touching up shop-painted surfaces.
1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2 o-mil (0.05-mm) dry film thickness.
B. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas, and repair galvanizing
to comply with ASTM A 780/4 780M.
C. Clean and polish glass panels. Wash both exposed surfaces in each area of Project not more than four
days before date scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion.
3.7 PROTECTION
A. Protect finishes of railings from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings
approved by railing manufacturer. Remove protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
PIPE AND TUBE RAILINGS
055213‐7
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Pro.iect No. 2018-0?7
SECT10N 105300
PERGOLAS
PART l‐GENERAL
ll SECT10N INCLUDES
A Structural Pergola Components
12 RELATED SECT10NS
A Division 03:Castin Place Concrete:
B Division 09:Paint and stain leld app∥ed inish
C Division 26:Electrical work attached to or concealed within
pergola components
13 REFERENCES
A ASTM E 84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characte薔 sucs of Bu∥ding MateHals
B ASCE 710 Amencan sOciety of CⅣ∥Engineers,Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and other
structures
14 DESlGN′PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A Design membersto withstand windloadsin accordance wnh ASCE 710 and app∥cable code
B Design pergola for required a∥owable ground snoulload in accordance with the app∥cable code
C Design pergola in a∝ordance with applicable nre∞de and provide data on ASTM E 84 tesung
perforrnance
15 ACT10N SuBMITTALS
A Product Data:Manufacturers data sheets on each productto be used,induding:
l Product specinca∥。n sheets
2 1nsta∥auon instructtons
B Shop Drawings:Fo「fu∥pergola system lnclude plans,elevations,sections,fu∥―size deta∥s,
and atlachments to other work indicate assembly dimensions,locations of structural
members,connecJons,site&prolect specric construcuon deta∥s,anchorages and method
of anchorage,and method ofinsta∥ation
C Selection Samples:For each nnish prOduct specined,●vo complete sets of colo「samples
representing manufacturers fu∥range of ava∥ able colors
D VeHncatiOn SamplesI For each inish product specined,●vO samples representing actual product
and color
E Delegated―Design submittal: For pergola System indicated to comply with perfonnance
requirements and design criteria,provide analysis data and shop drawngs signed and sealed
PERGOLAS
105300-1
Oak Brook Gor Club Palo Renova∥on/Prolect No 2018-027
by the qualined p!。fessional engineer responsible for their preparation Analysis to include
column post base reaclons to ve“fy capacly of exislng composite slab
16 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Manuracturer Qua∥ncauOnsi single source manuracturer fOr design,engineenng,structure
fabrication,and shipping
B insta∥er QualincauonsI Fam∥iar with manufacturers stnJclures and installauOn techniques
17 DELiVERY,STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A A∥packages and pa∥ets should be opened and inspected for hidden damage upon receipt Any
missing or damaged components should be noted on the delvery receipt with the camer before
accepting the shipment
B Repackage components and carefu∥y store in an area protected frOm the weather unt∥ready for
insta∥ation
C Handle matettals so as to protect matenals,cOatings,and ttnishes dudng transportation and
insta∥ation to prevent damage or staining
18 SEQUENCING
A Ensure that footing location plans and otherinfornation required forinsta∥ation of products of this
section are fumished to affected trades in time to preventinteruption of constn」ction progress
B Ensure that products ofthis section are supplied to afFected trades in time to preventinteruption
of constttction progress
19 WARRANTY
A Prov de manufacturers warranles,as appropHate,for a∥pergola components,canopy systems,
and nnish coatings
l 10 Year∞mmercial warranty on Trex Pergola cellular PVC pergolas
PART 2 PRODUCTS
ll MANUFACTURERS
A Basis of design Manufacturer Structureworks FabncauOn,exclusive manufacturer of Trex
Pergola,which is located at 3300 D∥Smth Dri Fredencksburg,VA 22408
8774898064,infoOstructureworksfab com.―structureworksfab oom
B Approved equal sublectto compliance wnh requirements
12 MATERIALS
A Provide pergola to the overa∥slzes and connguration indicated on the Drawings
B Attachment Method
l Atached to host structure composite deck at base of columns using manufacturers
standard method and components for∞nnection to a∞ncrete slab Modify method and
cOmponents as necessary per Delegated Design analysis
C Co umn Selectlon
PERGOLAS
105300‐2
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
'1. Fiberglass 10'x 10'x 8'High Square Straight Column with TensionRod Mounting
System.
D. Beam Component Selection.
1. 3y,'x9%" Aluminum Reinforced Cellular PVC. Configuration and overhangs as shown
on drawings.
E. Rafter Component Selection.
1. 'l y2'x7 %" Aluminum Reinforced Cellular PVC. Configuration and ovehangs as shown
on drawings.
F. Stringer Component Selection.
1. 1 %" x 1 y," Solid Cellular PVC. Configuration and overhangs as shown on drawings.
G. Hardware: All exposed hardware to be stainless steel or aluminum.
H. Fasteners and Accessories: Provide all necessary fasteners and accessories required for fabrication
and erection. Provide manufacturers standard corosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners
and accessories compatible with adjacent materials.
l. Provide insect screens at all openings in pergola framing.
1.3. FINISH
A. Provide all pergola components (columns, beams, rafters, and stringers) with ColorLast Process
finish coating applied.
PART 3 EXECUTION
,1.,1. EXAMINATION
A. Do not begin installation until supporting structures have been properly prepared.
B. lnspect existing composite deck to support pergola priorto fabrication. Confirm deck is in acceptable
condition for installation of pergola. Notiry Architect of unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding.
1.2. PREPARATION
A. Clean component surfaces thoroughly prior to installation.
1.3. INSTALLATION
A. lnstall in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
1. Surface Mount on Existing Concrete Slab: Surface mount unils on existing concrete slab as
indicated in the installation instructions. Concrete shall conform to Section 03300.
2. Anchor bolts for surface mounted units shall be accurately set using manufacturer's
instructions.
3. Do not install damaged components.
A. Metal Protection:
1. Where aluminum is in contact with dissimilar metals, protects against galvanic action by
painting contact surfaces with materials recommended by manufacturer for this purpose or
installing nonconductive spacers,
PERGOLAS
105300 - 3
Oak Brook Golf CIub Pa∥o Renovatlon/Prolect No 2018-027
2 Where aluminum is in contacl with concrete or masonry,protect against corosion by
painting contact surface with bituminous paint
B lnsta∥ components plumb and true in a∥gnment with existing bu∥ding and loorlevels
Coordinate installalon wth existing palo pitch and make necessary adiuStments to ensure
proper angnment Ofthe pergola and individual pergola components
14 CLEANING
A Clean a∥surfaces and restore any ma「red surfaces to onginal cOnditions as approved by the
Architect
15 PROTECT10N
A Protectinstalled products untl completion of prOlect
B Touchup,repalr,or replace damaged products before Substantial Completion
END OF SECT10N
PERGOLAS
105300‐4
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
SECT:ON 231123
FAC:LiTY NATURAL‐GAS PiPiNG
PART 1 . GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section lncludes:
1. Pipes, tubes, and fittings.
2. Piping specialties.
3. Piping and tubing joining materials.
4. Valves.
5. Pressureregulators.
1.2 PERFORMANCEREQUIREMENTS
A. MinimumOperating-PressureRatings:
1. Piping and Valves: 100 psig> minimum unless otherwise indicated.
2. Service Regulators: 65 psig minimum unless otherwise indicated.
B. NaturaFcas System Pressure within Buildings: less than 0.5 psig.
1.3 ACTTON SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of Product indicated.
B. Shop Drawings: For facility natural-gas piping layout. lnclude plans, piping layout and
elevations, sections, and details for fabrication of pipe anchors, hangers, supports for multiple
pipes, alignment guides, expansion joints and loops, and attachments of the same to building
structure. Detail location of anchors, alignment guides, and expansion joints and loops.
C. Delegated-Design Submiftal: For naturaFgas piping and equipment indicated to comply with
performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the
qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.
1. Detail fabrication and assembly of seismic restraints.
2. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting seismic restraints.
1.4 INFORMATIONALSUBMITTALS
A. Weldingcertiflcates.
B. Field quality-control reports.
FACILITY NATURAL‐GAS PIPING
231123-1
Oak Brook Golf Club Pauo Renovatlon′Prolect No 2018-027
15 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A Opera∥on and maintenance data
16 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Steel Support Welding Qua∥ficaJons: Qua∥fy procedures and personnel according to
AVVS Dl 1/Dl lM,・ Structural Welding code―Steel"
B Pipe Welding QualincalOns:Qualify procedures and operato「s according to ASME Boiler and
Pressure Vessel Code
C Electrical Components, Devices,and Accessories: Listed and labeled as deined in NFPA 70,
by a qualiFled testing agency,and marked forintended location and app∥cation
PART 2-PRODUCTS
21 PIPES,TUBES,AND FITTINGS
A Steel Pipe:ASTM A 53/A53M,black steel,Schedule 40,Type E or S,Grade B
l Ma∥eable―lron Threaded F∥ungs:ASME B16 3,Class 1 50,standard pattern
2 VVrought―Steel Weldlng Fittings: ASTM A 234′A234M for butt welding and socket
welding
3 Unions:ASME B16 39,Class 1 50,ma∥eable iron with brass―tolron seat,ground ioint,
and threaded ends
4 Protective Coating for Underground Piping:Factory applied,three―layer coating of epoxy,
adhesive,and PE
a 」oint Cover Kits:Epoxy paint,adhesive,and heat―sh"nk PE sleeves
22 PIPING SPECIALTIES
A App∥ance Flexible Connecto「s:
1 lndoo「,Fixed―Applance Flexible Connectors:Comply with ANSI Z21 24
2 1ndoo「,Movable―Apphance Flexible Connectors:Comply with ANSI Z21 69
3 0utdoor,App∥ance Flexible Connectorsi Comply ⅥЛth ANSI Z21 75
4 Corugated stainless―steeltubing with polymer coating
5 0peralng―Pressure Raing:0 5 psig
6 End Fittings:Zinc―coated steel
7 Threaded Ends:Comply with ASME B1 20 1
8 Maximum Length:72 inches
B Quick―Disconnect DevicesI Comply with ANSI Z21 41
l Coppera∥oy convenience outlet and matching plug connecto「
2 Nlnle seals
3 Hand operated with automatic shutoff when disconnected
4 Forindoor or outdoor app∥cations
5 Adlustable,retractable restraining cable
FACILITY NATURAL―GAS PIPING
231123‐ 2
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
2,3 JOINING MATERIALS
A. Joint Compound and Tape: Suitable for natural gas.
B. Welding Filler Metals: Comply with AWS D10.12lO10.12M for welding materials appropriate for
wall thickness and chemical analysis of steel pipe being welded.
C. Brazing Filler Metals: Alloy with melting point greater than 1000 deg F complying with
AWS A5.8/A5.8M. Brazing alloys containing more than 0.05 percent phosphorus are prohibited.
2.4 MANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVES
A. See "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas
Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles for where each valve type is applied in various services.
B. General Requirements for l\iletallic Valves, NPS 2 and Smaller: Comply wth ASME 816.33.
1. CWP Rating: 125 psig.
2. Threaded Ends: Comply with ASME Bl .20.1.
3. Oryseal Threads on Flare Ends: Comply with ASME 81.20.3.
4. Tamperproof Feature: Locking feature for valves indicated in "Underground Manual Gas
Shutoff Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule"
Articles.
5. Listing: Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for
valves 1 inch and smaller.
6. Service Mark: Valves 1-114 inches to NPS 2 shall have initials 'WOG" permanently
marked on valve body.
C. One-Piece, Bronze Ball Valve with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110.
1. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584.
2. Ball: Chrome-plated brass.
3. Stem: Bronze; blowout proof.
4. Seats: Reinforced TFE; blowout proof.
5. Packing: Separate packnut with adjustable-stem packing threaded ends.
6. Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff
Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles.
7. CWP Rating: 600 psig.
8. Listing: Valves NPS'l and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
9. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body.
D. Two-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: IVISS SP-110.
1. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584.
2. Ball: Chrome-plated bronze.
3. Stem: Bronze; blowout proof.
4. Seats: Reinforced TFE; blowout proof.
5. Packing: Threaded-body packnut design with adjustable-stem packing.
6. Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff
Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles.
7. CWP Rating: 600 psig.
8. Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
9. Service: Suitable for naturaFgas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body.
FACILITY NATURAL‐GAS PIPING
231123‐ 3
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
E. Two-Piece, Regular-Port Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim: MSS SP-110.
1. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584.
2. Ball: Chrome-plated bronze.
3. Stem: Bronze; blowout proof.
4. Seats: Reinforced TFE.
5. Packing: Threaded-body packnut design with adjustable-stem packing.
6. Ends: Threaded, flared, or socket as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff
Valve Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles.
7. CWP Rating: 600 psig.
8. Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
9. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with "WOG" indicated on valve body.
F. Bronze Plug Valves: MSS SP-78.
1. Body: Bronze, complying with ASTM B 584.
2. Plug: Bronze.
3. Ends: Threaded, socket, as indicated in "Underground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve
Schedule" and "Aboveground Manual Gas Shutoff Valve Schedule" Articles.
4. Operator: Square head or lug type with tamperproof feature where indicated.
5. Pressure Class: 125 psig.
6. Listing: Valves NPS 1 and smaller shall be listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
7. Service: Suitable for natural-gas service with ryVOG" indicated on valve body.
G. Valve Boxes:
'1. Cast-iron, two-section box.
2. Top section with cover with "GAS" lettering.
3. Bottom section with base to flt over valve and banel a minimum of 5 inches in diameter.
4. Adjustable cast-iron extensions of length required for depth of bury.
5. lnclude tee-handle, steel operating wrench with socket end fitting valve nut or flat head,
and with stem of length required to operate valve.
2,5 PRESSUREREGULATORS
A. GeneralRequirements:
1. Single stage and suitable for natural gas.
2. Steeljacketandcorrosion-resistantcomponents.3. Elevationcompensator.4. End Connections: Threaded for regulators NPS 2 and smaller.
B. Line Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI 221.80.
1. Body and Diaphragm Case: Cast iron or die-cast aluminum.
2. Springs:Zinc-platedsteel; interchangeable.
3. Oiaphragm Plate: zinc-plated steel.
4. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber resistant to gas impurities, abrasion, and deformation at the
valve port.
5. Oriflce:Aluminum;interchangeable.6. SealPlug:Ultraviolet-stabilized,mineral-flllednylon.7. Single-port, self-contained regulator with orifice no larger than required at maximum
pressure inlet, and no pressure sensing piping external to the regulator.
8. Pressure regulator shall maintain discharge pressure setting downstream, and not
exceed 150 percent of design discharge pressure at shutoff.
FACILITY NATU RAI-GAS PIPING
23'1123 - 4
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
9. Overpressure Protection Device: Factory mounted on pressure regulator.
10. Atmospheric Vent: Factory- or field-installed, stainless-steel screen in opening if not
connected to vent piping.
C. Appliance Pressure Regulators: Comply with ANSI 221.18.
1 . Body and Diaphragm Case: Die-cast aluminum.
2. Springs:zinc-platedsteel;interchangeable.
3. Diaphragm Plate: Zinc-plaied steel.
4. Seat Disc: Nitrile rubber.
5. Seal Plug: Ultraviolet-stabilized, mineral-filled nylon.
6. Factory-Applied Finish: Minimum three-layer polyester and polyurethane paint finish.
7. Regulator may include vent limiting device, instead of vent connection, if approved by
authorities having jurisdiction.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
3.1 OUTDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Comply with the lnternational Fuel Gas Code for installation and purging of natural-gas piping.
B. lnstall underground, natural-gas piping buried at least 36 inches below flnished grade. Comply
with requirements in Section 3'12000 "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.
'1. lf natural-gas piping is installed less than 36 inches below finished grade, install it in
containment conduit.
C. lnstall underground, PE, natural-gas piping according to ASTM D 2774.
D. Steel Piping with Protective Coating:
1 . Apply joint cover kits to pipe after joining to cover, seal, and protect joints.
2. Repair damage to PE coating on pipe as recommended in writing by protective coating
manufacturer.
3. Replace pipe having damaged PE coating with new pipe.
E. Copper Tubing with Protective Coating:
1. Apply.ioint cover kits over tubing to cover, seal, and protect.ioints.
2. Repair damage to PE coating on pipe as recommended in writing by protective coating
manufacturer.
F. lnstall fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
3.2 INDOOR PIPING INSTALLATION
A. Comply with the lntemational Fuel Gas Code for installation and purging of naturaFgas piping
B. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping
systema. lndicated locations and anangements are used to size pipe and calculate friction loss,
eipansion, and other design considerations. lnstall piping as indicated unless deviations to
layout are approved on Coordination Drawings.
FACILITY NATURAL‐GAS PIPING
231123-5
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
C. Arrange for pipe spaces, chases, slots, sleeves, and openings in building structure during
progress of construction, to allow for mechanical installations.
D. lnstall piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms
and service areas.
E. lnstall piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right
angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated
otherwise.
F. lnstall piping above accessible ceilings to allow sufficient space for ceiling panel removal.
G. Locate valves for easy access.
H. lnstall natural-gas piping at uniform $ade of 2 percent down toward drip and sediment traps.
l. lnstall piping free of sags and bends.
J. lnstallfittings for changes in direction and branch connections.
K. Verify final equipment locations for roughing-in.
L. Comply with requirements in Sections specifying gas-flred appliances and equipment for
roughing-in requirements.
M. Drips and Sediment Traps: lnstall drips at points where condensate may collect, including
service-meter outlets. Locate lvhere accessible to permit cleaning and emptying. Do not install
where condensate is subiect to freezing.
1. Construct drips and sediment traps using tee fltting with bottom outlet plugged or capped.
Use nipple a minimum length of 3 pipe diameters, but not less than 3 inches long and
same size as connected pipe. lnstall with space below bottom of drip to remove plug or
cap.
N. Extend relief vent connections for service regulators, line regulators, and overpressure
protection devices to outdoors and terminate with weatherproof vent cap.
O. Conceal pipe installations in walls, pipe spaces, utility spaces, above ceilings, below grade or
floors, and in floor channels unless indicated to be exposed to view.
P. Use eccentric reducer fittings to make reductions in pipe sizes. lnstall fittings with level side
down.
O. Connecl branch piping from top or side of horizontal piping.
R. lnstall unions in pipes NPS 2 and smaller, adjacent to each valve, at final connection to each
piece of equipment.
S. Do not use natural-gas piping as grounding electrode.
T. lnstall strainer on inlet of each line-pressure regulator and automatic or electrically operated
valve.
U. lnstall sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for
sleeves specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC Piping."
FACI LITY NATURAL-GAS PI PING
231123 - 6
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
V. lnstall sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with
requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 230517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for HVAC
Piping."
W. lnstall escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with
requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 230518 "Escutcheons for HVAC Piping."
3.3 VALVE INSTALLATION
A. lnstall manual gas shutoff valve for each gas appliance ahead of corrugated stainless-steel
tubing or copper connector.
B. lnstall underground valves with valve boxes.
C. lnstall regulators and overpressure protection devjces with maintenance access space
adequate for servicing and testing.
D. lnstall ea(hquake valves aboveground outside buildings according to listing.
E. lnstall anode for metallic valves in underground PE piping.
3.4 PIPING JOINT CONSTRUCTION
A. Ream ends of pipes and tubes and remove buns.
B. Remove scale, slag, dirt, and debris from inside and outside of pipe and fittings before
assemblY.
C. Threaded Joints:
1. Thread pipe with tapered pipe threads complying with ASME 81.20.1 .
2. Cut threads full and clean using sharp dies.
3. Ream threaded pipe ends to remove burrs and restore full inside diameter of pipe.
4. Apply appropriate tape or thread compound to external pipe threads unless dryseal
threading is specified.5. Damaged Threads: Do not use pipe or pipe fittings with threads that are conoded or
damaged. Do not use pipe sections that have cracked or open welds.
D. Welded Joints:
1. Construct joints according to AWS D10.12lD10.12M, using qualified processes and
welding operators.
2. Bevel plain ends of steel pipe.
3. Patch factory-applied protective coating as recommended by manufacturer at field welds
and where damage to coating occurs during construction.
E. Brazed Joints: Construct joints according to AWS'S "Brazing Handbook," "Pipe and Tube"
Chapter.
F. Flared Joints: Cut tubing with roll cutting tool. Flare tube end with tool to result in flare
dimensions complying with SAE J513. Tighten finger tight, then use wrench. Do not overtighten.
FACILITγ NATURAL―GAS PlPING
231123-7
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
G. PE Piping Heat-Fusion Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces by wiping with clean cloth or
paper towels. Join according to ASTM D 2657.
1. Plain-End Pipe and Fittings: Use butt fusion.
2. Plain-End Pipe and Socket Fittings: Use socket fusion.
3.5 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. lnstall seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices
specified in Section 230548 'Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC."
B. Comply with requirements for pipe hangers and supports specitied in Section 230529 "Hangers
and Supports for HVAC Piping and Equipment."
C. lnstall hangers for horizontal steel piping with the following maximum spacing and minimum rod
sizes:
1. NPS 1 and Smaller: Maximum span,96 inches; minimum rod size,3/8 inch.
2. NPS 1-ll4: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size,3/8 inch.
3. NPS 1-112 and NPS 2: Maximum span, 108 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
D. lnstall hangers for horizontal, corrugated stainless-steel tubing with the following maximum
spacing and minimum rod sizes:
1. NPS 3/8: Maximum span,48 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
2. NPS 1/2: Maximum span,72 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch
3. NPS 3/4 and Larger: Maximum span,96 inches; minimum rod size, 3/8 inch.
3.6 CONNECTIONS
A. Connect to utility's gas main according to utility's procedures and requirements.
B. lnstall natural-gas piping electrically continuous, and bonded to gas appliance equipment
grounding conductor of the circuit powering the appliance according to NFPA 70.
C. lnstall piping adjacent to appliances to allow service and maintenance of appliances.
D. Connect piping to appliances using manual gas shutoff valves and unions. lnstall valve within
72 inches of-each gas-fired appliance and equipment. lnstall union between valve and
appliances or equiPment.
E. Sediment Traps: lnstall tee fitting with capped nipple in bottom to form drip, as close as practical
to inlet of each aPPliance.
3] LABELING AND IDENTIFYING
A. Comply with requirements in section 230553 "ldentification for HVAC Piping and Equipment" for
piping and valve identification.
B. lnstall detectable warning tape directly above gas piping, 12 inches below finished grade,
except 6 inches below subgrade under pavements and slabs.
FACtLITγ NATURAL―GAS PIPING
231123-8
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
3.8 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Test, inspect, and purge natural gas according the lnternational Fuel Gas Code and authorities
having jurisdiction.
B. NaturaFgas piping will be considered defective if it does noi pass tests and inspections.
C. Prepare test and inspection reports.
3.9 OUTDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE
A. Underground natural-gas piping shall be one of the following:
1. PE pipe and fittings joined by heat fusion; service-line risers with tracer wire terminated in
an accessible location.
2. Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and fittings with
protective coating for steel piping.
3. Annealed{emper copper tube with wrought-copper fittings and brazed joints. Coat pipe
and fittings with protective coating for copper tubing.
B. Aboveground naturaFgas piping shall be one of the following:
1. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.
2. Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints.
3. Annealed{emper copper tube with wrought-copper fittings and brazed joints.
C. Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and
fittings with protective coating for steel piPing.
3.10 INDOOR PIPING SCHEDULE
A. Aboveground, branch piping NPS I and smaller shall the following:
1. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.
B. Aboveground, distribution piping shall be one of the following:
1. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.
2. Steel pipe with wroughGsteel littings and welded joints.
C. Underground, below building, piping shall be one of the following:
1. Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded joints.
2. Steel pipe with wroughGsteel littings and welded joints.
D. Containment Conduit: Steel pipe with wrought-steel fittings and welded joints. Coat pipe and
fittings with protective coating for steel piping.
E. Containment Conduit Vent Piping: Steel pipe with malleable-iron fittings and threaded or
wrought-steel fittings with welded joints. Coat underground pipe and fittings with protective
coating for steel piping.
FACILITY NATURAL―GAS PIPING
231123-9
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
3..I1 ABOVEGROUND IVIANUAL GAS SHUTOFF VALVE SCHEDULE
A. Valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 and smaller at service meter shall be one of the following:
1. One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim.
2. Two-piece, fulFport, bronze ball valves with bronze trim.
3. Bronze plug valve.
B. Distribution piping valves for pipe sizes NPS 2 and smaller shall be one of the following:
1. One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim.
2. Two-piece, full port, bronze ball valves with bronze trim.
3. Bronze plug valve.
C. Valves in branch piping for single appliance shall be one of the following:
1. One-piece, bronze ball valve with bronze trim.
2. Two-piece, fulFport, bronze ball valves Wth bronze trim.
3. Bronze plug valve.
END OF SECT:ON 231123
FACILITγ NATURAL―GAS PIPING
231123‐10
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
THIS PAGE LEFT BLANK INTENT:ONALLY
FACILITY NATURAL‐GAS PIPING
231123‐11
Oak Brook Golf Club Pa∥o Renovation/Prolect No 2018‐027
SECT:ON 260500
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTR:CAL
PART l‐GENERAL
ll RELATED DOCUMENTS
A Drawings and general provisions ofthe Contract,including General and Supplementary Conditions and
Division 01 Specification Sections,apply to this Seclon
12 SUMMARY
A Section includes:
l Electrical equipment coordinauon and insta∥ation
2 Sieeves for raceways and cables
3 Sleeve seals
4 Grout
5 Common electttcalinsta∥alon requirements
13 DEF!NIT10NS
A EPDM: Ethylene―propylene―diene terpolymer rubber
B NBR: Acrylonitrile―butadiene rubber
14 SUBMITTALS
A Product Datal Fo「sleeve seals
15 C00RDINAT10N
A Coordinate ar「angement,mounting,and support of electrical equipment:
l To a∥ ow maxirnum possible headroom unless specinc mOunting heights that reduce headroom
are lndicated
2 To provide for ease of disconnecting the equipment Ⅷth minirnum interference to other
insta∥ations
3 To a∥ow right of way for piping and conduitinsta∥ed at required slope
4 So connecting raceways, cables w∥l be clear of obstructions and of the working and access
space of other equipment
B Coo「dinate insta∥ation of required supporting devices and set sleeves in cast‐in―place concrete,
masonry wa∥s,and other structural components as they are constructed
C Coordinate sieeve selection and application w th selection and app∥cation of lrestopping specined in
Division 07 Section"Penetration Firestopping""
PART 2-PRODUCTS
21 SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS AND CABLES
A Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A53M,Type E,Grade B,Schedule 40,galvanized steel,plain ends
B Cast‐lron Pipe Sleevesi Cast or fabricated "wa∥ piper'equivalent to ductile―iron pressure pipe, with
plain ends and integral waterstop,unless othenvise indicated
C Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel
l Minimum Metal Thickness:
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
260500-1
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
a. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and no side more than 16
inches, thickness shall be 0.052 inch.
b. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or more than, 50 inches and 1 or
more sides equal to, or more than, 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.138 inch.
2.2 SLEEVE SEALS
A. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to lill annular space between sleeve
and raceway or cable.
1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following
a. Advance Products & Systems, lnc.
b. Calpico, lnc.
c. Metraflex Co.d. Pipeline Seal and lnsulator, lnc.
2. Sealing Elements: EPDM NBR interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit.
lnclude type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable.
3. Pressure Plates: Plastic, Carbon steel. lnclude two for each sealing element.
4. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with conosion-resistant coating of length required to
secure pressure plates to sealing elements. lnclude one for each sealing element.
2,3 GROUT
A. Nonmetallic, Shrinkage-Resistant Grout: ASTMC1107, factory-packaged, nonmetallic aggregate
grout, nonconosive, nonstaining, mixed with water to consistency suitable for application and a 30-
minute working time.
PART 3 . EXECUTION
3.,I COMMON REOUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1.
B. Measure indicated mounting heights to bottom of unit for suspended items and to center of unit for wall-
mounting items.
C. Headroom Maintenance: lf mounting heights or other location criteria are not indicated, arrange and
install components and equipment to provide maximum possible headroom consistent wilh these
requirements.
D. Equipment: lnstall to facilitate service, maintenance, and repair or replacement of components of both
electiical equipment and other nearby installations. Connect in such a way as to facilitate future
disconnecting with minimum interference with other items in the vicinity.
E. Right of Way: Give to piping systems installed at a required slope.
3,2 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS
A. Electrical penetrations occur when raceways, cables penetrate concrete slabs, concrete or masonry
walls, or fire-rated floor and wall assemblies
B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: lnstall sleeves for penetralions unless core-drilled holes or formed openings
are used. lnstall sleeves during erection of slabs and walls.
C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration arrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening.
D. Fire-Rated Assemblies: Install steeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies unless
openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor or wall.
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
260500 - 2
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
E. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces of walls.
F. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level.
G. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway or cable, unless
indicated otherwise.
H. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry
1. Promptly pack grout solidly between sleeve and wall so no voids remain. Tool exposed surfaces
smooth; protect grout while curing.
l. lnterior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve and
raceway or cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with
requirements in Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants.".
J. Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors
at raceway and cable penetrations. lnstall sleeves and seal raceway and cable penetration sleeves with
lirestop materials. Comply with requirements in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
K. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using steel pipe sleeves and mechanical
sleeve seals. Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for
installing mechanical sleeve seals.
L. Underground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: lnstall cast-iron pipe sleeves. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch
annular clear space between raceway or cable and sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
3.3 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION
A. lnstall to seal exterior wall penetrations.
B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway or cable material
and size. Position raceway or cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install
in annular space between raceway or cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that
cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.
3.4 FIRESTOPPING
A. Apply firestopping to penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies for electrical installations to
restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping malerials and installation requirements
are specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
END OF SECT10N
COMMON WORK RESULTS FOR ELECTRICAL
260500-3
Oak Brook Go「CIub PaJo Renovatton/Prolect No 2018-027
SECT:ON 260519
LOW‐VOLTACE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
PART l‐GENERAL
ll RELATED DOCUMENTS
A DraⅥЛngs and general provisions of the Contract, inc uding ceneral and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Spec fication Sections,apply to this Section
12 SUMMARY
A This Sect on includes the fo∥owing:
l Bu∥ding w res and cables rated 600 V and less
2 Connectors,splices,and terlninations rated 600 V and less
3 Sieeves and sleeve seals for cables
13 DEF:NIT10NS
A EPDM: Ethylene―propylene―diene terpolymer rubber
B NBR: Acrylonl∥le―butadiene rubber
14 SUBMITTALS
A Product Data: For each type of productindlcated
B Qua∥lcation Data: Fortesting agency
C Field qua∥tン control test reports
15 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Electrical Components, Devices,and AcceSSories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70,
Article 1 00, by a testing agency acceptable to autho百 ties having iu∥Sdiction, and marked fo「
intended use
B Comply with NFPA 70
16 COORDINAT10N
A Set sieeves in cast‐in‐place concrete,masonry wa∥s,and other structural components as they
are constructed
LOヽ ハ′‐VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519‐1
Oak Brook Golf Club Pa∥o Renova∥on′Prolect No 2018‐027
PART 2-PRODUCTS
21 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A Manufacturers:Sublect to comp∥ance with requirements,provide products by one of the
fo∥owing:
l Alcan Products Corpora∥on:Alcan Cable Division
2 AmeHcan lnsulated VVire Corp:a Lev10n Company
3 General Cable CorporaJon
4 Senator VVire&Cable Company
5 Southwire Company
B Copper Conductorsi Comply with NEMA WC 70
c Conductor lnsulalon:Comply with NEMA WC 70 forTypes THw THHN■HWN
22 CONNECTORS AND SPLiCES
A Manufacturers:Sublect to compliance with requirements,provide products by one of the
fo∥owing:
l AFC Cable Systems,lnc
2 Hubbe∥Power Systems,lnc
3 0ZGedney:ECS Elect“cal Group LLC
4 3M;Electrical Products Division
5 Tyco Electronics Co「pB Descttplon:Factory‐fabncated connectors and sp∥ces of size,ampacity ralng,mate∥aL type,
and class for app∥cation and service indicated
23 SLEEVES FOR CABLES
A Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53′A53M,Type E,Grade B,Schedule 40,galvanized steel,plain
ends
B Castlron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabrlcated・ wa∥piper'equivalent to ductile―i「on pressure pipe,
with plain ends and integral waterstop,unless othen″ise indicated
c Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel w th minimum 0 052‐or 0 138‐inch
thickness as indicated and oflength to suit app∥cation
D Coordinate sleeve selection and app∥cation with selection and application of firestopping
specined in Divlsion 07 Section"Penetration Firestopping"
24 SLEEVE SEALS
A ManufacturersI Sublect to comp∥ance with requrements,provide products by one of the
fo∥owing:
4 Advance ProductS&Systems,inc
LOVV‐VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POVVER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519-2
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
2. Calpico, lnc.
3. Metraflex Co.
4. Pipeline Seal and lnsulator, lnc.
B. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to fill annular space between
sleeve and cable.
1 . Sealing Elements: EPDM NBR interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or conduit.
lnclude type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable.
2. Pressure Plates: Plastic, Carbon steel. lnclude two for each sealing element.
3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length
required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. lnclude one for each sealing
element.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3..I CONDUCTORMATERIALAPPLICATIONS
A. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No.8 AWG and
larger.
3.? CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING
METHODS
A. Exposed Branch Circuits, lncluding in Crawlspaces: Type THHN-THWN, single conductors in
raceway.
B. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-THWN, single
conductors in raceway.
C. Class 1 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway.
D. Class 2 Control Circuits: Type THHN-THWN, in raceway.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated.
B. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubrjcant where necessary; compound used
must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended
maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.
C. Use pulling means, inctuding flsh tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will
not damage cables or raceway.
O. tnstall exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members,
and follow surface contours where possible.
E. Support cables according to Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems."
LOW―VOLTAGE ELECTRiCAL POWER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519-3
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Pro.iect No. 2018-027
F. ldentify and color-code conductors and cables according to Division 26 Section "ldentitication
for Electrical Systems."
3.4 CONNECTIONS
A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-
tightening values. lf manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in
UL 4864 and UL 4868.
B. Make splices and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent
or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors.
1. Use oxide inhibitor in each splice and tap conductor for aluminum conductors.
C. Wiring at Outlets: lnstall conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches of slack.
3.5 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETMTIONS
A. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping
specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: lnstall sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed
openings are used. lnstall sleeves during erection of slabs and walls.
C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration anangement requires rectangular sleeved opening.
D. Rectangular Sleeve Minimum Metal Thickness:
1. For sleeve rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and no side greater than 16 inches,
thickness shall be 0.052 inch.
2. For sleeve rectangle perimeter equal to, or greater than, 50 inches and 1 or more sides
equal to, or greater than, 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.138 inch.
E. Fire-Rated Assemblies: lnstall sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies
unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor
or wall.
F. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both wall surfaces.
G. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level.
H. Size pipe sleeves to provide 1/4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and cable unless
sleeve seal is to be installed.
l. Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry and with
approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies.
J. lnterior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve
and cable, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint according to
Division 07 Section "Joint Sealants."
LOVV VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519‐ 4
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
K. Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings,
and floors at cable penetrations. lnstall sleeves and seal with firestop materials according to
Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
L. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual cables with flexible boot-type flashing
units applied in coordination with roofing work.
M. Aboveground Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical
sleeve seals. Size sleeves to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and sleeve for
installing mechanical sleeve seals.
N. Underground Exterior-Wall Penetrations: lnstall cast-iron "wall pipes" for sleeves. Size sleeves
to allow for '1-inch annular clear space between cable and sleeve for installing mechanical
sleeve seals.
3.6 SLEEVE.SEAL INSTALLATION
A. lnstall to seal underground exterior-wall penetrations.
B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for cable material
and si;. Position cable in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install in
annular space between cable and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause
sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal
3.7 FIRESTOPPING
A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of flre-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore
oiiginat fire-resisiance rating of assembly according to Division 07 Section "Penetration
Firestopping."
1. perform each visual and mechanical inspection and provide meggar test of service
entrance and feeder conductors
B. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.
END OF SECT10N
LOVV‐VOLTACE ELECTRICAL POW ER
CONDUCTORS AND CABLES
260519-5
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
SECT10N 260526
GROUNDING AND BOND:NG FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART l‐GENERAL
ll RELATED DOCUMENTS
A Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Ceneral and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 Specincation Sections,apply to this Section
12 SUBMITTALS
A Product Data: For each type of productindicated
B Operation and Maintenance Data: For grounding to include the fo∥owing in emergency,
operation,attd maintenance manuals:
l instructions for penodic testing and inspection of grounding features at grounding
connections for separately derived systems based on NFPA 70B
a Tests sha∥be to determine if ground resistance o「irnpedance values remain wlthin
specified maxirnums,and instnJctions sha∥recommend corrective action ifthey do
not
b lnclude recommended testing intervals
13 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Electrical Components,Devices,and Accessories: Listed and labeled as deined in NFPA 70,
Article 100, by a testing agency acceptable to authonties having jurisdiction, and marked for
lntended use
B Comply Ⅷth UL 467 forgrounding and bonding mate∥als and equipment
PART 2-PRODUCTS
21 CONDUCTORS
A lnsulated Conductors: Copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless othen″ise required by
app∥cable Code or authorities having juHsdlction
B Bare Copper Conductors:
l Solid ConduCtOrs: ASTM B3
2 Stranded Conducto「s:ASTM B 8
3 Tinned Conductors:ASTM B 33
4 Bonding Cable: 28 kcm∥,14 strands of No 17 AVVG oonducto「,1′4 inch in diameter
5 Bonding Conductor: No 4orNo 6AWG,stranded conductor
6 Bonding」umperi Copper tape, braided conductors,terminated with copper ferules: 1-
5′8inches wide and l′1 6 inch thick
7 Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned―copper tape, bralded conductors, terminated with
copper ferrules:1-5ノ 8 inches wide and 1/1 6 inch thick
22 CONNECTORSA ∥潮認Ψ器臨晨iTtti『
]::″11:群 P」::問織讐:]:「』∫棚彗憲i:i」器
oonductors and otheritems connected
B Bolted Connecto「s for Conducto「s and Pipes: Copper or copper a∥oy, bolted pressure―type,
with atleastヽ ″o bolts
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICALSYSTEMS
260526‐1
32
33
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
1. Pipe Connectors: Clamp type, sized for pipe.
C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for
materials being joined and installation conditions.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3..I APPLICATIONS
A. Conductors: lnstall solid conductor for No. 10 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for
No. 6 AWG and larger, unless otherwise indicated.
B. lsolated Grounding Conductors: Green-colored insulation with continuous yellow stripe. On
feeders with isolated ground, identify grounding conductor where visible to normal inspection,
with altemating bands of green and yellow tape, with at least three bands of green and two
bands of yellow.
C. Conductor Terminations and Connections:
1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors.
2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors, except at test wells and as otherwise
indicated.ABEQUIPMENT GROUNDING
lnstall insulated equipment grounding conduclors with all feeders and branch circuits.
lnstall insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those
required by NFPA 70:
1. Feeders and branch circuits.
2. Lighting circuits.
3. Receptaclecircuits.4. Flexible raceway runs.
INSTALLATION
Grounding conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible, unless otherwise
indicated br required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may
be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.
Bonding straps and Jumpers: lnstall in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance,
except where routed through short lengths of conduit.
1. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration lsolation Hangers and Supports: lnstall so
vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment.
2. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations, but if a disconneci-type
connection is required, use a bolted clamp.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Perform the following tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
1. After installing grounding system but before permanent electrical circuits have been
energized, test for compliance with requirements.
2. Test completed grounding system at each location where a maximum ground-resistance
level is specified, at service disconnect enclosure grounding terminal and at individual
ground rods. Make tests at ground rods before any conductors are connected.
a. Measure ground resistance not less than two full days after last trace of
precipitation and without soil being moistened by any means other than natural
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICALSYSTEMS
260526‐2B34
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of
reducing natural ground resistance.
b. Perform tests by fallof-potential method according to IEEE 81.
B. Report measured ground resistances that exceed the following values:
1 . Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 KVA and less: 10 ohms.
2. Power and Lighting Equipment or System with Capacity 500 to 1000 KVA: 5 ohms.
3. Power and Lighting Equipment or System wlth Capacity More Than '1000 KVA: 3 ohms.
C. Excessive Ground Resistance: lf resistance to ground exceeds specified values, notify
Architect promptly and include recommendations to reduce ground resistance.
END OF SECTION
GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICALSYSTEMS
260526‐3
Oak Brook Gor Club Palo Renova∥on/Prolect No 2018-027
SECT:ON 260529
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
PART l―GENERAL
ll RELATED DOCUMENTS
A Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including Ceneral and Supplementary
Conditions and Divislon 01 SpecincatiOn Sections,apply to this Section
12 SUMMARY
A This Sec∥on includes the fo∥owing:
l Hangers and supports for electhcal equipment and systems
2 Construction requirements for concrete bases
13 DEFINIT10NS
A EMT: Elect百 cal meta∥c tubing
B IMC:lntermediate metal condun
C RMC:Ri9id metai condun
14 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A Delegated Design: Design supports fOr multiple raceways, including comprehensive
engitteering analysis by a qua∥led professional engineer,using performance requirements and
design cnteria indlcated
B Design supports for multiple raceways capable of supporting combined weight of supported
systems and its contents
C Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported
equipment and connected systems and components
D Rated Strength: Adequate in tension, shear, and pu∥out force to resist maximum loads
calculated or imposed for this Prolect,with a minimum structural safety factor of ive umes the
applied force
15 SUBMITTALS
A Product Data: Forthe fo∥owing:
l Steel slotted support systems
2 Nonmeta∥ic slotted support systems
B Shop Dravnngs: Show fabHcation and insta∥ation deta∥s and include calculations for the
fo∥o輛 ng:
l Trapeze hangers lnclude Product Data for components
2 Steel slotted channel systems lnclude Product Data for components
3 Nonmeta∥ic slotted channel systems lnclude Product Data for components
4 Equipment supports
C Welding certificates
16 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Welding:Qualify procedures and personnel according to AVVS Dl l′Dl lM,"Structural Welding
Code―Steel"
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 260529-1
Oak Brook Gor Club Pauo Renovauon/PrOlect No 2018-027
B Comply Ⅵガth NFPA 70
17 C00RDINAT10N
A Coordinate size and location of concrete bases Cast anchor‐boltinserts into bases Concrete,
reinforcement,and forrnwork requirements are specined in Division 03
B Coordinate installation of roof curbs,equipment supports,and「oof penetrations These items
are specined in Division 07 Section"Roof Accessories・
PART 2-PRODUCTS
21 SUPPORT,ANCHORAGE,AND AT「ACHMENT COMPONENTS
A Steel SIotted Support Systemsi Comply with MFMA-4,factory(abHcated components for ield
assembly.1. Manufacturers:
following:
Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
a. Allied Tube & Conduit.
b. Cooper B-Line, Inc.; a division of Cooper lndustries.
c. ER|COlnternationalCorporation.
d. GS Metals corp.
e. Thomas & Betts CorPoration.
f. Unistrut; Tyco lnternational, Ltd
g. Wesanco, lnc.
2. Metallic Coatings: Holdip galvanized after fabrication and applied according to MFMA-4.
3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Manufacturer's standard PVC, polyurethane, or polyester coating
applied according to MFMA-4.
4. Painted Coatings: Manufacturer's standard painted coating applied according to MFMA-
4.
5. Channel Dimensions: Selected for applicable load criteria.
B. RacewayandCableSupports: Asdescribedin NECA 1 andNECAl0l'
c. conduit and cable support Devices: Steel and malleable-iron hangers, clamps, and associated
fittings, designed for types and sizes of raceway or cable to be supported.
D. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded
body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non-armored electrical conductors or cables in
risei conduits. plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as
required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron.
E. Structural Steel for Fabricated supports and Restraints: ASTM A36/A 36M, steel plates,
shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.
F. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment components: ltems for fastening electrical items or their
supports to building surfaces include the following:
1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement
concrete,steel,orwood,withtension,shear,andpulloutcapacitiesappropriatefor
supported loads and building materials where used'
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1) Hilti lnc.
2\ ITW RamsevRed Head; a division of lllinois Tool Works' lnc'
3) MKT Fastening, LLC.
4i Simpson Strong-Tie Co., lnc.; Masterset Fastening Systems Unit'
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 260529‐2
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
2. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: lnsert-wedge-type, zinc-coated steel, for use in
hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities
appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used.
a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one
of the following:
1) Cooper B-Line, lnc.; a division of Cooper lndustries.
2\ Empire Tool and Manufacturing Co., lnc.
3) Hilti lnc.4) ITW RamseURed Head; a division of lllinois Tool Works, lnc.
5) MKT Fastening, LLC.
Concrete lnserts: Steel or malleable-iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS
Type 18; complying with NilFMA4 or MSS SP-58.
Clamps for Aftachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58, type suitable for
attached structural element.
Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength. Comply with ASTM A 325.
Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type.
Hanger Rods: Threaded steel.
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 260529-3
22 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES
A Description: Welded o「bolted,structural―steel shapes,shop or neld fabricated to lt dimensions
of supported equipment
B MateHals: Comply with requirements in Division 05 Section "Metal FabHca∥ons・ for steel
shapes and plates
PART 3-EXECUT10N
31 APPLICAT10N
A Comply wnh NECA l and NECA 101 for applicalon of hangers and supports for electHcal
equipment and systems exceptif requirements in this Section are stricter
B Maximum Support Spacing and Minirnum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for
EMT,IMC,and RMC as required by NFPA 70 Minimum rod size sha∥be 1/4 inch in diameter
c Multiple Raceways o「Cables: lnsta∥trapeze―type supports fabricated with steel slotted support
system,sized so capacity can be increased by atleast 25 percentin future Ⅷthout exceedlng
specined design load∥mits
l Secure raceways and cables to these supports Ⅷthヽ ″o―bolt conduit clamps
D Spring―steel clamps designed for supporting single conduits without bolts may be used for l‐
1/2-inch and sma∥er raceways serving branch circuits and communication systems above
suspended ce∥ings and forfastening raceways to trapeze supports
32 SUPPORT INSTALLAT10N
A Comply Wnh NECA l and NECA 101 forinstallatton requ rements except as specried in this
Article
B Raceway Support Methods: in addtion to methods desc∥bedin NECA l,EMT,IMC,and RMC
may be supported by openings through stiucture members,as permitted in NFPA 70
C Strength of Support Assemb∥es: ヽハ′here not indicated,select sizes of components so strength
w∥l be adequate to carry present and future static loads withln specined loading ∥mits
Minimum static design ioad used fo「 strength determination sha∥ be weight of supported
components plus 200 1b
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / ProJect No. 2018-027
D. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten
electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods
unless otherwise indicated by code:
1. To Wood: Fasten Wth lag screws or through bolts.
2. fo New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts.
3. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor
fasteners on solid masonry units.
4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners.
5. lnstead of expansion anchors, powder-actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock
washers and nuts may be used in existing standard-weight concrete 4 inches thick or
greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight-aggregate concrete or for slabs less
than 4 inches thick.
6. To Steel: Beam clamps (MSS Type 19, 21, 23, 25, ot 27) complying with MSS SP-691
[Spring{ension clamPs.
7. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws.
8. ltems Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets,
panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction boxes,
transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate by means
that meet seism ic-restraint strength and anchorage requirements.
E. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing
bars.
3.3 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS
A. Comply with installation requirements in Division 05 Section "Metal Fabrications" for site-
fabricated metal supports.
B. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation
to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment.
C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1 .1M.
3.4 PAINTING
A. Touchup: clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Painl exposed areas
immediately after erecting hangers and supports. use same materials as used for shop
painting. iomply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces'
'1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils'
B. Touchup: Comply with requirements in Division 09 Painting Sections for cleaning and louchup
painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous
metal.
c. Galvanized surfaces: clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply
galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION
HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS 260529-4
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
SECT:ON 260533
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRiCAL SYSTEMS
PART l―GENERAL
ll RELATED DOCUMENTS
A Drawlngs and general provisions of the Contract, including Ceneral and Suppiementary
Conditions and Di゛ sion 01 Speciflcation Sections,apply to this Section
12 SUMMARY
A This Section includes raceways,ltings,boxes,enclosures,and cabinets for elect"cal wiring
B Related Sections include the fo∥ow ng:
l Division 26 Section "Underground Ducts and RaCeways for Elect∥cal Systems・ for
exte∥or ductbanks,manholes,and underground ul∥ty constnJcuon
13 DEFINIT10NS
A EMT:Electncal metal∥o tubing
B EPDM: Ethylene‐propylene―diene terpolymer rubber
C FMC: Flexible metal condun
D IMC:lnterrnediate metal condul
E LFMC: Liquldught nexible metal conduit
F NBR:Acrylonit∥le―butadiene rubber
c PVC:Rigid Polyvlnyl Chlonde Condul
14 SUBMITTALS
A Product Data: For surface raceways, Wireways and Fltlings, loo「 boxes, hinged―cover
enclosures,and cabinets
B Shop Drawings: For the fo∥o,Mng raceway components lnclude plans,elevations, sections,
deta∥s,and attachments to other work
l Custom enclosures and cabinets
a Grounding deta∥sb Joint deta∥sRACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICALSYSTEMS
260533-1
Oak Brook Golf Club Pa∥o Renova∥onノ Prolect No 2048-027
C Coordina∥on Draw ngs: Condut routtng plans,drawn to scale,on which the following nems are
shown and coordinated with each other,based on inputfrom insta∥ers ofthe items involved:
l Structural membersin the paths of condun groups with common supports
2 HVAC and plumbing items and architectural features in the paths of condu t groups with
common supports
15 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Electrical Components,Devices,and Accessories: Listed and labeled as denned in NFPA 70,
Article 1 00, by a tesing agency acceptable to autho百 ∥es having iuriSdiCJon, and marked for
lntended use
B Comply Ⅷth NFPA 70
PART 2‐PRODUCTS
21 METAL CONDUIT AND TUBING
A Manufacturers: Sublect to comp∥ance wnh requirements,provide products by one of the
fo∥owing:
l AFC Cable Systems,lnc
2 Alnex lnc
3 A∥ied Tube&Condun:a Tyco intemaJonal Ltd Co
4 Anamet Elect百 cal,lnc:Anaconda Metal Hose
5 Elect∥―Flex Co
6 Manhattan/CDT/Cole―Flex
7 Mavettck Tube CorporaJon
8 0‐Z Gedney:a unl of General Signal
9 Wheadand Tube Company
B Rigid steel ConduL ANSI C80 1
c lMC:ANSi C80 6
D EMT:ANSI C80 3
E FMC:Zinc“oated steel
F LFMC: Flexible steel condun wnh Pvc jacket
G Fittings for Condul(lncluding a∥ Types and Flexible and Liquidlght), EMT, and Cable:
NEMA FBl: ∥sted for type and size raceway with which used, and for application and
environmentin whlch insta∥ed
l Condut Flungs for Hazardous(ClaSSried)Locauonsi comply with UL 886
2 Fittings for EMT:Steel type
H 」oint COmpound for Rigid Steel Conduit orIMC: Listed for use in cable connector assemblies,
and compounded for use to lubttcate and protect threaded raceway joints from corrosion and
enhance their conductivity
RACEVVAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICALSYSTEMS
260533-2
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
2,2 RIGID POLWINYL CHLORIDE CONDUIT.
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. AFC Cable Systems, lnc.
2. Anamet Electrical, lnc.; Anaconda Metal Hose.
3. Arnco Corporation.4. CANTEX lnc.
5. CertainTeed Corp.; Pipe & Plastics Group.
6. Condux lnternational, lnc.
7. ElecSYS, lnc.
8. Electri-Flex Co.
9. Lamson & Sessions; Carlon Electrical Products.
10. Manhattan/CDT/Cole-Flex.'11. RACO; a Hubbell Company.
12. Thomas & Betts Corporation.
2.3 BOXES, ENCLOSURES, AND CABINETS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
folloWng:
1. Cooper Crouse-Hinds; Div. of Cooper lndustries, lnc.
2. Ecs/AppletonElectric.
3. Erickson Electrical Equipment Company.
4. Hoffman.
5. Hubbell lncorporated; Killark Electric Manufacturing Co. Division.
6. O-ZGedney; a unit of General Signal.
7. RACO; a Hubbell ComPanY.
8. Robroy lndustries, lnc.; Enclosure Division.
9. Scott Fetzer Co.; Adalet Division.
10. Spring City Electrical Manufacturing Company.
11. Thomas & Befts Corporation.
12. Walker Systems, lnc.; Wiremold Company (The).
13. Woodhead, Daniel Company; Woodhead lndustries, lnc. Subsidiary.
B. Sheet Metal Outlet and Device Boxes: NEMAOS 1.
c. cast-Metal outlet and Device Boxes: NEMA FB 1, ferrous alloy, typed FD with gasketed cover.
D. Metal Floor Boxes: Cast metal, fully adjustable, rectangular.
E. Small Sheet Metal Pull and Junction Boxes: NEMA OS 1.
F. Cast-Metal Access, Pull, and Junction Boxes: NEMA FB 1, cast aluminum with gasketed cover.
G. Hinged-cover Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, with continuous-hinge cover with flush latch,
unless otherwise indicated.
1. Metal Enclosures: Steel, finished inside and out with manufacture/s standard enamel.
2. Nonmetallic Enclosures: Plastic, finished inside with radio-frequency-resistant paint.
H. Cabinets:
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
260533 - 3
Oak Brook Gor CIub Pa∥。Renovalonノ Prolect No 2018-027
NEMA 250, Type 1, galvanized-steel box with removable interior panel and removable
front, finished inside and out with manufacturer's standard enamel.
Hinged door in front cover with flush latch and concealed hinge.
Key latch to match panelboards.
Metal barriers to separate wiring of different systems and voltage.
Accessory feet where required for freestanding equipment.
SLEEVES FOR RACEWAYS
Steel Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, galvanized steel, plain
ends.
Casllron Pipe Sleeves: Cast or fabricated "wall pipe," equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe,
with plain ends and integral waterstop, unless otherwise indicated.
Sleeves for Rectangular Openings: Galvanized sheet steel with minimum 0.052- or 0.138-inch
thickness as indicated and of length to suit application.
Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping
specifled in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
SLEEVE SEALS
Manufacturers: Sublect to compliance with requrements, prov de products by one of the
folloゃ Mng:
1. Advance Products & Systems, lnc.
2. Calpico, lnc.
3. Metraflex Co.
4. Pipeline Seal and lnsulator, lnc.
B. Description: Modular sealing device, designed for field assembly, to flll annular space between
sleeve and cable.
1. Sealing Elements: EPDM or NBR interlocking links shaped to fit surface of cable or
conduit. lnclude type and number required for material and size of raceway or cable.
2. Pressure Plates: Carbon steel. lnclude two for each sealing element.
3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Carbon steel with corrosion-resistant coating of length
required to secure pressure plates to sealing elements. lnclude one for each sealing
element.
PART 3-EXECUT10N
RACEWAY APPLICATION
Outdoors: Apply raceway products as specified below, unless otherwise indicated:
1. Exposed Conduit: Rigid steel conduit.
2. Concealed Conduit, Aboveground: Rigid steel conduit.
3. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (lnctuding Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic,
Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): LFMC
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
260533-4
24BC
25A
31
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
4. Boxes and Enclosures, Aboveground: NEMA 250, Type 3R.
B. Comply Wth the following indoor applications, unless otherwise indicated:
1. Exposed, Not Sub.iect to Physical Damage: EMT.
2. Exposed, Not Subject to Severe Physical Damage: EMT.
3. Exposed and Subject to Severe Physical Damage: Rigid steel conduit. lncludes
raceways in the following locations:
a. Loading dock.
b. Corridors used for traffic of mechanized carts, forklifts, and pallet-handling units.
c. Mechanical rooms.
4. Concealed in Ceilings and lnterior Walls and Partitions: EMT.
S. Connection to Vibrating Equipment (lncluding Transformers and Hydraulic, Pneumatic,
Electric Solenoid, or Motor-Driven Equipment): FMC, except use LFMC in damp or wet
locations.
6. Damp or Wet Locations: Rigid steel conduit.
7. Boxes and Enclosures: NEMA 250, Type 1, except use NEMA 250, Type 4, stainless
steel in damp or wet locations.
C. Minimum Raceway Size: 3/4-inch trade size.
D. Raceway Fittings: Compatible with raceways and suitable for use and location.
1. Rigid and lntermediate Steel Conduit: Use threaded rigid steel conduit fittings, unless
otherwise indicated.
PART 4 - EXECUTION
4.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1 for installation requiremenls applicable to products specified in Part 2
except where requirements on Drawings or in this Article are stricter.
B. Keep raceways at least 6 inches away from parallel runs of flues and steam or hot-water pipes.
lnstall horizontal raceway runs above water and steam piping.
C. Complete raceway installation before starting conductor installation'
D. Support raceways as specified in Division 26 Section "Hangers and Supports for Electrical
Systems."
E. Arrange stub-ups so curved portions of bends are not visible above the finished slab.
F. lnstall no more than the equivalent of three 9o-degree bends in any conduit run except for
communications conduits, for which fewer bends are allowed'
G. Conceal conduit and EMT within finished walls, ceilings, and floors, unless otherwise indicated.
H. RacewaYs Embedded in Slabs:
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICALSYSTEMS
260533-5
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
1. Run conduit larger than f-inch trade size, parallel or at right angles to main
reinforcement. Where at right angles to reinforcement, place conduit close to slab
supPort.
2. Arrange raceways to cross building expansion joints at right angles with expansion
fittings.
Threaded Conduit Joints, Exposed to Wet, Damp, Corrosive, or Outdoor Conditions: Apply
listed compound to threads of raceway and fittings before making up joints. Follow compound
manufacturer's written instructions.
Raceway Terminations at Locations Subject to Moisture or Vibration: Use insulating bushings
to protect conductors, including conductors smaller than No. 4 AWG.
lnstall pull wires in empty raceways. use polypropylene or monolilament plastic line with not
less than 2OO-lb tensile strength. Leave at least '12 inches of slack at each end of Pull wire.
lnstall raceway sealing fittings at suitable, approved, and accessible locations and fill them with
listed sealing compound. For concealed raceways, install each fltting in a flush steel box with a
blank cover plate having a linish similar to that of adjacent plates or surfaces. lnstall raceway
sealing fittings at the following points:
Where conduits pass from warm to cold locations, such as boundaries of refrigerated
spaces.
Where otherwise required by NFPA 70.
ritten instructions for conditions at specific location at the time of installation.
Expansion-Joint Fittings for RNc: lnstall in each run of aboveground conduit that is located
where environmental temperature change may exceed 30 deg F, and that has straight-run
length that exceeds 25 feet.
1. lnstall expansion-joint fitlings for each of the following locations, and provide type and
quantity of fittings that accommodate temperature change listed for location:
a. Outdoor Locations Not Exposed to Direct Sunlight: 125 deg F temperalure
change.
b. Outdoor Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight 155 deg F temperature change'
c. lndoor Spaces: Connected with the Outdoors without Physical Separation: 125
deg F temPerature change.
d. Attics: 135 deg F temperature change.
2. lnstall fitting(s) that provide expansion and contraction for at least 0.00041 inch per foot
of length oi siraighi run per deg F of temperature change. lnstall each expansion-joint
fitting;ith positi;n, mounting, and piston setting selected according lo manufactureis
writt6n instructions for conditions at specific location at the time of installation'
Flexible conduit connections: Use maximum of 72 inches of flexible conduit for recessed and
semi-recessed lighting fixtures, equipment subject to vibration, noise transmission, or
movement; and for transformers and motors.
1. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations subject to severe physical damage.
2. Use LFMC in damp or wet locations not subject to severe physical damage'
Recessed Boxes in Masonry Walls: saw-cut opening for box in center of cell of masonry block,
and install box flush with surface of wall.
RACEVVAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICALSYSTEMS
260533-6MN0
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
4.2 SLEEVE INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETMTIONS
A. Coordinate sleeve selection and application with selection and application of firestopping
specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
B. Concrete Slabs and Walls: lnstall sleeves for penetrations unless core-drilled holes or formed
openings are used. lnstall sleeves during erection of slabs and walls.
C. Use pipe sleeves unless penetration atrangement requires rectangular sleeved opening.
D. Rectangular Sleeve Minimum Metal Thickness:
1. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter less than 50 inches and no side greater
than 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.052 inch.
2. For sleeve cross-section rectangle perimeter equal to, or greater than, 50 inches and 1 or
more sides equal to, or greater than, 16 inches, thickness shall be 0.'138 inch.
E. Fire-Rated Assemblies: lnstall sleeves for penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies
unless openings compatible with firestop system used are fabricated during construction of floor
or wall.
F. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces ofwalls.
G. Extend sleeves installed in floors 2 inches above finished floor level.
H. Size pipe sleeves to provide 'll4-inch annular clear space between sleeve and raceway unless
sleeve seal is to be installed.
L Seal space outside of sleeves with grout for penetrations of concrete and masonry and with
approved joint compound for gypsum board assemblies.
J. lnterior Penetrations of Non-Fire-Rated Walls and Floors: Seal annular space between sleeve
and raceway, using joint sealant appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Refer to
Division O7 Section "Joint Sealants" for materials and installation.
K. Fire-Rated-Assembly Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings,
and floors at raceway penetrations. lnstall sleeves and seal with firestop materials. Comply
with Oivision 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
L. Roof-Penetration Sleeves: Seal penetration of individual raceways with flexible, boot-type
flashing units applied in coordination with roofing work.
M. Aboveground, Exterior-Wall Penetrations: Seal penetrations using sleeves and mechanical
sleeve seals. Selecl sleeve size to allow for 1-inch annular clear space between pipe and
sleeve for installing mechanical sleeve seals.
4,3 SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION
A. lnstall to seal underground, exterior wall penetrations.
B. Use type and number of sealing elements recommended by manufacturer for raceway material
and size. Position raceway in center of sleeve. Assemble mechanical sleeve seals and install
in annular space between raceway and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that
cause sealing elements to expand and make watertight seal.
RACEWAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
260533 - 7
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
4,4 FIRESTOPPING
A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore
original fire-resistance rating of assembly. Firestopping materials and installation requirements
are specified in Division 07 Section "Penetration Firestopping."
4.5 PROTECTION
A. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure coatings, finishes, and cabinets are
without damage or deterioration at time of Substantial Completion.
'l . Repair damage to galvanized finishes with zinc-rich paint recommended by
manufacturer.
2. Repair damage to PVC or paint finishes with matching touchup coating recommended by
manufacturer.
END OF SECT10N
RACEVVAY AND BOXES FOR ELECTRICAL
SYSTEMS
260533‐8
Oak Brook Go「Club Pa籠 o Renovauon/PrOlect No 2018-027
SECT:ON 260553
:DENTIFICAT:ON FOR ELECTR:CAL SYSTEMS
PART l‐GENERAL
ll RELATED DOCUMENTS
A Drawings and general provisions ofthe Contract,including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 SpecincatiOn Sections,apply to this Section
12 SUMMARY
A Section includes:
1 ldenllcauon fOr raceways
2 1dentincatiOn Of power and control cables
3 1dentincatiOn fOr conductors
4 VVarning labeis and signs
5 instruction signs
6 EquipmentidentincatiOn labels
7 Misce∥aneous identincatiOn products
13 SUBMITTALS
A Product Data: For each elect百 calidentincatiOn product indicated
14 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Comply MЛ th ANSI A13 1 and lEEE C2
B Comply Ⅵパth NFPA 70
C Complywth29CFR1910144and29CFR1910145
D Comply輛 th ANSI Z535 4 for safety signs and labels
E Adhesive―attached labeling materials,including label stocks,laminating adhesives,and inks
used bylabel p∥nters,sha∥comply with UL 969
15 C00RDINAT10N
A Coordinate identtflcation names,abbreviations,colors,and other features Ⅷth requirements in
other Sections requlring identincation app∥cations,Drawings,Shop Dra、Mngs,manufacturer's
wiring diagrams,and the Operation and Maintenance Manual:and with those required by
codes,standards,and 29 CFR 1910 145 Use consistent designauons thrOughout Prolect
B Coordinate insta∥a∥on ofidenufying devices with complelon of oovettng and painlng of
surfaces where devices are to be apphed
C Coordinate insta∥alon ofidenufying devices with localon of access panels and doors
D lnsta∥identifying devices before insta∥ing acoustical ce∥ings and sim∥ar concealment
PART 2-PRODUCTS
21 POVVER RACEVVAY IDENTIFICAT10N MATER:ALS
A Comply w th ANS:A13 1 for minimum size ofletters forlegend and for minimum length of oolor
field for each raceway size
B Colors fo「Raceways Carrying circuls at 600 V or Less:
l Black leters on an orange field
lDENTIFICAT10N FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260553‐1
Oak Brook Golf Club Pa∥o Renova∥on/Prolect No 2018‐027
2 Legend: lndicate voltage and system or service type
22 POWER AND CONTROL CABLE IDENTIFICAT10N MATERIALS
A Comply w th ANSI A13 1 for minimum size ofletlers forlegend and for minimum length of color
field for each raceway and cable size
l Markerfo「Tags: Machine―printed,penlnanent,waterproof,black ink marker
recommended by printer manufacturer
B Snap―Around Labels: S∥t,pre―tensioned,lexible,prepttnted,color―coded acrylic sleeve,with
diameter sized t●suit diameter of raceway or cable itidentines and tO stay in place by gripping
action
23 CONDUCTOR IDENTIFICAT10N MATERIALS
A Color―Coding conductor Tapei Colored,sel「adhesive vinyitape notless than 3 m∥s thick by l
lo 2 inches wide
24 VVARNING LABELS AND SlGNS
A ComplyMath NFPA 70 and 29 CFR 1910 145
B Self‐Adhesive Warning Labels: Factory printed,multicolor,pressure―sensitlve adhesive labels,
cOnngured for display on front cover,door,or other access to equipment unless othenwise
indicated
25 EQUIPMENT IDENTIFICAT10N LABELS
A Adhesive Film LabeL Machine printed,in black,by therlnaltransfer or equivalent process
Minirnum letter height sha∥be 3′8 inch
26 CABLE TIES
A Ceneral―Purpose Cable Ties: Fungus inert,self extinguishing,one piece,self locking,Type 6′6nylon
B UV―Stab∥ized Cable Ties: Fungus inert,designed for continuous exposure to exterior sun∥ght,
self extinguishing,one piece,self locking,Type 6′6 nylon
C Plenum―Rated Cable Ties: Self extinguishing,UV stab∥ized,one piece,self locking
27 M:SCELLANEOUS:DENTlFICAT10N PRODUCTS
A Fasteners for Labels and Signs: Self‐tapping,stainless―steel screws or stainless―steel rnachine
screws with nuts and lat and lock washers
PART 3-EXECUT10N
31 1NSTALLAT10N
A Verify identity of each item before insta∥ing identification products
B Location: lnsta∥identincatiOn materials and devices atlocations for most convenient viewing
withoutintelference with operation and maintenance of equipment
C Apply identification devices to surfaces that require inish afler completing finish work
D Sel「Adhesive identincatiOn ProductsI Clean surfaces before app∥cation,using materials and
methods recommended by manufacturer ofidentincatiOn device
E Attach signs and plastic labels that are not self―adhesive type with mechanicalfasteners
appropriate to the location and substrate
lDENTIFICAT10N FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260553-2
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Proiect No. 2018-027
F. System ldentification Color-Coding Bands for Raceways and Cables: Each color-coding band
shall completely encircle cable or conduit. Place adjacent bands of two-color markings in
contact, side by side. Locate bands at changes in direction, at penetrations of walls and floors,
at so-foot maximum intervals in straight runs, and at 25-foot maximum intervals in congested
areas.
G. Cable Ties: For attaching tags. Use general-purpose type, except as listed below:
1. Outdoors: Uv-stabilized nylon.
2. ln Spaces Handling Environmental Air: Plenum rated
3.2 IDENTIFICATION SCHEDULE
A. Accessible Raceways and Metal-Clad Cables, 600 V or Less, for Service, Feeder, and Branch
Circuits More Than 30 A, and 120V to ground: ldentify with self-adhesive vinyl label. lnstall
labels at 1o-foot maximum intervals.
B. Accessible Raceways and Cables within Buildings: ldentify the covers of each junction and pull
box of the following systems with self-adhesive vinyl labels with the wiring system legend and
system voltage. System legends shall be as follows:
1. Emergency Power.
2. Power.
3. Lighting.
C. power-Circuit Conductor ldentification, 600V or Less: For conductors in vaults, pull and junction
boxes, , use color-coding conductor tape to identify the phase.
1. Color-Coding for Phase and Voltage Level ldentification, 600V or Less: Use colors listed
below for ungrounded service feeder and branch-circuit conductors.
a. Color shall be factory applied or field applied for sizes larger lhan No 8 AWG' if
authorities having jurisdiction permit.
b. Colors for 208/120V Circuits:
1) Phase A: Black.
2) Phase B: Red.
3) Phase C: Blue.
c. Colors for 480/277-V Circuits:
1) Phase A: Brown.
2\ Phase B: Orange.
3) Phase C: Yellow.
d. Field-Applied, Color-Coding Conductor Tape: Apply in half-lapped turns for a
minimum distance of 6 inches from terminal points and in boxes where splices or
taps are made. Apply last tvvo turns of tape with no tension to prevent possible
unwinding. Locate bands to avoid obscuring factory cable markings.
D. lnstall instructional sign including the color-code for grounded and ungrounded conductors
using adhesive-film{YPe labels.
E. Auxiliary Electrical Systems Conductor ldentification: ldentify field-installed alarm, control, and
signal connections.
1 . ldentify conductors, cables, and terminals in enclosures and at junctions, terminals, and
pull points. ldentify by system and circuit designation.
2. Use system of markei tape designations that is uniform and consistent with system used
by manufacturer for factory-installed connections.
3. Cbordinate identification with Project Orawings, manufacturer's wiring diagrams, and the
Operation and Maintenance Manual.
lDENT,FICAT10N FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260553-3
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
F. Warning Labels for lndoor Cabinets, Boxes, and Enclosures for Power and Lighting: Self-
adhesive waming labels.
1. Comply Wth 29 CFR 1910.145.
2. ldentify system voltage with black letters on an orange background.
3. Apply to exterior of door, cover, or other access.
4. For equipment with multiple power or control sources, apply to door or cover of
equipment including, but not limited to, the following:
a. Power transfer switches.
b. Controls with extemal control power connections.
Operating lnstruction Signs: lnstall instruction signs to facilitate proper operation and
maintenance of electrical systems and items to which they connect. lnstall instruction signs with
approved legend where instructions are needed for system or equipment operation.
Emergency Operating lnstruction Signs: lnstall instruction signs with white legend on a red
background with minimum 3/8-inch- high letters for emergency instructions at equipment used
for power transfer or load shedding.
Equipment ldentification Labels: On each unit of equipment, install unique designation label
that is consistent with wiring diagrams, schedules, and the Operation and Maintenance Manual.
Apply labels to disconnect switches and protection equipment, central or master units, control
panels, control stations, terminal cabinets, and racks of each system' Systems include power,
lighting, control, communication, signal, monitoring, and alarm systems unless equipment is
provided with its own identification.
1. Labelinglnstructions:
a. lndoor Equipment: Self-adhesive, engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label.
Unless otherwise indicated, provide a single line of text with 1/2-inch-high letters
on 'l -1l2-inch-high label; where two lines of text are required, use labels 2 inches
high.
b. Outdoor Equipment: Engraved, laminated acrylic or melamine label 4 inches high.
c. Elevated Components: lncrease sizes of labels and letters to those appropriate for
viewing from the floor.
d. Unless provided with self-adhesive means of aftachment, fasten labels with
appropriate mechanical fasteners that do not change the NEMA or NRTL rating of
the enclosure.
2. Equipment to Be Labeled:
a. Panelboards: Typewritten directory of circuits in the location provided by
panelboard manufacturer.
Enclosures and electrical cabinets.
Access doors and panels for concealed electrical items.
Enclosed switches.
Enclosed circuit breakers.
Enclosed controllers.
Contactors.
Remote-controlled switches, dimmer modules, and control devices.
Monitoring and control equipment.
END OF SECT10N
lDENTIFICAT10N FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS
260553-4G
Oak Brook Golf Club Palo RenovaJon′Prolect No 2018-027
SECT10N 260923
L:GHT:NG CONTROL DEV:CES
PART l―GENERAL
ll RELATED DOCUMENTS
A Draw ngs and general provisions of the Contract, including Ceneral and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 SpecincatiOn Sections,apply to this Section
12 SUMMARY
A This Section includes the fo∥owing∥ghting control devices:
l Time switches
2 0utdoor photoelectnc switches
13 DEFINIT10NS
A LED: Lightemitting diode
B PIR: Passive infrared
14 SUBMITTALS
A Product Data: For each type of productindicated
B Operation and Maintenance Data: Fo「each type of productto include in emergency,operation,
and maintenance manuals
15 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Electrical Components,Devices,and Accessones: Listed and labeled as delned in NFPA 70,
Article 1 00, by a tesung agency acceptable to authonies having iunsdicuon,and marked for
lntended use
16 C00RDINAT10N
A Coordinate layout and insta∥ation of ce∥ing―mounted devices with other construction that
penetrates ce∥ings or is supported by them, including∥ght ttxtures, HVAC equipment,smoke
detectors,nre‐suppression system,and partition assemblies
PART 2-PRODUCTS
21 TIME SWITCHES
A Basis―of Design Product Sublect to compliance wlh requrements, provide the product
indlcated on Drawngs or a comparable product by one ofthe fo∥owing:
l Area Lighting Research,lnc;Tyco Electronics
2 Grasslin Controls Corporaloni a GE lndustdal Systems Company
3 1nterlnatic,inc
4 LevLon Mfg Companylnc
5 Lighto∥er Controlsi a Cenlyte Company
6 Lithonia Lighting;Acuity Lighting Group,lnc
7 Paragon ElectHc Co:invensys C∥mate Controls
8 Square Di Schneider Electrlc
9 TORK
10 Touch―Plate,lnc
ll Watt Stopper(The)
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
260923‐1
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
B. Electronic Time Switches: Electronic, solid-state programmable units with alphanumeric
display; complying with UL 917.
1. Contact Configuration: As indicated.
2. Contact Rating: 30-A inductive or resistive, 240-v ac.
3. Program: Single channel. 2 on - off set points on a 24 hour schedule with skip - a - day
weekly schedule and a annual holiday schedule that ovenides the weekly operation on
holidays.
4. Circuitry: Allow connection of a photoelectric relay as substitute for on-off function of a
program..
5. Astronomic Time: All channels.
6. Battery Backup: For schedules and time clock.
2.2 OUTDOORPHOTOELECTRICSWITCHES
A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide the product
indicated on Drawings or a comparable product by one of the following:
'1. Area Lighting Research, lnc.; Tyco Electronics.
2. Grasslin Controls Corporation; a GE lndustrial Systems Company.
3. lntermatic, lnc.
4. Lithonia Lighting; Acuity Lighting Group, lnc.
5. Novitas, lnc.
6. Paragon Electric Co.; lnvensys Climate Controls.
7. Square D; Schneider Electric.
8. TORK.
9. Touch-Plate, lnc.
10. watt Stopper (The).
B. Description: Solid state, with SPST dry contacts rated for 1800 VA to operate connected load,
relay, or contactor coils; complying with UL 773.
1. LightLevel Monitoring Range: '1.5 to 10 f, with an adjustment for turn-on and turn-off
levels within that range.
2. Time Delay: 30-second minimum, to prevent false operation.
3. Lightning Anester: Air-gap type.
4. Mounting: Twist lock complying with IEEE C136.10, with base.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 SENSOR INSTALLATION
A. lnstall and aim sensors in locations to achieve not less than 90 percent coverage of areas
indicated. Do not exceed coverage limits specified in manufacturer's written instructions.
3.2 WIRINGINSTALLATION
A. Wiring Method: Comply with Division 26 Section 'Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors
and Cables." Minimum conduit size shall be 1/2 inch.
B. Wiring within Enclosures: comply with NECA '1. Separate power-limited and nonpower-limited
conductors according to conductor manufacture/s written instructions.
C. Size conductors according to lighting control device manufacturer's w tten instructions, unless
otherwise indicated.
D. Splices, Taps, and Terminations: Make connections only on numbered terminal strips in
junction, pull, and outlet boxes; terminal cabinets; and equipment enclosures.
LIGHTING CONTROL DEVICES
260923-2
Oak Brook Gor Club Pa∥。Renova籠 on′Prolect No 2018-027
33 1DENTIF!CAT10N
A ldentify components and power and control winng accOrding to Division 26 Secton
"lden∥ficatton for ElectHcal Systems・
1 1dendfy controlled circuns in∥ghlng contactors
2 1dentify circuits o「luminaries contro∥ed by photoelectnc and occupancy sensors at each
sensor
B Labeltime switches and contactors with a unique designation
34 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A perfonln the fo∥owing neld tests and inspections and prepare test reports:
l After insta∥ing time sMtches and sensors, and after electrical circuitry has been
energized,adlust and testfor comp∥ance with requlements
2 0peralonal Test Venfy operalon of each∥ghlng control device,and adlust lme delays
B Lighting control devices that fa∥tests and inspections are defective work
35 AD」USTING
A Occupancy Adlustments: VVhen requested within 42 months of date of Substantal CompleJon,
provide on‐sne assistance ln adluslng sensors to sul occupled condlions Provide up to mo
visits to Prolect during otherthan―normal occupancy hours forthis purpOse
END OF SECT10N
LIGHTING CONTROL DEViCES
260923-3
Oak Brook Golf Club PaOo Renova∥on/Prolect No 2018-027
SECT:ON 262726
W:R:NG DEVICES
PART l―GENERAL
ll RELATED DOCUMENTS
A Draw ngs and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Division 01 SpecincatiOn Sections,apply to this Section
12 SUMMARY
A This SecJon includes the fo∥ow ng:
l Receptacles,receptacles with integral GFCI,and associated device plates
13 DEFINIT10NS
A EMl: Electromagnelc intelference
B GFCI: Ground(aun ci「cun interrupter
C Pigta∥: Shortlead used to connect a device to a branch―circuit conductor
D RFI: Radio―frequency interference
E TVSS: Transient voltage surge suppressor
F UTP: Unshielded"visted pair
14 SUBMITTALS
A Product Data: Fo「each type of productindicated
B Operation and Maintenance Data: For vMring devices to include in a∥manuFacturers'packing
label warnings and instruction manuals thatinclude labe∥ng conditions
15 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A Source Limitations: Obtain each type of winng device and assoclated wa∥ plate through one
source from a single manufacturer insofar as they are ava∥able,obtain a∥wiring devices and
assoclated wa∥plates from a single manufacturer and one source
B Electr cal CompOnents, Devices,and Accessories: Listed and labeled as deined in NFPA 70,
Article 1 00,by a tes∥ng agency acceptable to autho∥∥es having juHsdiclon,and maked for
intended use
C Comply輛 th NFPA 70
PART 2‐PRODUCTS
21 MANUFACTURERS
A Manufacturers' Names: Shonened versions(shoWn in parentheses)of the fOllow ng
manufacturers'names are used in other Part 2 articles:
l Cooper Wiring Devices:a division of Cooper industries,lnc (COOper)
2 Hubbe∥incorporated:VVinng Dev ce―Ke∥ems(Hubbe∥)3 Leviton Mfg Company lnc(Levに On)
4 Pass&Seymour/Legrand;W ring Devices&Accesso百 es(Pass&Seymour)
WIRING DEVICES
262726-1
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
2.2 GFCI RECEPTACLES
A. General Description: Straight blade, feed{hrough type. Comply with NEMA WO 1 ,
NEMA WD 6, UL 498, and UL 943, Class A, and include indicator light that is lighted when
device is tripped.
B. Duplex GFCI Convenience Receptacles, 125V,20 Ai
1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the following:
a. CooPer; GF20.
b. Pass & Seymour; 2084.
2.3 WALL PLATES
A. Wet-Location, Weatherproof Cover Plates: NEMA 250, complying with type 3R weather-
resistant, Thermoplastic with lockable cover.
2.4 FINISHES
A. Color: Wiring device catalog numbers in Section Text do not designate device color.
1. Wiring Devices Connected to Normal Power System: As selected by Architect , unless
otherwise indicated or required by NFPA 70 or device listing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1, including the mounting heights listed in that standard, unless otherwise
noted.
B. Coordination with Other Trades:
1. Take steps to insure that devices and their boxes are protected. Oo not place wall finish
materials over device boxes and do not cut holes for boxes with routers that are guided
by riding against outside of the boxes.
2. Keep outlet boxes free of plaster, drywall joint compound, mortar, cement, concrete, dust'
paint, and other material that may contaminate the raceway system, conductors, and
cables.3. lnstall device boxes in brick or block walls so that the cover plate does not cross a joinl
unless the joint is troweled flush with the face of the wall.
4. lnstall wiring devices afler all wall preparation, including painting, is complete.
C. Conductors:
1. Do not strip insulation from conductors until just before they are spliced or terminated on
devices.
2. Strip insulation evenly around the conductor using tools designed for the purpose. Avoid
scoring or nicking of solid wire or cutting strands from stranded wire.
3. The le;gth of free conductors at outlets for devices shall meet provisions of NFPA 70,
Article 300, without Pigtails.4. ExistingConductors:
a. Cut back and pigtail, or replace all damaged conductors.
b. Straighten conductors that remain and remove corrosion and foreign matter.
c. pigtailing existing conductors is permitted provided the outlet box is large enough.
D. Devicelnstallation:
1. Replace all devices that have been in temporary use during construction or that show
signs that they were installed before building finishing operations were complele.
WiRING DEViCES
262726-2
Oak Brook Go「Club PaJo Renova∥on′Prolect No 2018-027
Keep each wiring device in its package or otherwise protected until it is time to connect
conductors.
Do not remove surface protection, such as plastic film and smudge covers, until the last
possible moment.
Connect devices to branch circuits using pigtails that are not less than 6 inches in length.
When there is a choice, use side wiring with binding-head screw terminals. Wrap solid
conductor tightly clockwise, 2/3 to 3/4 of the way around terminal screw.
Use a torque screwdriver when a torque is recommended or required by the
manufacturer.
When conductors larger than No. 12 AWG are installed on '15- or 20-A circuits, splice
No. 12 AWG pigtails for device connections.
Tighten unused terminal screws on the device.
When mounting into metal boxes, remove the fiber or plastic washers used to hold device
mounting screws in yokes, allowing metal-to-metal contact.23456789FReceptacle Orientation:
'L lnstall ground pin of vertically mounted receptacles up, and on horizontally mounted
receptacles to the right.
2. lnstall hospitaFgrade receptacles in patient-care areas with the ground pin or neutral
blade at the top.
Device Plates: Do not use oversized or extra{eep plates. Repair wall finishes and remount
outlet boxes when standard device plates do not fit flush or do not cover rough wall opening.
Dimmers:
1 . lnstall dimmers within terms of their listing.
2. Verify that dimmers used for fan speed control are listed for that application.
3. lnstall unshared neutral conductors on line and load side of dimmers according to
manufacturers' device listing conditions in the written instructions.
Arrangement of Devices: Unless otherwise indicated, mount flush, with long dimension vertical
and with grounding terminal of receptacles on top. Group adjacent switches under single,
multigang wall plates.
IDENTIFICATION
Comply with Division 26 Section "ldentification for Electrical Systems."
1. Receptacles: ldentify panelboard and circuit number from which served. Use hot,
stamped or engraved machine printing with black-filled lettering on face of plate, and
durable wire markers or tags inside outlet boxes.
FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
Tests for Convenience Receptacles:
1. Line Voltage: Acceptable range is 105 to 132 V.
2. GFCI Trip: Test for tripping values specified in UL 1436 and UL 943.
3. Using the test plug, verify that the device and its outlet box are securely mounted.
4. The lests shall be diagnostic, indicating damaged conductors, high resistance at the
circuit breaker, poor connections, inadequate fault current path, defective devices, or
similar problems. Correct circuit conditions, remove malfunctioning units and replace
with new ones, and retest as specified above.
END OF SECT10N
WIRING DEVICES
262726-3GHA32
33
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
SECT:ON 265619
LED EXTER:ORL:GHTlNG
PART l―GENERAL
ll SUMMARY
A Seclon includes:
l Exterior so∥d―state luminalres that are designed for and exclusively use LED lamp
technology
B Related Requirements:
12 DEFINIT10NS
A CCT:Co「related colortemperature
B CRI:Color rendenng index
C Fixture:See"Luminalre・
D Lumen:Measured output oflamp and luminaire,o「both
E Luminalrel Complete∥ghting unit,including lamp,renector,and housing
13 ACT10N SUBMITTALS
A Product Data:For each type ofluminaire
14 1NFORMAT10NAL SUBMITTALS
15 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS
A Operalon and maintenance data
l Provide a∥st of a∥lamp types used on Prolect Use ANSl and manufacturers'codes
16 FIELD CONDIT10NS
A Mark loca∥ons of exteHor luminaires for approval by Owner/ Engineer prior to the start of
luminaire insta∥ ation
LED EXTERIOR LIGHTNG
265619-1
Oak Brook Gor Club Pa∥。Renova鶴 on′Prolect No 2018‐027
17 WARRANTY
A VVarranty: Manufacturer and insta∥er agree to repair o「replace components ofluminaires that
fa∥in mateHals or workmanship within specned waranty pe∥od
l Warranty Pe百 od:One yearfrom date of Substan“al Complelon
PART 2-PRODUCTS
21 LUMINAIRE REQUIREMENTS
A as defined in NFPA 70, by a qua∥ned testing agency, and maked for intended location and
app∥catton
B UL Compliancei Comply with UL 1598
C Lamp base comply ng ⅥЛth ANSi C81 61
D CRlof minimum 70 CCT of4000 K
E L70 1amp∥fe of 50,000 hours
F Nomina1 0perating Voltage:208ヽ ′ac
G ln―∥ne Fusing:Separate in―∥ne fuse for each luminaire
H Lamp Raing:Lamp matted for outdoor use
L Source Limkalons:Obtain luminaires from single source from a single manufacturer
22 LUMINAIRE TYPES
A Area and Sne:
l Sublectto compllance with requirements,provide productindicated on Drawings:
23 MATERIALS
A Metal Parts:Free of burs and sharp corners and edges
B Sheet Metal Components:Corrosion―resistant aluminum Fonln and support to prevent warping
and sagging
C Doors, Frames, and Other intemal Access: Smooth opera∥ng, free of ∥ght leakage under
operating conditions, and designed to permit relamping without use of tools Designed to
prevent doors,frames,lenses,difFusers,and other components from fa∥ing accidenta∥y during
relamping and when secured in operating position Doo「s sha∥ be removable fo「cleaning or
replacing lenses
D DifFusers and Globes:
LED EXTERIOR LIGHTNG
265619-2
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
1. Glass: Flat tempered glass.
E. Lens and Refractor Gaskets: Use heat- and aging-resistant resilient gaskets to seal and cushion
lenses and refractors in luminaire doors.
F. Reflecting surfaces shall have minimum reflectance as follows unless otherwise indicated:
1. White Surfaces: 85 percent.
2. Specular Surfaces: 83 percent.
3. Diffusing Specular Surfaces: 75 percent.
G. Housings:
1. Rigidly formed, weather- and lighttight enclosure that will not warp, sag, or deform in
use.
2. Provide filter/breather for enclosed luminaires.
2.4 FINISHES
A. Factory-Applied Finish for Aluminum Luminaires: Comply with NAAMM'S "Metal Finishes
Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating
finishes.
1. Finish designations prefixed by AA comply with the system established by the Aluminum
Association for designating aluminum fi nishes.
a. Color: Bronze.
2.5 LUMINAIRE SUPPORT COMPONENTS
A. Comply with requirements in Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems" for
channel and angle iron supports and nonmetallic channel and angle supports.
PART 3. EXECUTION
3.1 GENERALINSTALLATIONREQUIREMENTS
A. Comply with NECA 1.
B. lnstall lamps in each luminaire.
C. Fasten luminaire to structural support.
O. Supports:
1. Sized and rated for luminaire weight.
2. Able to maintain luminaire position after cleaning and relamping.
3. Support luminaires without causing deflection of finished surface.
4. Luminaire-mounting devices shall be capable of supporting a horizontal force of 100
percent of luminaire weight and a vertical force of 400 percent of luminaire weight.
LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING
265619-3
Oak Brook Golf Club Patio Renovation / Project No. 2018-027
E. Wiring Method: lnstallcables in raceways.
F. lnstall luminaires level, plumb, and square with finished grade unless otherwise indicated.
G. Coordinate layout and installation of luminaires with other construction.
H. Adjust luminaires that require field adjustment or aiming.
l. Comply with requirements in Section 260519 "Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and
Cables" and 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" for wiring connections and
wiring methods.
3.2 CORROSION PREVENTION
A. Steel Conduits: Comply with Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems."
3.3 IDENTIFICATION
A. ldentify system components, wiring, cabling, and terminals. Comply with requirements for
identification specified in Section 260553 "ldentification for Electrical Systems."
3.4 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. lnspect each installed luminaire for damage. Replace damaged luminaires and components.
1. Operational Test: After installing luminaires, switches, and accessories, and after
electrical circuitry has been energized, test units to confirm proper operation.
B. Luminaire will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.
C. lf adjustments are made to lighting system, retest to demonstrate compliance with standards.
3.5 DEMONSTRATION
A. Train Owner's maintenance personnelto adjust, operate, and maintain luminaires.
END OF SECT:ON 265619
LED EXTERIOR LIGHTING
265619-4
ATTACHMENT C
ⅥLLAGE OF OAK BR00K
OAK BR00K GOLF CLUB PATIO RENOVATION PROECT
ATTACHMENT C
LIST OF DRAWINGS
SHEET NOS.SHEET TITLES
Gl.l Title Sheet
Dl.l Delnolition Plan and New Construction Details
Al.l Plans and Details
Ml。l Plans and Details
El。l Electncal Lower Level Floor Plan
El。2 Electncal Patio Floor 8と Pergola RoofPlans
DATE LAST
REVISED
August 9,2018
August 9,2018
August 9,2018
August 9,2018
August 9,2018
August 9,2018
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
OAK BR00K GOLF CLUB PATIO RENOVATION PROЛ CT
ATTACHMENT D
SPECIAL PROJECT REOUIREMENTS
l. Contractor shall have five (5) years of experience which is comparable in type and scope to
this project.
2. Work hours are 7:00 a.m. to 4:30 p.m. Monday through Friday. Any deviation is subject to
the approval of the Village representative.
3. The project will be done on consecutive work days, excluding weekends and holidays
observed by the Village, until completed, delays only to inclement weather.
4. Contractor is required to obtain all necessary permits from the Village of Oak Brook, and
schedule required inspections through Community Development.
5. The Contractor shall supply to the Village, phone numbers where he/she can be reached
after normal working hours.
6. The Contractor must submit all manufacturers' literature on all materials that will be used
on this project, including M.S.D.S. (Material Safety Data Sheets) prior to any work
beginning.
7. A storage location for supplies, ladders and scaffolding shall be mutually agreed upon
between the Village and the contractor before any material is stored on site. The Contractor
must deliver material with manufacturers labels intact and legible, store material on raised
platforms and cover material with protective covering.
8. Before work is started, Contractor must deliver to the job site sufficient material to complete
the project.
9. If a dumpster is required, the location of the dumpster placement shall be mutually agreed
upon between the Village and the contractor.
10. A11 ladders and scaffolding shall be maintained in prior working order during the course of
this project and shall be secured at the end of each workday.
1 1. Contractor must provide barricades to ensure that falling debris will not injure anyone, and
to prevent public access to the work area at all times. Yellow "CAUTION" tape will be
placed below the immediate work areas of laborers and scaffolds to warn the public of
people working overhead.
ATTACⅡMENT D
12. At all times, Contractor must keep the work and storage areas in a clean, orderly, and a
picked up manner, to prevent debris from blowing. Clean adjoining streets and immediate
vicinity at the end of each work day. Sidewalks, windowsills, roofs and other work areas
will be broom swept to remove all debris. Daily material and debris not placed into dumpster
will be removed from the site.
13. Upon completion of the project the work area shall be cleaned. All debris and rernaining
material and supplies shall be removed from the jobsite, including the dumpster within 72
hours of completion.
14. Upon completion the Contractor shall supply a one year warranty covering material and
workmanship; contractor shall submit sample warranty with bid.
VILLAGE OF OAK BR00K
OAK BR00K GOLF CLUB PATIO RENOVATION PROJECT
APPENDIX l
PREVAILING WAGES
APPENDIX 2
PERFORMANCE BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY THESEPuSEWS:
[insert contractor name and address here:]
as Principal (hereinafter called the "Contractor") and
[insert surety name and address here:]
organized and existing under the laws of the State of
(hereinafter called the "Surety'') are held and firmly bound unto Village of Oak
Brook, 1200 Oak Brook Road, Oak Brook, Illinois, as the obligee (hereinafter called the "Owner"), in
thefullandjustsumof[insertfullcontractpricehere:]$forthe
payment of which sum of money well and truly to be made, the Contractor and the Surety bind
themselves and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and assigns, jointly and severally,
firmly by these presents, said amount to include payment of actual costs and damages and for attorneys'
fees, architectural fees, design fees, engineering fees, accounting fees, testing fees, consulting fees,
administrative costs, court costs, interest and any other fees and expenses resulting from or incurred by
reason of the Contractor's failure to promptly and faithfully perform its contract with the Owner, said
contract being more fully described below, and to include attorneys' fees, court costs and administrative
and other expenses necessarily paid or incurred in successfully enforcing performance of the obligation
of the Surety under this bond.
WHEREAS, the Contractor has entered into a written agreement dated [insert contract date
here:l , 2Ol-, with the Owner titled [insert contract title here:]
".,n"r*n {rlli
set forth herein.
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if thE
Contractor shall well, truly, and promptly perform all the undertakings, covenants, terms, conditions,
and agreements of the Contractor under the contract, including but not limited to the Contractor's
obligations under the Contract, (1) to provide, perform, and complete at the Work Site and in the manner
specified in the Contract all necessary Work, labor, services, transportation, equipment, materials,
apparatus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas, electric, water, waste disposal, information, data, and other
means and items necessary for [insert general description of the Work here:]
(2) to procure and furnish all permits, licenses, and other governmental approvals and authorizations
necessary in connection therewith [except as otherwise expressly provided in the Attachment
-
of
the Contractl; (3) to procure and furnish all bonds, certificates, and policies of insurance specified in
the Contract; (4) to pay all applicable federal, state, and local taxes; (5) to do all other things required
of the Contractor by the Contract; and (6) to provide, perform, and complete all of the foregoing in a
proper and workmanlike manner and in full compliance with, and as required by and pursuant to, the
Contract; all of which is herein referred to as the "Work," whether or not any of the Work enter into and
become component parts of the improvement contemplated, then this obligation shall be null and void;
otherwise it shall remain in full force and effect.
APPENDIX 2
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no changes, modifications, alterations,
omissions, deletions, additions, extensions of time, or forbearances on the part of the Owner or the
Contractor to the other in or to the terms of said Contract; in or to the schedules, plans, drawings, or
specifications; in or to the method or manner of performance of the Work; in or to Owner-furnished
facilities, equipment, material, service, or site; or in or to the mode or manner of payment therefore shall
in any way release the Contractor and the Surety or either or any of them, or any of their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, or assigns, or affect the obligations of the Surety on this bond, all notice of
any and all of the foregoing changes, modifications, alterations, omissions, deletions, additions,
extensions of time, or forbearances and notice of any and all defaults by the Contractor or of the Owner's
termination of the Contractor being hereby waived by the Surety.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing paragraph, in no event shall the
obligations of the Surety under this bond in the event of the Contractor's default be greater than the
obligations of the Contractor under the Contract in the absence of the Contractor default.
ln the event of a default or defaults by the Contractor, the Owner shall have the right to take
over and complete the Contract on 30 calendar days' written notice to the Surety, in which event the
Surety shall pay the Owner all costs incurred by the Owner in taking over and completing the Contract.
At its option, the Owner may instead request that the Surety take over and complete the Contract,
in which event the Surety shall take reasonable steps to proceed promptly with completion no later than
30 calendar days after the date on which the Owner notifies the Surety that the Owner wants the Surety
to take over and complete the Contract.
The Owner shall have no obligation to actually incur any expense or correct any deficient
performance of the Contractor to be entitled to receive the proceeds of this bond.
No right of action shall accrue on this bond to or for the use of any person or corporation other
than the Owner or the heirs, executors, administrators, or successors of the Owner.
Signed and sealed this _ day of
Attest/IVitness:
By:
Title:
AttesVlVitness:
By:
Title:
201
PRINCIPAL
SURETY
APPENDIX 3
LABOR AND MATERIALS PAYPIENT BOND
KNOW ALL MEN BY TttSE PuSENTS:
[insert contractor name and address here:]
as Principal (hereinafter called the "Contractor") and
[insert surety name and address here:]
organized and existing under the laws of the State of
(hereinafter called the "Surety") are held and firmly bound unto Village of Oak
Brook, 1200 Oak Brook Road, Oak Brook, Uinois, as the obligee (hereinafter called the "Ownef'), for
the use and benefit of itself and of claimants as hereinafter defined (the "Claimants") in the full and just
sum of [insert full contract price here:] $.to be paid to the Owner or the
Claimants or the Owner's or the Claimant's assigns, to which payment well and truly to be made the
Contractor and the Surety bind themselves and their heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and
assigns, jointly and severally, firmly by these presents, said amount to include attorney's fees, court
costs, and administrative and other expenses necessarily paid or incurred in successfully enforcing
performance of the obligation of the Surety under this bond.
WHEREAS, the Contractor has entered into a written agreement dated [insert contract date
here:];201-, with the Owner titled [insert contract title here:]
"Contract"), the terms and conditions of which are by this reference incorporated herein as though
set forth herein.
(the
illy
NOW, THEREFORE, THE CONDITION OF THIS OBLIGATION IS SUCH THAT if thE
Contractor shall promptly pay or cause to be paid all sums of money that may be due to any Claimant
with respect to the Contractor's obligations under the Contract: (1) to provide, perform, and complete
at the Work Site and in the manner specified in the Contract all necessary Work, labor, services,
transportation, equipment, materials, apparatus, machinery, tools, fuels, gas, electric, water, waste
disposal, information, data and other means and items necessary for [insert general description of the
Work here:]
(2) to procure and furnish all permits,
licenses, and other governmental approvals and authorizations necessary in connection therewith
[except as otherwise expressly provided in Attachment A to the Contract]; (3) to procure and furnish
all Bonds and all certificates and policies of insurance specified in the Contract; (4) to pay all applicable
federal, state, and local taxes; (5) to do all otherthings required ofthe Contractorby the Contract; and
(6) to provide, perform, and complete all of the foregoing in a proper and workmanlike manner and in
full compliance with, and as required by or pursuant to, the Contract; all of which is herein referred to
as the "Work," whether or not any of said Work enter into and become component parts of the
improvement contemplated, then this obligation shall be null and void; otherwise it shall remain in full
force and effect.
For purpose of this bond, a Claimant is defined as one having a direct contract with the
Contractor or with a subcontractor of the Contractor to provide, perform, or complete any part of the
Work.
The Contractor and the Surety hereby jointly and severally agree that every Claimant that has
not had all just claims for the furnishing of any part of the Work paid in full, including without limitation
all claims for amounts due for materials, lubricants, oil, gasoline, rentals of or service or repairs on
machinery, equipment, and tools consumed or used in connection with the furnishing of any part of the
APPENDIX 3
Work, may sue on this bond for the use of that Claimant, may prosecute the suit to final judgment for
such sum or sums as may be justly due that Claimant, and may have execution therein; provided,
however, that the Owner shall not be liable for the payment of any costs or expenses of any such suit.
The provisions of 30 ILCS 550i I and 2 of the Illinois Compiled Statutes shall be deemed inserted herein,
including the time limits within which notices of claim must be filed and actions brought under this
bond.
The Contractor and the Surety hereby jointly agree that the Owner may sue on this bond if the
Owner is held liable to, or voluntarily agrees to pay, any Claimant directly, but nothing in this bond shall
create any duty on the part of the Owner to pay any Claimant.
The Surety, for value received, hereby stipulates and agrees that no changes, modifications,
alterations, omissions, deletions, additions, extensions of time, or forbearances on the part of the Owner
or the Contractor to the other in or to the terms of the Contract; in or to the schedules, plans, drawings,
or specifications; in or to the method or manner of performance of the Work; in or to Owner-furnished
facilities, equipment, material, service, or site; or in or to the mode or manner of payment therefor shall
in any way release the Contractor and the Surety or either or any of them, or any of their heirs, executors,
administrators, successors, or assigns, or affect the obligations of the Surety on this bond, all notice of
any and all of the foregoing changes, modifications, alterations, omissions, deletions, additions,
extensions of time, or forbearances and notice of any and all defaults by the Contractor or of the Owner's
termination of the Contractor being hereby waived by the Surety.
Signed and sealed this _ day of
Attest/Witness:
By:
Title:
AttesVlVitness:
By:
Title:
#34920193 v2
201
CONTRACTOR
By:
SLTRETY
By: